WO2024046437A1 - Wire cutting machine and coaxiality adjusting method therefor - Google Patents

Wire cutting machine and coaxiality adjusting method therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024046437A1
WO2024046437A1 PCT/CN2023/116281 CN2023116281W WO2024046437A1 WO 2024046437 A1 WO2024046437 A1 WO 2024046437A1 CN 2023116281 W CN2023116281 W CN 2023116281W WO 2024046437 A1 WO2024046437 A1 WO 2024046437A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
liquid
bearing box
cleaning
box
assembly
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/116281
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
崔陈晨
郭党
宫云庆
赵祥程
靳齐
陈明强
李玮渊
吕连杰
宋克超
王子跃
尹美玲
于文文
纪卫克
Original Assignee
青岛高测科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202222325895.9U external-priority patent/CN218855814U/en
Priority claimed from CN202222309989.7U external-priority patent/CN218285016U/en
Priority claimed from CN202223221894.6U external-priority patent/CN219442629U/en
Priority claimed from CN202223207228.7U external-priority patent/CN219076155U/en
Priority claimed from CN202223221893.1U external-priority patent/CN219076157U/en
Priority claimed from CN202223208552.0U external-priority patent/CN219076156U/en
Priority claimed from CN202223215816.5U external-priority patent/CN218875931U/en
Priority claimed from CN202223207218.3U external-priority patent/CN218873974U/en
Priority claimed from CN202320162622.9U external-priority patent/CN219445688U/en
Priority claimed from CN202320175941.3U external-priority patent/CN219440825U/en
Priority claimed from CN202320174588.7U external-priority patent/CN219445655U/en
Priority claimed from CN202320200555.5U external-priority patent/CN219768747U/en
Priority claimed from CN202322037730.6U external-priority patent/CN220482186U/en
Application filed by 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 青岛高测科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2024046437A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024046437A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28DWORKING STONE OR STONE-LIKE MATERIALS
    • B28D5/00Fine working of gems, jewels, crystals, e.g. of semiconductor material; apparatus or devices therefor
    • B28D5/04Fine working of gems, jewels, crystals, e.g. of semiconductor material; apparatus or devices therefor by tools other than rotary type, e.g. reciprocating tools
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01BMEASURING LENGTH, THICKNESS OR SIMILAR LINEAR DIMENSIONS; MEASURING ANGLES; MEASURING AREAS; MEASURING IRREGULARITIES OF SURFACES OR CONTOURS
    • G01B11/00Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical techniques
    • G01B11/26Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical techniques for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
    • G01B11/27Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical techniques for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes for testing the alignment of axes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01BMEASURING LENGTH, THICKNESS OR SIMILAR LINEAR DIMENSIONS; MEASURING ANGLES; MEASURING AREAS; MEASURING IRREGULARITIES OF SURFACES OR CONTOURS
    • G01B5/00Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of mechanical techniques
    • G01B5/24Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of mechanical techniques for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
    • G01B5/25Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of mechanical techniques for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes for testing the alignment of axes
    • G01B5/252Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of mechanical techniques for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes for testing the alignment of axes for measuring eccentricity, i.e. lateral shift between two parallel axes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of wire cutting, and specifically to a wire cutting machine and its coaxiality adjustment method.
  • Multi-wire cutting is a cutting and processing method that uses high-speed reciprocating motion of metal wires to bring abrasive into the processing area of the parts to be cut for grinding, and then cut the parts to be cut into hundreds of thin slices at one time.
  • the two ends of the main roller are usually connected to the two front and rear bearing boxes.
  • the distance between the two main rollers is adjusted, that is, the distance between the two pairs of front and rear bearing boxes is adjusted.
  • the alignment between the front and rear bearing boxes corresponding to the same main roller will change. Therefore, after the main roller is adjusted, there is a problem that the centering deviation between the axes of the front and rear bearing boxes exceeds the preset deviation range, which will affect the cutting accuracy and cutting quality of the multi-wire cutting machine.
  • This application aims to solve at least one of the above technical problems, that is, to solve the problem that the alignment deviation between the axes of the front and rear bearing boxes after adjustment of the main roller exceeds the preset deviation range.
  • a wire cutting machine including a cutting assembly, which includes: a cutting frame; a first bearing box, the first bearing box is arranged on the cutting frame on one side of the cutting frame; a second bearing box, the second bearing box is arranged on the other side of the cutting frame; a main roller, one end of the main roller is arranged on the first bearing box, the main roller The other end of the roller is arranged on the second bearing box; an adjustment assembly is installed on the cutting frame to adjust the coaxiality between the first bearing box and the second bearing box. deviation.
  • the coaxiality between the first bearing box and the second bearing box exceeds the preset range
  • the coaxiality between the first bearing box and the second bearing box can be adjusted by adjusting the assembly. degree, so that the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box is within the preset range to ensure the cutting accuracy and cutting quality of the multi-wire cutting machine.
  • this application provides a coaxiality adjustment method for a wire cutting machine.
  • the wire cutting machine includes a first bearing box and a second bearing box connected to the same main roller.
  • the wire cutting machine also includes an adjustment component.
  • the adjustment method includes the following steps: measuring the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box; determining whether the first coaxiality deviation is greater than a first deviation threshold; when When the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, the adjustment component is adjusted to adjust the position of the first bearing box and/or the second bearing box.
  • the first bearing box and/or the first bearing box can be adjusted through the adjustment assembly.
  • the position of the second bearing box is until the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold, thereby ensuring cutting quality.
  • Figure 1 is a side view of the adjustment assembly provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Figure 2 is a structural diagram of the cutting assembly provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a structural diagram of the wire cutting machine provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Figure 4 is The structural diagram of another wire cutting machine provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the main roller spacing adjustment provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Figure 6 is a front side view of the partial structure of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application
  • Figure 7 is a rear view of part of the structure of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application
  • Figure 8 is a front cross-sectional view of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application
  • Figure 9 is a view of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a structural diagram of the second eccentric sleeve in Embodiment 2 of the present application
  • Figure 11 is a structural diagram of the motor base in Embodiment 2 of the present application
  • Figure 12 is a first structural diagram of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a structural diagram of the bearing box in the first embodiment of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
  • Figure 14 is the first implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application
  • Figure 15 is the front view of the second embodiment of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
  • Figure 16 is the bearing box in the second implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application Structural diagram;
  • Figure 17 is a front view of the bearing box in the second embodiment of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
  • Figure 18 is a front view of the third implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application ;
  • Figure 19 is a structural diagram of the bearing box in the third implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
  • Figure 20 is a front view of the bearing box in the third implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a structural diagram of the position adjustment component, hanging lugs, and cutting frame provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application
  • Figure 22 is a structural diagram of the spray component provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application
  • Figure 23 is another structural diagram provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • a structural diagram of the spray assembly
  • Figure 24 is a partial structural diagram of the cutting machine provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application
  • Figure 25 is a structural diagram of the guide portion provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application
  • Figure 26 is a third structure diagram provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a structural diagram of a second flow guide assembly provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application
  • Figure 28 is a structural diagram of a filter device provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application
  • Figure 29 is a structural diagram of a second flow guide assembly provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application
  • Structural diagram of the fragment box
  • Figure 30 is a front view of the fragment box provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application
  • Figure 31 is a side view of the fragment box provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application
  • Figure 32 is a cutting assembly provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application Structural schematic diagram
  • Figure 33 is a structural diagram of the funnel device provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application
  • Figure 34 is a longitudinal sectional view of the funnel device provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application
  • Figure 35 is a first filter section provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application Three-dimensional view
  • Figure 36 is a front view of the first filter section provided in
  • FIG. 61 A perspective view of a counterweight and a second counterweight;
  • Figure 61 is a perspective view of yet another rotation mechanism, the first counterweight and the second counterweight provided in Embodiment 10 of the present application;
  • Figure 62 is Embodiment 10 of the present application
  • the system diagram of the retracting and releasing wire assembly is provided;
  • Figure 63 is a top view of the wire retracting and releasing device provided in Embodiment 11 of the present application;
  • Figure 64 is an exploded structural view of the wire retracting and releasing device provided in Embodiment 11 of the present application;
  • Figure 65 is a diagram 64 is a partial enlarged view of position A;
  • Figure 66 is a front view of a wire retracting and releasing device provided in another embodiment 11 of the present application;
  • Figure 67 is an exploded structural view of a wire retracting and releasing device provided in another embodiment 11 of the present application;
  • Figure 68 A system diagram of the liquid circulation system provided in Embodiment 12 of the present
  • connection can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection or an integrated connection; it can be a mechanical connection or other connections; it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediary.
  • connection can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection or an integrated connection; it can be a mechanical connection or other connections; it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediary.
  • the adjustment component of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 1 to 4.
  • the cutting assembly includes a cutting frame 1, a first bearing box 3, a second bearing box 4, a main roller 2 and an adjustment unit.
  • Component 8 The first bearing box 3 is provided on one side of the cutting frame 1 and the second bearing box 4 is provided on the other side of the cutting frame 1 .
  • One end of the main roller 2 is arranged on the first bearing box 3
  • the other end of the main roller 2 is arranged on the second bearing box 4 .
  • the adjustment assembly 8 is installed on the cutting frame 1 to adjust the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 . In this way, when the coaxiality between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 exceeds the preset coaxiality range, the positions of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted through the adjustment assembly 8 Adjust to ensure cutting quality.
  • the adjustment assembly 8 includes a first adjustment part 81, the first adjustment part 81 is installed on the cutting frame 1, and the first adjustment part 81 directly or indirectly It is connected to the first bearing box 3 to adjust the parallel deviation and angular deviation of the axis of the first bearing box 3 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4, thereby adjusting the coaxiality deviation.
  • the first adjustment part 81 is directly connected to the outer side wall of the first bearing box 3 .
  • the first adjusting part 81 is connected to the first mounting bracket sleeved outside the first bearing box 3 .
  • the first adjustment part 81 is connected to an adjustment pad abutting the outside of the first bearing box 3 .
  • the first adjusting part 81 is connected to the first eccentric sleeve 6 that is sleeved outside the first bearing box 3 .
  • the first adjusting part 81 can directly act on the first bearing box 3 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3, or the first adjusting part 81 can act on the first mounting bracket to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3.
  • the first adjusting part 81 acts on the first eccentric sleeve 6 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3, or the first adjusting part 81 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3, and finally the adjustment is achieved.
  • the first adjustment part 81 includes a plurality of first fixing parts and a plurality of first adjusting parts.
  • the first fixing part is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 , and the first adjusting part is adjustably installed on the first fixing part and directly or indirectly abuts the first bearing box 3 .
  • a plurality of first adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the first bearing box 3 .
  • the center lines of the plurality of first adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
  • the first adjusting part 81 includes three first fixing parts and three first adjusting parts.
  • the center line of one of the first adjusting members extends along the vertical direction
  • the center lines of the remaining two first adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction.
  • the first fixing member is a first fixing block 811.
  • the first fixing block 811 is provided with a first threaded hole.
  • the first adjusting member is a first bolt 812.
  • the first bolt 812 is screwed to the first thread. hole.
  • the center lines of the plurality of first adjusting members may not be on the same plane.
  • the center line of the first adjusting member can also be set in other directions, and the angles between the plurality of first adjusting members can also be other.
  • the number of the first fixing parts and the first adjusting parts of the first adjusting part 81 can also be 1, 2, 4, 6, etc., and those skilled in the art can set them according to the needs of specific application scenarios.
  • more than one first adjusting member may be provided on one first fixing member.
  • the first fixing member can also be provided as a second fixing block, the second fixing block is provided with a first through hole, the first adjusting member is a first pin, and the first fixing member is a first pin. A pin is inserted through the first through hole, and the position of the first bearing box 3 is adjusted by knocking the first pin.
  • the first adjustment part 81 includes a first fixing ring and a plurality of second adjustment parts.
  • the first fixation ring is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1, and the second adjustment parts are adjustable. It is installed on the first fixed ring and directly or indirectly abuts the first bearing box 3 .
  • a plurality of second adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the first bearing box 3 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of second adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
  • the first adjustment part 81 includes three second adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the second adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two second adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction.
  • the first fixing ring is provided with a second threaded hole
  • the second adjusting member is a second bolt
  • the second bolt is screwed to the second threaded hole.
  • the up and down position of the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted by adjusting the second bolt whose center line extends in the vertical direction, and the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two second bolts.
  • the left and right positions of the bearing box 3 are used to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the first bearing box 3 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the adjustment assembly 8 also includes a second adjustment part 82 , the second adjustment part 82 is installed on the cutting frame 1 , and the second adjustment part 82 directly or It is indirectly connected to the second bearing box 4 to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the second bearing box 4 relative to the axis of the first bearing box 3 .
  • the second adjustment part 82 is directly connected to the outer side wall of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the second adjustment part 82 is connected to the second mounting bracket sleeved outside the second bearing box 4 .
  • the second adjustment part 82 is connected to an adjustment pad abutting the outside of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the second adjustment part 82 is connected to the second eccentric sleeve 7 that is sleeved outside the first end of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the second adjusting part 82 can directly act on the second bearing box 4 to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4, or the second adjusting part 82 can act on the second mounting bracket to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4.
  • the second adjusting part 82 acts on the second eccentric sleeve 7 to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4, or the second adjusting part 82 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4, and finally the adjustment is achieved.
  • synchronous adjustment with the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be achieved, thereby reducing the difficulty of adjustment.
  • the second adjustment part 82 includes a plurality of second fixing parts and a plurality of third adjusting parts.
  • the second fixing part is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1
  • the third adjusting part is adjustably installed on the second fixing part and directly or indirectly abuts the first end of the second bearing box 4 .
  • a plurality of third adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the center lines of the plurality of third adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
  • the second adjusting part 82 includes three second fixing parts and three third adjusting parts.
  • the center line of one of the third adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two third adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction.
  • the second fixing member is a third fixing block
  • the third fixing block is provided with a third threaded hole
  • the third adjusting member is a third bolt
  • the third bolt is screwed to the third threaded hole.
  • the up and down position of the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the center line to extend the third bolt or the third pin in the vertical direction, and by adjusting the remaining two third bolts Or the third pin adjusts the left and right position of the second bearing box 4 to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the second bearing box relative to the axis of the first bearing box 3 .
  • first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 may have an eccentric structure or a non-eccentric structure.
  • the second adjustment part 82 includes a second fixed ring and a plurality of fourth adjusting members.
  • the second fixed ring is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1, and the fourth adjusting members are adjustable.
  • Ground is installed on the second fixed ring and directly or indirectly abuts the second bearing box 4.
  • a plurality of fourth adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the center lines of the plurality of fourth adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
  • the second adjustment part 82 includes three fourth adjustment members.
  • the center line of one of the fourth adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two fourth adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction.
  • the second fixing ring is provided with a fourth threaded hole, the fourth adjusting member is a fourth bolt, and the fourth bolt is screwed to the fourth threaded hole.
  • the up and down position of the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the fourth bolt whose center line extends in the vertical direction, and the second bearing can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two fourth bolts.
  • the left and right positions of the box 4 are adjusted to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the second bearing box 4 relative to the axis of the first bearing box 3 .
  • the cutting assembly also includes a motor base 5 and a motor 9.
  • the motor base 5 is arranged on the cutting frame, the motor 9 is installed on the motor base 5 and the output shaft (not shown in the figure) of the motor 9 is connected to the second bearing box 4 .
  • the adjustment assembly 8 also includes a third adjustment part 83 , which is installed on the cutting frame 1 to adjust the coaxiality deviation between the axis of the output shaft and the axis of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the third adjustment part 83 is connected to the third mounting bracket that is sleeved on the outside of the motor base 5 .
  • the third adjustment part 83 is connected to the third eccentric sleeve that is sleeved outside the motor base 5 .
  • the third adjustment part 83 is connected to an adjustment pad abutting on the outside of the motor base 5 .
  • the third adjustment portion 83 is connected to the motor base 5 that is partially sleeved outside the second end of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the motor base 5 and the second bearing box 4 are integrally formed.
  • the motor base 5 has an eccentric structure.
  • the position of the motor base 5 can be adjusted by the third adjustment portion 83 directly acting on the motor base 5, or the third adjustment portion 83 can act on the third mounting bracket to adjust the motor base 5 position, or the third adjusting part 83 acts on the third eccentric sleeve to adjust the position of the motor base 5, or the third adjusting part 83 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the motor base 5, or the third adjusting part 83 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the motor base 5, or through the third
  • the adjusting portion 83 acts on the motor base 5 to adjust the position of the motor base 5 , and ultimately adjusts the coaxiality deviation between the axis of the output shaft and the axis of the second bearing box 4 .
  • first adjustment part 81 the second adjustment part 82 and the third adjustment part 83 work together to facilitate the operation of the adjustment process and ensure that the ideal coaxiality can be finally adjusted.
  • the third adjustment part does not need to be provided.
  • the third adjustment part 83 includes a plurality of third fixing parts and a plurality of fifth adjusting parts.
  • the third fixing parts are fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1.
  • the fifth adjusting parts are adjustably installed on the third fixing parts. It contacts the motor base 5 directly or indirectly.
  • a plurality of fifth adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the motor base 5 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of fifth adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
  • the third adjustment part 83 includes three third fixing members and three fifth adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the fifth adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two fifth adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction.
  • the third fixing member is a fifth fixing block 831
  • the fifth fixing block 831 is provided with a fifth threaded hole
  • the fifth adjusting member is a fifth bolt 832
  • the fifth bolt 832 is screwed to the fifth threaded hole.
  • the up and down position of the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the fifth bolt 832 whose center line extends in the horizontal direction, or the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two fifth bolts.
  • the left and right positions of the second bearing box 4 are used to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the motor base 5 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4.
  • the third adjustment part 83 includes a third fixed ring and a plurality of sixth adjusting members (not shown in the figures).
  • the third fixed ring Fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 , the sixth adjusting member is adjustably mounted on the third fixed ring and directly or indirectly abuts the motor base 5 .
  • a plurality of sixth adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the motor base 5 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of sixth adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
  • the third adjustment part 83 includes three sixth adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the sixth adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two sixth adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction.
  • the third fixing ring is provided with a sixth threaded hole
  • the sixth adjusting member is a sixth bolt
  • the sixth bolt is screwed to the sixth threaded hole. In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the distance between the main rollers, the position of the motor base 5 can be adjusted by adjusting the sixth bolt whose center line extends in the vertical direction, or the position of the motor base 5 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two sixth bolts. position to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the motor base 5 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4.
  • the center lines of the plurality of second adjustment members, third adjustment members, fourth adjustment members, fifth adjustment members and sixth adjustment members may not be on the same plane.
  • the center lines of the above-mentioned multiple adjusting members can also be set in other directions, and the angles between the adjusting members can also be other.
  • the number of parts, the third fixing part and the fifth adjusting part of the third adjusting part 83, and the sixth adjusting part on the third fixing ring can also be 1, 2, 4, 6, etc.
  • the second bolts provided on the first fixed ring, the fourth bolts provided on the second fixed ring, etc. are only exemplary.
  • the first fixed ring is provided with a second through hole
  • the second adjusting member is The second pin passes through the second through hole, and the position of the first bearing box 3 is adjusted by knocking the second pin
  • the second fixed ring is provided with a fourth through hole
  • the fourth adjusting member is the fourth pin, the fourth pin is passed through the fourth through hole, and the position of the second bearing box 4 is adjusted by knocking the fourth pin
  • the second fixing member can also be provided as The fourth fixed block is provided with a third through hole.
  • the third adjusting member is a third pin.
  • the third pin is passed through the third through hole.
  • the second bearing is adjusted by knocking the third pin.
  • the cutting assembly of the present application includes a cutting frame 1, a first bearing box 2, a second bearing box 3, a main roller 4, a first eccentric sleeve 5, a second eccentric sleeve 6, and a motor base. 7 and drive motor 8.
  • the two opposite sides of the cutting frame 1 are respectively provided with a first inner hole 11 and a second inner hole 12.
  • the first bearing box 2 is arranged in the first inner hole 11, and the second bearing box 3 is arranged in the second inner hole 12.
  • One end of the main roller 4 (the left end of the main roller 4 in FIG. 8 ) is connected to the first bearing box 2
  • the other end (the right end of the main roller 4 in FIG. 8 ) is connected to the second bearing box 3 .
  • the first eccentric sleeve 5 is sleeved on the first bearing box 2 .
  • the second eccentric sleeve 6 is disposed at the first end of the second inner hole 12 (the left end of the second inner hole 12 in Figure 8 ), and the second eccentric sleeve 6 is sleeved on the outer periphery of the first end of the second bearing box 3 (The left end of the second bearing box 3 in Figure 8).
  • the motor base 7 has an eccentric structure.
  • the motor base 7 is arranged at the second end of the second inner hole 12 (the right end of the second inner hole 12 in Figure 8), and the motor base 7 is partially sleeved on the second end of the second bearing box 3.
  • the outer circumference of the two ends (the right end of the second bearing box 3 in Figure 8).
  • the driving motor 8 is installed on the motor base 7 and the output shaft of the driving motor 8 is connected to the second bearing box 3 .
  • Figures 6 and 7 in this application show the situation where the cutting frame 1 is equipped with two main rollers 4, and the two main rollers 4 are arranged in the same manner.
  • the cutting wire is wound between the two main rollers 4 to form a wire mesh.
  • the driving motor 8 rotates forward and reverse alternately.
  • the output shaft of the driving motor 8 drives the second bearing box 3 to rotate.
  • the second bearing box 3 drives the main roller 4 to rotate.
  • the main roller 4 drives the first bearing box 2 to rotate. .
  • the wire net makes reciprocating motion to form a wire saw, which cuts the material to be cut.
  • the main rollers 4 when it is necessary to adjust the axis distance between the two main rollers 4, the main rollers 4 are first disassembled, and then the driving motors 8 are disassembled respectively, and the first eccentric sleeve 5 and the second eccentric sleeve 6 are released. and the connection between the motor base 7 and the cutting frame 1, then rotate the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base to adjust the three to the required eccentric angle, and then turn the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 5 The eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base 7 are fixed. Next, the drive motor 8 is installed and the output shaft of the drive motor 8 is connected to the second bearing box 3 .
  • the main roller 4 is installed between the first bearing box 2 and the second bearing box 3, and the wheelbase adjustment of the main roller 4 is completed. It can be seen that by arranging the motor base 7 as an eccentric structure and being sleeved on the second end of the second bearing box 3, the motor base 7 and the second eccentric sleeve 6 together support both ends of the second bearing box 3, and at the same time, The position adjustment of the second bearing box 3 can be realized, which is beneficial to saving the manufacturing cost of the second eccentric sleeve 6 and reducing material waste and assembly difficulty.
  • the cutting assembly includes a cutting frame 1, a first bearing box 2, a second bearing box 3, a main roller 4, a first eccentric sleeve 5, and a second eccentric sleeve. 6.
  • the cutting frame 1 is an integral casting with a first inner hole 11 formed on one side and a second inner hole 12 formed on the other side.
  • the first inner hole 11 and the second inner hole 12 are coaxial with each other. set up.
  • the cutting frame 1 is provided with two first inner holes 11 and two second inner holes 12.
  • the two first inner holes 11 are arranged side by side in the horizontal direction
  • the two second inner holes 12 are arranged side by side in the horizontal direction. .
  • the first eccentric sleeve 5 includes a cylinder 51 and a fourth flange 52 .
  • the cylinder 51 is provided with a first eccentric hole 53 , and the first eccentric hole 53 can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the first bearing box 2 .
  • the fourth flange 52 is located at one end of the cylinder 51 (the right end of the cylinder 51 in FIG. 9 ), and the fourth flange 52 is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the first inner hole 11 .
  • the fourth flange 52 is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the cutting frame 1 through bolts.
  • the installation stability of the first eccentric sleeve 5 can be improved.
  • the transitional fit between the cylinder 51 and the first inner hole 11 is helpful to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the first eccentric sleeve 5 .
  • the first bearing box 2 is located in the first eccentric sleeve 5.
  • the first bearing box 2 is connected to the first eccentric sleeve 5 in a push-pull manner.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the first bearing box 2 has a clearance fit with the first eccentric hole 53.
  • the first bearing box 2 can push the first eccentric sleeve 5 or move the first eccentric sleeve 5 from the first bearing box 2. Pull out the eccentric sleeve 5.
  • the specific structure of the first bearing box 2 is a conventional method in the art, and will not be described again in this application.
  • the first bearing box 2 is connected to the first eccentric sleeve 5 in a push-pull manner, which facilitates the disassembly, assembly and position adjustment of the first eccentric sleeve 5 .
  • the second eccentric sleeve 6 includes a third flange 61 and a second annular boss 62 .
  • the third flange 61 is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the first end (the left end in FIG. 9 ) of the second inner hole 12 through bolts, and the third flange 61 forms a second eccentric hole 63.
  • the second eccentric hole 63 It can be sleeved on the outer periphery of one end of the second bearing box 3 (the left end in Figure 8).
  • the second annular boss 62 extends outward from one side of the third flange 61 , and the inner annular surface of the second annular boss 62 is flush with the edge of the second eccentric hole 63 .
  • the second annular boss 62 is embedded in the first end of the second inner hole 12 (the left end in FIG. 8 ), and the second annular boss 62 and the second inner hole 12 are transitionally matched.
  • the installation stability of the second eccentric sleeve 6 can be improved.
  • the installation and positioning of the second eccentric sleeve 6 is facilitated and the assembly accuracy is improved.
  • the transitional fit between the second annular boss 62 and the second inner hole 12 helps to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the second eccentric sleeve 6 .
  • the motor base 7 includes a first flange 71, a second flange 72, a connecting structure 73 and a first annular boss 75.
  • the first flange 71 is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the second end (right end in Figure 9) of the second inner hole 12 through bolts, and the first flange 71 is formed with a third eccentric hole 74.
  • the hole 74 is equal in size to the second eccentric hole 63 and can be sleeved on the periphery of the other end of the second bearing box 3 (the right end in FIG. 8 ).
  • the first annular boss 75 extends outward from one side of the first flange 71 , and the inner annular surface of the first annular boss 75 is flush with the edge of the third eccentric hole 74 .
  • the first annular boss 75 is embedded in the second end of the second inner hole 12 (the right end in Figure 9), and there is a transition fit between the first annular boss 75 and the second inner hole 12. After installation, the first annular boss 75 There is a certain distance between an annular boss 75 and a second annular boss 62 .
  • the second flange 72 is provided with a through hole 76, and the driving motor 8 is fixedly connected to the second flange 72 through bolts and nuts.
  • the through hole 76 is a circular hole coaxial with the third eccentric hole 74 .
  • the output shaft of the drive motor 8 extends through the through hole 76 on the second flange 72 and is connected to the second bearing box 3 through the coupling.
  • the connecting structure 73 is connected between the first flange 71 and the second flange 72.
  • the connecting structure 73 is a connecting column. In this application, there are four connecting columns, and the four connecting columns are evenly distributed in the first method along the circumferential direction. A hollow is formed between the flange 71 and the second flange 72 and between adjacent connecting columns.
  • the installation stability of the motor base 7 can be improved.
  • the transitional fit between the first annular boss 75 and the second inner hole 12 is helpful to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the motor base 7 .
  • the second bearing box 3 is located in the second inner hole 12, and its two ends are supported by the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the first flange 71 respectively.
  • one end of the second bearing box 3 (the left end in Figure 8) is fixedly connected to the second eccentric sleeve 6 through screws, and the other end (the right end in Figure 8) is connected to the output shaft of the drive motor 8 through a coupling.
  • the specific structure of the second bearing box 3 is a conventional method in the art, and will not be described again in this application.
  • the second bearing box 3 is fixedly connected to the second eccentric sleeve 6 , which is beneficial to the connection stability of the second bearing box 3 .
  • both ends of the tie rod 9 are formed with external thread structures
  • the middle portion of the first bearing box 2 and the middle portion of the main roller 4 are both formed with through holes
  • the end portion of the second bearing box 3 is formed with internal threads.
  • the wire cutting machine of the present application includes a cutting frame 20 and a bearing box 10 .
  • the bearing box 10 includes a bearing box body 11 and a bearing box shell 12 .
  • the bearing box shell 12 is rotatably arranged on the cutting frame 20 , and the bearing box shell 12 is eccentrically arranged.
  • the bearing box body 11 is connected to the bearing box shell 12 , and there is no relative movement between the bearing box body 11 and the bearing box shell 12 .
  • the bearing box 10 is arranged on the cutting frame 20, and then the main roller is installed on the bearing box 10, and the main roller rotates through the bearing box 10. There is no relative movement between the bearing box body 11 and the bearing box shell 12.
  • the bearing box shell 12 When it is necessary to adjust the distance between the two main rollers, the bearing box shell 12 only needs to be rotated to adjust the eccentric angle of the bearing box shell 12. At this time, the bearing box body 11 Following the rotation of the bearing box shell 12, the position of the bearing box body 11 is adjusted, that is, the distance between the two main rollers is adjusted.
  • the position of the bearing box body 11 can be adjusted by rotating the bearing box shell 12, thereby realizing the position adjustment of the bearing box body 11, reducing the difficulty of adjustment and improving the adjustment efficiency.
  • the solution of adjusting the position of the main roller through the bearing box 10 is more conducive to reducing the distance between the main rollers and improving the cutting quality and cutting efficiency under the premise of the same main roller diameter.
  • the wire cutting machine is a slicer, which includes a cutting frame 20.
  • a plurality of mounting through holes are respectively opened on two opposite side walls of the cutting frame 20. 21.
  • the bearing box shell 12 is arranged in the mounting through hole 21.
  • the cutting frame 20 is provided with six mounting through holes 21, the six mounting through holes 21 are distributed on two opposite side walls of the cutting frame 20, and three mounting through holes 21 are opened on each side wall, and The corresponding mounting through holes 21 on the two side walls form a pair.
  • the three installation through holes 21 on each side wall are arranged in an inverted triangle shape, that is, two installation through holes 21 are provided on the upper layer, and the other installation through hole 21 is provided on the lower layer and are located on the two installation through holes on the upper layer.
  • the bearing housing 10 is installed in each of the three pairs of mounting through holes 21 .
  • the bearing box 10 includes a bearing box body 11, a bearing box shell 12 and connecting parts.
  • the bearing box body 11 includes a bearing seat and a bearing arranged in the bearing seat.
  • the bearing box shell 12 is provided with an eccentric hole.
  • the bearing seat is connected to the eccentric hole and is fixedly connected to the bearing box shell 12 through a connector.
  • the connecting member is preferably a connecting block 14.
  • the connecting block 14 is provided with a first connecting hole 141 and a second connecting hole 142.
  • the end surface of the bearing box body 11 is provided with a third connecting hole (in the figure (not shown)
  • the end surface of the bearing box shell 12 is provided with a fourth connection hole (not shown in the figure)
  • the first fastener passes through the first connection hole 141 and is connected to the third connection hole
  • the second fastener The component passes through the second connection hole 142 and is connected to the fourth connection hole.
  • the first connection hole 141 and the second connection hole 142 are each provided with two optical holes
  • the third connection hole and the fourth connection hole are also respectively provided with two corresponding threaded holes.
  • the first fastener and the second fastener are bolts.
  • two bolts pass through the first connection hole 141 and then are screwed to the third connection hole, and the other two bolts pass through the second connection hole 142 and then are screwed to the fourth connection hole, thereby realizing the connection between the bearing box body 11 and The fixed connection between the bearing housing shell 12.
  • the bearing boxes 10 are mounted on the cutting frame 20, and each bearing box 10 is connected to one main roller.
  • the bearing box body 11 is driven to rotate eccentrically by rotating the bearing box shells 12 of the two bearing boxes 10.
  • the adjustment process it is controlled through the blind holes in the bearing box shells 12. Adjust the angle to ultimately achieve precise adjustment of the spacing between the main rollers.
  • the fixed connection between the bearing box body 11 and the bearing box shell 12 can ensure that the relative position between the two remains unchanged, which is beneficial to improving the overall assembly accuracy of the bearing box 10 and greatly reducing the processing difficulty and processing of the bearing box. cost. Moreover, when one of the two is damaged, only the damaged component needs to be replaced separately, which also helps reduce repair time and cost.
  • the angle marking structure 121 can be used to assist the adjustment when adjusting the bearing box 10, thereby improving the adjustment efficiency and accuracy.
  • the wire cutting machine also includes a box cover 13, which is arranged on the cutting frame 20.
  • the box cover 13 There is a through hole (not shown in the figure), and the bearing housing 12 is installed in the through hole.
  • the box sleeve 13 includes a flange 131 and a cylinder 132.
  • the length of the cylinder 132 is less than or equal to the length of the bearing box shell 12.
  • the bearing box shell 12 is pullably provided in the cylinder 132 of the box sleeve 13.
  • the flange 131 is located at the front end of the cylinder 132 (the end shown in FIG. 16 ), and a plurality of mounting structures 1311 are provided on the flange 131 .
  • the mounting structures 1311 are mounting holes, and there are six mounting holes.
  • the six mounting structures 1311 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the flange 131 .
  • the bearing box 10 is installed on the cutting frame 20, and both ends of each main roller are installed on the cutting frame 20 through the bearing box 10.
  • the cutting frame 20 is provided with a mounting through hole 21, and the box sleeve 13 is arranged in the mounting through hole 21, and is fastened to the cutting frame 20 by fasteners passing through the mounting holes of the flange 131.
  • the bearing box The outer shell 12 is pullably disposed in the barrel 132 of the box cover 13 .
  • the bearing box body 11 is driven to rotate eccentrically by rotating the bearing box shells 12 of the two bearing boxes 10. During the adjustment process, it is controlled through the blind holes in the bearing box shells 12. Adjust the angle to ultimately achieve precise adjustment of the spacing between the main rollers.
  • the bearing box In cutting equipment, the main roller needs to be frequently disassembled, so the bearing box also needs to be frequently disassembled.
  • the bearing box In conventional technology, the bearing box is directly connected to the installation through hole 21 on the cutting frame 20. Frequent disassembly and assembly of the bearing box will cause the cutting frame 20 to be disconnected from the bearing. The gap between the boxes expands, which causes the main roller to jump greatly during operation and cannot be repaired, seriously affecting the cutting accuracy and service life of the equipment.
  • By arranging the box cover 13 in this application it is helpful to avoid direct contact between the bearing box shell 12 and the cutting frame 20, which will not cause damage to the cutting frame 20, and when the bearing box 10 is pulled out multiple times, even if the box cover 13 is damaged , you only need to replace the box cover 13, and the maintenance cost is low.
  • the flange 131 By providing the flange 131, it is convenient to install and fix the box cover 13 on the cutting frame 20, which is helpful to reduce the difficulty of installation.
  • the length of the cylinder 132 By setting the length of the cylinder 132 to be less than or equal to the length of the bearing box shell 12, it is beneficial to reduce the impact on the main roller disassembly and assembly process and improve the main roller disassembly and assembly efficiency.
  • the bearing box 10 also includes a positioning part 15 , and the positioning part 15 is provided on the box sleeve 13 and connected with the bearing box shell. 12 connections. At the same time, the angle marking structure 121 on the bearing housing casing 12 is omitted.
  • the positioning part 15 includes a fixing block 151 and a positioning piece 152 .
  • the fixing block 151 is provided with a seventh connection hole (not shown), the box cover 13 is provided with an eighth connection hole (not shown), and the fourth fastener passes through the seventh connection hole and is connected to the eighth connection hole.
  • the fixing block 151 is fixedly connected to the front flange 131 of the box cover 13 .
  • the seventh connection hole is provided with two smooth holes
  • the eighth connection hole is symmetrically provided with two threaded holes
  • the fourth fastener is a bolt, and the bolt passes through the seventh connection hole and is then screwed on.
  • the eighth connection hole realizes a fixed connection between the fixing block 151 and the front flange 131 surface of the box sleeve 13 .
  • the fixed block 151 is also provided with a through hole, and the positioning member 152 is slidably installed on the through hole of the fixed block 151 along the radial direction of the box sleeve 13 .
  • the positioning member 152 is in the shape of a rod, and the rod-shaped positioning member 152 is in transitional fit with the via hole.
  • the positioning member 152 is provided with a first positioning structure 1521 at an end close to one end of the bearing box shell 12, and a second positioning structure 122 is provided at the end of the outer circumferential surface of the bearing box shell 12.
  • the first positioning structure 1521 is connected with the second positioning structure 1521.
  • the first positioning structure 1521 is a wedge-shaped structure and the second positioning structure 122 is a wedge-shaped groove.
  • the wedge-shaped structure of the positioning member 152 is connected with the wedge-shaped groove on the bearing box shell 12 to achieve positioning of the bearing box shell 12 .
  • the front end of the bearing box shell 12 (the end shown in FIG. 19 ) slightly protrudes from the box sleeve 13 so that the first positioning structure 1521 and the second positioning structure 122 are cooperatively connected.
  • multiple positioning parts 15 are provided, and the multiple positioning parts 15 are distributed along the circumferential direction of the box cover 13 .
  • There are multiple positioning parts 152 in the positioning part 15 and each positioning part 152 is provided with a first positioning structure 1521 .
  • Multiple groups of second positioning structures 122 are provided along the circumferential direction of the bearing housing shell 12 , and each group includes a plurality of second positioning structures 122 with the same number of positioning pieces 152 in one positioning part 15 .
  • three positioning parts 15 are provided, and the three positioning parts 15 are distributed circumferentially on the surface of the flange 131 .
  • Each positioning part 15 is provided with two through holes and two positioning parts 152 , and the positioning parts 152 are relative to each other.
  • the fixed blocks 151 are arranged symmetrically.
  • the second positioning structures 122 are provided with eight groups.
  • the eight groups of the second positioning structures 122 are evenly distributed along the circumferential direction of the bearing housing shell 12 .
  • Each group includes two second positioning structures 122 , the two second positioning structures 122 and the two first positioning structures 122 .
  • the positioning structure 1521 is set accordingly.
  • the bearing boxes 10 are installed on the cutting frame 20, and each bearing box 10 is connected to one main roller.
  • the cutting frame 20 is provided with a mounting through hole 21
  • the box sleeve 13 is disposed in the mounting through hole 21 , and is fastened to the cutting frame 20 by fasteners passing through the mounting holes of the flange 131 .
  • the bearing box shells 12 in the two bearing boxes 10 drive the bearing box body 11 to rotate eccentrically.
  • the two positioning parts 152 on each positioning part 15 slide in the direction close to the bearing box shell 12 , so that the first positioning structure 1521 and the second positioning structure 122 are positioned and connected, and finally achieve precise adjustment of the spacing between the main rollers.
  • the deflection of the bearing box shell 12 can be prevented, and it is beneficial to improve the installation efficiency of the bearing box shell 12, and at the same time improve the positioning accuracy of the bearing box shell 12.
  • the second positioning structure 122 provided on the outer peripheral surface of the bearing box shell 12 is connected to the first positioning structure 1521 of the positioning member 152, which is beneficial to improving the positioning accuracy of the bearing box shell 12.
  • the positioning member 152 can be moved and installed along the radial direction of the bearing. It is beneficial to reduce the installation difficulty of the bearing box shell 12. By arranging a wedge-shaped structure and a wedge-shaped groove to match, the installation guide of the bearing box shell 12 can be achieved during the installation process, thereby reducing the difficulty of installation.
  • the bearing box shell 12 can be positioned from multiple directions, which is beneficial to improving the concentricity between the bearing box shell 12 and the box sleeve 13 .
  • the spray device includes a spray component 1 and a position adjustment component 2.
  • the spray assembly 1 is used to provide spray liquid, such as cutting liquid, to the parts to be cut.
  • the position adjustment component 2 is connected between the spray component 1 and the cutting frame 3 and is used to adjust the position of the spray component 1 relative to the piece to be cut. In this way, the relative position between the spray assembly 1 and the piece to be cut can be adjusted through the position adjustment assembly 2, so that the cutting area of the piece to be cut can receive good spray to ensure cutting quality.
  • the position adjustment assembly 2 includes a first fixed base 21 .
  • the first fixed seat 21 is connected between the spray assembly 1 and the cutting frame 3 and is used to adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the piece to be cut in the X direction and/or the Y direction (the X direction is the vertical direction, the Y direction is the first horizontal direction perpendicular to the X direction, for example, as shown in Figure 21, the Y direction is the horizontal direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the main roller).
  • the first fixed base 21 includes a first vertical plate 211 .
  • the first vertical plate 211 is provided with a first connection structure, and the first fixed base 21 is connected to the spray assembly 1 through the first connection structure.
  • the shower assembly 1 can adjust the position of the shower assembly 1 in the X direction relative to the first vertical plate 211 through the first connection structure.
  • the first connection structure is a plurality of first via groups 2111, the first via group 2111 includes a plurality of first via holes arranged along the Y direction, and the plurality of first via groups 2111 are arranged along the X direction. More preferably, the first via hole group 2111 is two symmetrically arranged first via holes, and the number of the first via hole group 2111 is two.
  • the first vertical plate 211 is also provided with a second connection structure, and the first fixed base 21 is connected to the cutting frame 3 through the second connection structure. Moreover, the first fixed base 21 can adjust the position of the first fixed base 21 in the Y direction relative to the cutting frame 3 through the second connection structure.
  • the second connection structure is a second elongated hole 2112, and the second elongated hole 2112 extends along the Y direction. More preferably, the second elongated hole 2112 is a waist hole, and the number thereof is one.
  • the relative position of the spray assembly 1 and the cutting area changes, you can adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the first fixed base 21 in the X direction, or adjust the first fixed base 21 relative to the cutting frame 3 in the X direction.
  • the position in the Y direction the relative position between the spray component 1 and the piece to be cut is adjusted to the optimal position to ensure a good spray effect, so that the cutting area of the piece to be cut can obtain a better cooling effect, and at the same time lubricate the cutting piece and the cutting line. (such as diamond wire), and take away impurities in the cutting area.
  • the first via hole group 2111 is provided with two symmetrically arranged first via holes, which can make the connection between the spray component 1 and the first fixed base 21 more stable and avoid the position deviation of the spray component 1 due to eccentric load. shift.
  • one second elongated hole 2112 is provided, which satisfies the position adjustment of the spray assembly 1 and the piece to be cut, and at the same time has a compact structural design.
  • the first connection structure may also be a plurality of first elongated holes, and the first elongated holes extend along the X direction.
  • the first elongated holes are waist holes, the number of which is two.
  • the first connection structure is a plurality of first via holes arranged along the X direction.
  • the second connection structure may also be a plurality of second via holes, and the plurality of second via holes are arranged along the Y direction.
  • the number of the first via hole group 2111 may also be 1, 3, or 4, etc.
  • the number of first via holes provided in the first via hole group 2111 may also be 1, 3, or 4, etc. .
  • the number of the first elongated holes may also be 1, 3, or 4, etc., and those skilled in the art may set it specifically according to the needs of the actual application scenario.
  • the first via holes may also be arranged asymmetrically.
  • the number of the second long holes 2112 can also be 2, 3 or other numbers.
  • the plurality of first via groups 2111 may be arranged at equal intervals or at unequal intervals.
  • the plurality of first via holes may also be arranged at equal intervals or at unequal intervals.
  • the plurality of second via holes may also be arranged at equal intervals or at unequal intervals.
  • the position adjustment assembly 2 further includes a second fixed seat 22 .
  • the second fixed seat 22 is connected between the spray assembly 1 and the first fixed base 21 and is used to adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the piece to be cut in the X direction and/or the Z direction (the Z direction is perpendicular to the X direction). the second horizontal direction, and the Z direction is perpendicular to the Y direction.
  • the Z direction is a direction parallel to the axial direction of the main roller).
  • the second fixed base 22 includes a second vertical plate 221 .
  • a third connection structure is provided on the second vertical plate 221, and the second fixed base 22 is connected to the first fixed base 21 through the third connection structure. Moreover, the second fixed base 22 can adjust the position of the second fixed base 22 in the X direction relative to the first fixed base 21 through the third connection structure.
  • the third connection structure is a plurality of third elongated holes 2211, and the third elongated holes 2211 extend along the X direction. More preferably, the third elongated holes 2211 are waist holes, the number of which is two, and the two third elongated holes 2211 are arranged along the Y direction.
  • the second fixed base 22 further includes a horizontal plate 222 .
  • connecting ribs 223 are provided between the second vertical plate 221 and the horizontal plate 222 .
  • the horizontal plate 222 is connected to the second vertical plate 221.
  • a fourth connection structure is provided on the horizontal plate 222.
  • the second fixed seat 22 is connected to the spray assembly 1 through the fourth connection structure.
  • the spray assembly 1 can be adjusted through the fourth connection structure.
  • the fourth connection structure is a fourth elongated hole 2221, and the fourth elongated hole 2221 extends along the Z direction.
  • the fourth connection structure is a fourth elongated hole 2221
  • a plurality of fourth elongated holes 2221 are provided, and the plurality of fourth elongated holes 2221 are arranged along the Y direction.
  • the fourth connecting structure is the fourth elongated hole 2221
  • the fourth elongated hole 2221 is a waist hole, the number of which is three and is arranged at equal intervals;
  • the first vertical plate 211 is provided with a first
  • the connecting plate 212 and the second vertical plate 221 are provided with a second connecting plate 224, and the first connecting plate 212 is connected to the second connecting plate 224.
  • the third elongated hole 2211 on the second fixing base 22 is connected to the first via hole group 2111 on the first fixing base 21, and the third elongated hole 2211 of the second fixing base 22 can be connected with the first fixing base by adjusting the third elongated hole 2211 of the second fixing base 22.
  • Different first via hole groups 2111 of the base 21 are connected to adjust the position of the second fixed base 22 relative to the first fixed base 21 in the X direction.
  • the Z-direction position of the sprinkler assembly 1 relative to the second fixed base 22 can be adjusted by adjusting the Z-direction connection position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the fourth elongated hole 2221 provided on the second fixed base 22 .
  • the relative position of the spray component 1 and the piece to be cut can achieve a good spray effect.
  • the connecting ribs 223 are provided between the second vertical plate 221 and the horizontal plate 222, which can stabilize the overall structure of the second fixed base 22 and improve the structural strength of the second fixed base 22.
  • the position adjustment assembly 2 also includes a transverse adjustment block 23 .
  • the transverse adjustment block 23 is connected between the fourth connection structure and the spray assembly 1 .
  • the transverse adjustment block 23 is provided with a plurality of fifth via holes 231 , and the plurality of fifth via holes 231 are arranged along the Y direction.
  • the number of fifth via holes 231 is three. In this way, the position of the sprinkler assembly 1 relative to the second fixing base 22 in the Y direction can be adjusted by adjusting the fourth connection structure to connect to different fifth through holes 231 .
  • the relative position between the spray assembly 1 and the piece to be cut can achieve a good spray effect in the cutting area of the piece to be cut.
  • the transverse adjustment block 23 can also be provided with a fifth elongated hole extending along the Y direction to replace the fifth through hole 231, and the Y direction position of the spray assembly 1 can also be realized.
  • the sprinkler assembly 1 includes a hanging ear 11 .
  • the hanging ear 11 is provided with a fifth connection structure.
  • the fifth connection structure is connected to the transverse adjustment block 23.
  • the spray assembly 1 can adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 in the Y direction relative to the transverse adjustment block 23 through the fifth connection structure.
  • the fifth connection structure is a long slot 111, and the long slot 111 extends along the Y direction.
  • the transverse adjustment block 23 and the elongated notch 111 By adjusting the transverse adjustment block 23 and the elongated notch 111, the Y-direction positional relationship of the spray assembly 1 relative to the second fixed base 22 can be adjusted, thereby achieving a good spray effect in the cutting area of the piece to be cut.
  • the form of the fifth connection structure is not unique.
  • it can also be a sixth elongated hole.
  • the sixth elongated hole is a waist hole extending along the Y direction.
  • the fifth connection structure is a plurality of sixth via holes, and the plurality of sixth via holes are arranged along the Y direction.
  • the sprinkler assembly 1 includes a liquid box 12 and a sprinkler pipe 13.
  • a liquid inlet and a first liquid outlet 121 are formed on the liquid contact box 12 , and the hanging ear 11 is connected to the liquid contact box 12 .
  • the spray pipe 13 is provided in the liquid box 12.
  • the spray pipe 13 is provided with a second liquid inlet 131 and a second liquid outlet 132.
  • the second liquid inlet 131 is connected to the cutting liquid source. Communicated, the second liquid outlet 132 is connected with the liquid receiving box 12 .
  • a support block 133 is provided at the lower part of the spray pipe 13 , and the support block 133 is disposed between the first guide plate 14 and the second guide plate 15 .
  • a clamping block 134 is provided on the upper part of the spray pipe 13. The clamping block 134 is connected to the support block 133, and the spray pipe 13 is inserted between the clamping block 134 and the support block 133.
  • the spray assembly 1 also includes a first baffle 14 , a second baffle 15 and a third baffle 16 .
  • the first baffle 14 is disposed in the liquid receiving box 12 , is connected to the inside of the first side wall of the liquid receiving box 12 , and extends to an area below the second liquid outlet 132 .
  • the second baffle 15 is disposed in the liquid contact box 12 and is connected to the interior of the second side wall of the liquid contact box 12 that is opposite to the first side wall.
  • the first liquid outlet 121 is opened in the middle of the second side wall, and the second baffle 15 extends to the lower part of the liquid box 12 .
  • the third guide plate 16 is connected to the first liquid outlet 121 provided on the second side wall, is located outside the liquid box 12 and extends obliquely downward from the first liquid outlet 121, for guiding the cutting fluid to The cutting area of the wire mesh.
  • the spray assembly 1 also includes a pressure rod 17 .
  • the pressure rod 17 is movably installed on the mounting seat 18 fixed on the inner side of the end of the liquid contact box 12 .
  • One end of the pressure rod 17 is provided with a holding portion 171, and the other end is connected with a sealing block 172.
  • the pressure rod 17 is also provided with a spring 173 .
  • One end of the spring 173 is in contact with the mounting base 18, and the other end of the spring 173 is in contact with the sealing block 172.
  • a drain hole is provided on the liquid box 12, and the sealing block 172 is press-fitted to the drain hole (not shown in the figure).
  • the sealing block 172 is a polyurethane sealing block
  • the holding part 171 is a red ball.
  • the cutting fluid enters the spray pipe 13 from the second liquid inlet 131 of the spray pipe 13 , flows into the liquid contact box 12 through the second liquid outlet 132 of the spray pipe 13 , and then passes through the first diversion After the plate 14 is buffered, it is stored at the bottom of the liquid contact box 12.
  • the cutting fluid flows through the second guide plate 15 and stabilizes the flow through the second guide plate 15.
  • the first liquid outlet 121 overflows and is directed to the cutting area of the wire mesh through the third guide plate 16 to cool the parts to be cut.
  • the slow-flow cutting fluid can reduce the impact on the wire mesh and avoid the cutting size deviation caused by the impact of the cutting fluid on the wire mesh.
  • the spray pipe 13 is clamped between the support block 133 and the clamping block 134, which can prevent the spray pipe 13 from moving due to buoyancy and disturbing the liquid flow.
  • the polyurethane sealing blocks at the bottom of the pressure rods 17 (as shown in Figure 23) provided at both ends of the liquid contact box 12 can seal the bottom of the liquid contact box 12 under the elastic force of the spring 173. Drain hole.
  • the elastic force exerted on the polyurethane sealing block decreases, and the polyurethane sealing block overcomes the elastic force and lifts upward under the action of buoyancy, etc., and the cutting fluid in the liquid contact box 12 can easily flow out from the drain hole.
  • the present application provides a cutting assembly, which includes a cutting frame 3 and the above-mentioned spray device.
  • the position adjustment component 2 is connected between the spray component 1 and the cutting frame 3 .
  • the cutting frame 3 is provided with a sixth connection structure.
  • the sixth connection structure is connected to the first fixed seat 21 of the position adjustment assembly 2.
  • the spray device can adjust the position of the spray device relative to the cutting frame 3 through the sixth connection structure.
  • the sixth connection structure is a plurality of fixing holes 31 in an array.
  • Figure 21 shows a 4 ⁇ 3 array of fixing holes 31.
  • the fixing holes 31 and the second elongated holes 2112 are connected through bolts and nuts.
  • the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the piece to be cut can be adjusted through the position adjustment assembly 2 of the spray device, and at the same time, combined with the adjustment of the connection position of the spray device and the fixing hole 31 provided on the cutting frame 3, greater precision can be achieved.
  • the adjustment of the range enables the adjusted relative position of the spray component 1 and the part to be cut to obtain a good spray effect.
  • the debris box of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 25 to 31.
  • a debris box 1 is provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the debris box 1 includes a main body 11 and a flow guide 33 .
  • the main body 11 is provided with a liquid outlet, and the flow guide 33 is connected to the liquid outlet.
  • the flow guide part 33 is used to guide the liquid discharged from the liquid outlet to the bottom of the wire network 3 . In this way, the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can be guided to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 through the guide part 33 to avoid the waste liquid from splashing on the wire mesh 3 and the main roller 2, causing wire breakage, jumpers and wear of the main roller 2.
  • the flow guide portion 33 is provided with a liquid inlet and a liquid outlet that communicate with each other.
  • the liquid inlet and the liquid outlet are connected, and the liquid outlet can extend to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 . In this way, the waste liquid can be discharged to the bottom of the wire network 3 through the liquid outlet through the liquid inlet connected to the liquid outlet.
  • the flow guide portion 33 includes a first flow guide assembly 331, and the first flow guide assembly 331 is connected to the first end of the main body 11 along its length direction (Fig. 25), the main body 11 is provided with a first liquid outlet 121 at the first end.
  • the first flow guide assembly 331 is formed with a first liquid introduction opening 3311 and a first liquid discharge opening 3312.
  • the first liquid introduction opening 3311 Communicated with the first liquid outlet 121 , the first liquid outlet 3312 can extend to the bottom of the wire network 3 .
  • the first flow guide assembly 331 includes a first body 3315. The upper part of the first body 3315 forms a first liquid inlet 3311.
  • the lower part of the first body 3315 forms two first liquid drain ports 3312.
  • the first liquid inlet 3312 is formed in the lower part of the first body 3315.
  • a first channel is formed between the port 3311 and the two first liquid discharge ports 3312.
  • the upper part of the first body 3315 is open and matches the shape of the first end of the main body 11 .
  • the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can enter the first liquid inlet 3311 through the first liquid outlet 121 provided at the first end of the debris box 1, and then be directed to the two channels below the wire network 3 through the two first channels.
  • the first drain port 3312. In this way, waste liquid can be avoided from splashing on the screen wire and the main roller 2, causing wire jumps, disconnections and wear of the main roller 2.
  • the first sealing gasket 3313 provided at the location where the first liquid introduction port 3311 communicates with the first liquid outlet 121 can prevent the cutting fluid from overflowing and splashing onto the online network. 3, causing the wire network 3 to jump, break and wear the main roller 2.
  • first drain ports 3312 can also be provided below the first body 3315, such as 1, 3, 4, etc.
  • the main body 11 may also be provided with two first liquid outlets 121 at the first end, and the first liquid inlet 3311 may be connected to the two first liquid outlets 121 at the same time.
  • the first sealing gasket 3313 can also be made of other materials, such as rubber and rubber-plastic composite materials. Of course, the first sealing gasket 3313 may not be provided.
  • the first flow guide assembly 331 includes: two second bodies, a first liquid inlet 3311 is formed on the upper part of the second body, and a first liquid inlet 3311 is formed on the lower part of the second body.
  • a liquid discharge port 3312, a second channel is formed between the first liquid introduction port 3311 on the second body and the first liquid discharge port 3312 on the second body; the main body 11 is provided with two first liquid outlets at the first end.
  • Port 121, the first liquid inlet 3311 on the two second bodies are respectively connected with one of the two first liquid outlets 121.
  • the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can be discharged from the two first liquid outlets 121 of the main body 11 through the second liquid inlet 3311 formed between the first liquid inlet 3311 and the first liquid discharge port 3312 on each second body.
  • the channel guides the flow to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 to avoid splashing on the wire mesh 3 and the main roller 2.
  • the number of first liquid outlets 121 provided at the first end of the debris box 1 can also be 3, 4, etc.
  • the second body of the first flow guide assembly 331 and the first liquid outlet 121 are connected in a manner that Adaptive adjustments are also required.
  • one second body can be connected to two first liquid outlets 121 .
  • the number of the second body can also be 3, 4, 5, etc.
  • the connection method between the first liquid outlet 121 and the second body also needs to be adaptively adjusted, for example, one first liquid outlet 121 is connected
  • those skilled in the art can choose and set them according to the needs of specific application scenarios.
  • the flow guide part 33 further includes a second flow guide assembly 332, and the second flow guide assembly 332 is connected to
  • the main body 11 is provided with a second liquid outlet 122 at the second end along its length direction (the right end shown in FIG. 25 ), and the second flow guide assembly 332 is formed with a second liquid inlet 3321 and a second liquid outlet 122 .
  • the second liquid discharge port 3322 and the second liquid introduction port 3321 are connected with the second liquid outlet 122 , and the second liquid discharge port 3322 can extend to the bottom of the wire network 3 .
  • the second flow guide assembly 332 includes: two third bodies 3325, the upper part of the third body 3325 forms a second liquid inlet 3321, and the lower part of the third body 3325 forms a second liquid outlet 3322.
  • a third channel is formed between the liquid port 3321 and the second liquid discharge port 3322; the main body 11 is provided with two second liquid outlets 122 at the second end, and the second liquid introduction ports 3321 on the two third bodies 3325 are respectively connected with One of the two second liquid outlets 122 is connected.
  • the upper part of the third body 3325 is open (as shown in FIG. 27 , the side and upper part of the third body 3325 are open) and matches the shape of the second liquid outlet 122 .
  • the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can enter the two second liquid inlets 3321 respectively through the two second liquid outlets 122 provided at the second end of the debris box 1, and then be directed to the wire network through the two third channels.
  • the two second drain ports 3322 below 3.
  • waste liquid can be avoided from splashing on the screen wire and the main roller 2, causing wire jumps, disconnections and wear of the main roller 2.
  • the second sealing gasket 3323 provided at the location where the second liquid introduction port 3321 communicates with the second liquid outlet 122 can prevent the cutting fluid from overflowing and splashing onto the online network. 3, causing the wire network 3 to jump, break and wear the main roller 2.
  • the second flow guide assembly 332 includes a fourth body, the upper part of the fourth body forms a second liquid introduction port 3321, and the lower part of the fourth body forms two second liquid discharge ports. 3322, a fourth channel is formed between the second liquid introduction port 3321 and the two second liquid discharge ports 3322. Further, the upper part of the fourth body is open and matches the shape of the second liquid outlet 122 . In this way, the waste liquid in the fragment box 1 can enter the two fourth channels through the second liquid inlet 3321 formed on the upper part of the fourth body, and then be discharged to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 through the second liquid outlet 3322. In this way, it is possible to avoid waste liquid from splashing on the wire mesh 3 and the main roller 2, causing wire jumps, disconnections and wear of the main roller 2.
  • the main body 11 may be provided with two second liquid outlets 122 at the second end, and the second liquid inlet 3321 may be connected to the two second liquid outlets 122 at the same time.
  • a filtering device 22 is provided in the main body 11.
  • the filtering device 22 includes: a support plate 221, a filter screen 222 and a cover plate 223.
  • the support plate 221 is provided at the bottom of the main body 11 .
  • the filter screen 222 is located on the upper part of the support plate 221
  • the cover plate 223 is located on the upper part of the filter screen 222
  • the filter screen 222 is sandwiched between the support plate 221 and the cover plate 223 .
  • the filter also includes a hanging ear side plate 224.
  • the hanging ear side plate 224 is connected to the support plate 221 and hung on the first end side wall of the main body 11.
  • a filter 222 is also provided on the side plate 224 of the hanging ear.
  • the filter screen also includes a hinge rotating shaft 225, and the hanging ear side plate 224 and the support plate 221 are connected through the hinge rotating shaft 225.
  • the support plates 221 include multiple pieces, and adjacent support plates 221 are connected through hinge shafts 225 .
  • the filter screen 222 is sandwiched between the support plate 221 and the cover plate 223, which can prevent the filter screen 222 from being warped and affecting the filtering effect.
  • the main body 11 includes a bottom plate 123, and the bottom plate 123 is arc-shaped.
  • the main body 11 also includes: a first wall 111 , a second wall 112 , a third wall 113 and a fourth wall 114 .
  • the second wall 112 is arranged opposite to the first wall 111 .
  • the first side of the third wall 113 is connected to the first side of the first wall 111
  • the second side of the third wall 113 is connected to the first side of the second wall 112 .
  • the fourth wall 114 is opposite to the third wall 113 .
  • the first side of the fourth wall 114 is connected to the second side of the first wall 111
  • the second side of the fourth wall 114 is connected to the second side of the second wall 112 .
  • the lower end of the first wall 111 , the lower end of the second wall 112 , the lower end of the third wall 113 , and the lower end of the fourth wall 114 are all connected to the bottom plate 123 . 112.
  • a receiving space for the debris box 1 is formed between the third wall 113 , the fourth wall 114 and the bottom plate 123 .
  • the arc shape of the bottom plate 123 of the main body 11 can form a receiving space with the wall, which can accommodate a certain amount of waste liquid when there is a large amount of waste liquid.
  • the first arc shape at the upper end of the first wall 111 is concentric with the first main roller 2
  • the second arc shape at the upper end of the second wall 112 is concentric with the second main roller 2, which can facilitate the installation of the fragment box 1.
  • the first limiting plate 115 and the second limiting plate 117 provided outside the third wall 113 and the fourth wall 114 can conveniently set the main body 11 on the cutting frame 4, and the first supporting plate 116 and The second support plate 118 can support the main body 11 of the debris box 1 to make the structure stable.
  • the first grabbing hole 119 provided on the third wall 113 and the second grabbing hole 120 provided on the fourth wall 114 can facilitate grasping the main body 11 of the debris box 1 when the debris box 1 is installed and disassembled.
  • the bottom plate 123 of the main body 11 can also be in other shapes, such as a flat plate.
  • the upper ends of the first wall body 111 and the upper ends of the second wall body 112 may not be provided with arc shapes.
  • the first limiting plate 115 and the first supporting plate 116 can be integrally formed, and the second limiting plate 117 and the second limiting plate 117 can be integrally formed.
  • the first gripping hole 119 and the second gripping hole 120 may not be provided.
  • this application provides a cutting assembly, which includes a cutting frame 4, a main roller 2, a wire mesh 3 and the above-mentioned fragment box 1.
  • the main body 11 is connected to the cutting frame 4 through a first limiting plate 115 and a second limiting plate 117.
  • the cutting frame 4 is correspondingly provided with a first limiting plate 115 and a second limiting plate. The grooves, slides, etc. that the position plate 117 matches.
  • this application provides a method to solve the above problems in the prior art.
  • this application provides a funnel device 1, which includes a funnel body 11, a first filter part and a second filter part.
  • the first filter part and the second filter part are sequentially arranged at the upper part and the lower part of the funnel body 11, and the filtration accuracy of the second filter part is greater than the filtration accuracy of the first filter part.
  • the first filtering part is used for primary filtering of the liquid entering the funnel body 11 .
  • the second filtering part is used for secondary filtering of the liquid filtered by the first filtering part.
  • the liquid that re-enters the liquid circuit circulation system can be filtered for the first time through the first filtering part, and then the liquid filtered by the first filtering part can be filtered again through the second filtering part, and the filtering effect is better.
  • the filtering effect is better.
  • the first filter part is the first filter screen 14
  • the funnel body 11 is provided with a first connection structure
  • the first filter screen 14 is connected through the first connection structure.
  • the structure is arranged on the funnel body 11.
  • the first connection structure is a first snap-in part 111
  • the first filter screen 14 is stuck on the first snap-in part 111.
  • the first clamping part 111 is an annular installation groove.
  • the annular installation groove is located between the drainage part 113 (the cone part of the funnel) and the channel part 114 (the straight part of the funnel) of the funnel body 11.
  • the first filter screen 14 is stuck Located on the annular installation groove. In this way, the first filter screen 14 is stuck on the annular installation groove, which can perform preliminary filtration of the liquid containing impurities that enters the circulation system again, reducing and avoiding larger-sized impurities from entering the liquid circulation system and causing equipment failure.
  • the first clamping portion 111 can also be provided in other forms.
  • the first clamping portion 111 is a first ring platform provided on the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the first filter screen 14 is clamped on the first ring platform.
  • the first clamping portion 111 is a plurality of first bosses arranged at intervals on the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the first filter screen 14 is clamped on the first bosses.
  • the first filter part can also be filter cotton, filter element, sponge, etc.
  • the structure of the first filter part needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the specific structural settings are conventional ones in this field and will not be described again here.
  • the first filter screen 14 includes a first filter screen body 141 , a first pressure plate 142 and a second pressure plate 145 .
  • the first pressure plate 142 is arranged on the upper part of the first filter body 141
  • the second pressure plate 145 is arranged on the lower part of the first filter body 141.
  • the first pressure plate 142 and the second pressure plate 145 are fixed on the first filter through the first screws 144.
  • the cross structure in the middle of the first pressure plate 142 is connected to the edge of the first pressure plate 142, and a first tie rod 143 is provided at the intersection position of the cross structure.
  • the filtration precision of the first filter body 141 is 20 mesh.
  • the first pressure plate 142 and the second pressure plate 145 can fix and tighten the first filter body 141, so that the first filter 14 can filter impurities conveniently and smoothly, and improve the filtration stability of the first filter 14. Moreover, it is convenient to lock the first filter screen 14 on the funnel body 11 . Then, the first filter screen 14 can be easily removed or installed through the first pull rod 143 to facilitate the installation, maintenance and replacement of the first filter screen 14 .
  • the second filter part is the second filter screen 15, and the funnel body 11 is provided with a second connection structure, and the second filter screen 15 is connected through the second connection structure.
  • the structure is arranged on the funnel body 11.
  • the second connection structure is a second clamping part 112, and the second filter screen 15 is clamped on the second clamping part 112.
  • the second clamping portion 112 is a second ring platform provided on the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the second filter screen 15 is clamped on the second ring platform.
  • the second filter screen 15 can be clamped on the funnel body 11 through the second clamping portion 112 to further filter the liquid filtered by the first filter screen 14 to reduce and prevent smaller-sized impurities from entering the liquid.
  • the circuit circulation system causes equipment failure.
  • the second clamping portion 112 can also be a plurality of second bosses spaced apart from the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the second filter screen 15 is clamped on the second bosses.
  • the second filter part can also be a filter cotton, a filter element, a sponge, etc. In this case, the structure of the second filter part needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the specific structural settings are conventional ones in this field and will not be described again here.
  • the second filter screen 15 includes a second filter screen body 151 , a third pressure plate 152 and a fourth pressure plate 155 .
  • the third pressure plate 152 is provided on the upper part of the second filter body 151
  • the fourth pressure plate 155 is provided on the lower part of the second filter body 151 .
  • the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155 are fixed to the first filter through second screws 154 On body 141.
  • the cross structure in the middle of the third pressure plate 152 is connected to the edge of the third pressure plate 152 , and a second tie rod 153 is provided at the intersection position of the cross structure.
  • the filtration precision of the second filter body 151 is 40 mesh.
  • the second filter screen body 151 can be fixed and tightened through the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155, so that the second filter screen 15 can filter impurities conveniently and smoothly, and improve the filtration stability of the second filter screen 15. Moreover, it is convenient to lock the second filter screen 15 on the funnel body 11 . Then, the second filter screen 15 can be easily removed or installed through the second pull rod 153 to facilitate the installation, maintenance and replacement of the second filter screen 15 .
  • the second pull rod 153 may also be provided at other positions on the third pressure plate 152, or the second pull rod 153 may not be provided.
  • the third pressure plate 152 may not be provided with a cross structure.
  • the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155 can be integrally formed, or the third pressure plate 152 and/or the fourth pressure plate 155 are not provided.
  • the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155 and the second filter body 151 are arranged In this way, the arrangement of the second filter screen 15 on the funnel body 11 needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the filtering precision of the second filter body 151 can also be set to other filtering precisions according to the needs of specific application scenarios, such as 30 mesh, 35 mesh, 45 mesh, 50 mesh, 60 mesh, etc.
  • the funnel device 1 further includes an overflow portion 12 , and the overflow portion 12 is provided on the funnel body 11 .
  • the overflow part 12 includes an overflow pipe 123, which is vertically installed on the funnel body 11 and located outside the first filter part.
  • the liquid inlet 122 on the top of the overflow pipe 123 is higher than the height of the first filter part.
  • a cap 121 is provided on the top of the overflow pipe 123.
  • a plurality of liquid inlets 122 are provided between the upper part of the overflow pipe 123 and the cap 121.
  • the lower part of the overflow pipe 123 is connected with the part of the funnel body 11 located below the second filter part.
  • the overflow pipe 123 is provided with a cap 121, and a plurality of liquid inlets 122 are provided between the upper part of the overflow pipe 123 and the cap 121, which can facilitate overflow and at the same time control the liquid entering the overflow pipe 123.
  • the impurities are coarsely filtered.
  • the overflow pipe 123 can also be arranged on the funnel body 11 at other angles.
  • the lower part of the overflow pipe 123 may also be directed to other preset positions without being connected to the funnel body 11 .
  • the overflow pipe 123 may also be located inside the first filter part.
  • the liquid inlet 122 on the overflow pipe 123 can also be set at other suitable positions according to the needs of the application scenario, and there can also be one liquid inlet 122 .
  • the overflow pipe 123 does not need to be provided with the cap 121 . Of course, the overflow pipe 123 may not be provided.
  • the funnel device further includes a liquid injection pipe 13 , and the liquid injection pipe 13 is connected with the inside of the funnel body 11 .
  • the liquid injection pipe 13 is connected with the overflow pipe 123, and an end of the liquid injection pipe 13 away from the funnel body 11 (the left end in Figure 33) is provided with a union 131.
  • a union 131 which can be easily connected and disassembled with other pipelines such as the pipeline of the liquid source according to the needs of use.
  • the movable joint 131 may not be provided, or may be provided with other forms of joints according to the needs of specific application scenarios. Of course, the liquid injection pipe 13 does not need to be provided.
  • the funnel device 1 further includes a liquid injection pipe 13 , and the liquid injection pipe 13 is connected with the interior of the funnel body 11 .
  • the liquid injection pipe 13 communicates with the portion of the funnel body 11 located below the second filter part.
  • an end of the liquid injection pipe 13 away from the funnel body 11 is provided with a union 131 .
  • liquid such as pure water or cutting fluid can be replenished into the liquid circulation system through the liquid injection pipe 13 .
  • the liquid injection pipe 13 is provided with a union 131, which can be easily connected and disassembled with other pipelines such as the pipeline of the liquid source according to the needs of use.
  • the present application provides a cutting assembly, which includes a cutting chamber, a liquid supply system and the funnel device 1 of the first aspect.
  • the funnel device 1 is connected between the cutting chamber and the liquid supply system. In this way, the funnel device 1 provided in the cutting assembly can perform secondary filtration of the liquid that enters the liquid circulation system again, with better filtration effect, reducing and preventing impurities from entering the liquid circulation system and causing equipment failure.
  • the tool feed assembly of this application includes a skateboard box 1 and a guard 2.
  • the skateboard box 1 is used to install the parts to be cut and drive the feeding movement of the parts to be cut.
  • the guard 2 includes a cover body 21 with multiple side planes.
  • the cover body 21 is surrounding the outer peripheral side of the skateboard box 1 and is connected with the skateboard box 1 No relative motion.
  • the skateboard box 1 drives the parts to be cut installed thereon to perform a feeding motion, for example, moving downward in the vertical direction, so that the parts to be cut are cut into pieces by the cutting lines provided below the skateboard box 1 .
  • a feeding motion for example, moving downward in the vertical direction
  • the parts to be cut are cut into pieces by the cutting lines provided below the skateboard box 1 .
  • coolant is sprayed and cooled on the parts to be cut and the cutting line.
  • the coolant splashes on the parts to be cut and the cutting line. turns into sewage.
  • Powder, debris and sewage are splashed on the outside of the cover body 21 of the guard 2 at the same time. Since the outside of the cover body 21 has multiple side planes, the powder, debris and sewage cannot stay and accumulate, nor can they enter the skateboard through the side planes.
  • the shield 2 is provided with a cover 21 with multiple side planes, and the cover 21 is arranged around the outer peripheral side of the skateboard box 1 so that there are no wrinkles on the outside of the guard 2 and dirt is not easily accumulated on the outside of the cover 21. It is helpful to improve the overall cutting quality and cutting efficiency.
  • the knife feed assembly of the present application includes a skateboard box 1, a guard 2, a scraper 3, a mounting part (not shown in the figure), and a fixed frame 5 , mounting base 6 and driving mechanism 7.
  • the skateboard box 1 includes a body 11 and a clamping base 12.
  • the clamping base 12 is fixedly connected to one end of the body 11 through screwing or other means.
  • the clamping base 12 is located at the bottom end of the body 11, and a connecting structure is provided in the middle of the bottom surface of the clamping base 12 for cooperative connection with the crystal support carrying the piece to be cut.
  • the connection structure is a conventional means in this field and will not be described again.
  • the installation part includes the feed base, the front base 41, the rear base 42 and the side risers.
  • the feed base and the side risers are hidden in Figure 39. .
  • both sides of the feed base are connected to the front base 41 and the rear base 42 respectively, and the side risers are connected between the front base 41 and the rear base 42.
  • the feed base, the front base 41 , the rear base 42 and the side risers are surrounded to form a ring-shaped frame, and the feed base, the front base 41, the rear base 42 and the bottoms of the side risers are basically flush, thereby forming a ring-shaped mounting surface .
  • the driving mechanism 7 is used to drive the skateboard box 1 to perform the feed movement. It is fixedly connected to the feed base and is drivingly connected to the skateboard box 1.
  • the skateboard box 1 is movably connected to the mounting part, and is elevatingly disposed in the annular space formed by the mounting part, and is driven by the driving mechanism 7 to realize the lifting movement.
  • the skateboard box 1 descends in the feeding direction, and the skateboard box 1 rises in the retraction direction.
  • the specific structure and connection method of the driving mechanism 7 are conventional means in this field and will not be described again here.
  • the specific structures of the above-mentioned skateboard box 1, mounting base 6 and driving mechanism 7 are not unique, and those skilled in the art can make adjustments so that the present application is suitable for more specific application scenarios.
  • those skilled in the art can adjust the specific structure of the skateboard box 1, such as integrating the clamping seat 12 and the body 11, or using welding or bonding.
  • the clamping seat 12 can also be positioned according to the specific feeding direction of the body 11. For example, when the body 11 is fed upward, the clamping seat 12 can be arranged at the top of the body 11.
  • the clamping seat 12 can be arranged on the side of the body 11, etc.
  • the mounting base 6 only includes part of the above-mentioned feed base, the front base 41, the rear base 42 and the side risers, or it may be Some of the bases are set as an integrated structure, or the structure of some of the bases can be changed.
  • the shield 2 includes a cover body 21 and a bottom frame 23 .
  • the cover body 21 is surrounded by a plurality of enclosure plates 211 .
  • the cover body 21 is surrounded by two enclosure plates 211 with the same structure, and each enclosure plate 211 is formed by bending stainless steel sheet metal parts. After forming, the cross section of each enclosure plate 211 is at a right angle C shape.
  • the right-angled C shape in this application means that after bending both ends of a long strip of sheet metal, the angle between the two bent sheet metal surfaces and the middle sheet metal surface is approximately a right angle.
  • each side plane is fixedly connected to an outer surface of the clamping base 12 by screwing, so that the position between the cover body 21 and the skateboard box 1 is relatively fixed.
  • the gap between the two hoardings 211 can be sealed with sealant to improve the protection effect.
  • the cover body 21 is formed by a plurality of enclosure panels 211, which can reduce the difficulty of manufacturing and installing the cover body 21.
  • the cover body 21 By arranging two right-angled C-shaped hoardings 211, the manufacturing efficiency of the hoardings 211 can be improved, and the installation efficiency can be improved.
  • the enclosure 211 By forming the enclosure 211 by bending sheet metal parts, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the manufacturing and installation efficiency can be improved.
  • the connection stability of the cover body 21 can be improved.
  • the shield 2 from stainless steel, the strength and service life of the shield 2 can be improved.
  • the specific arrangement method of the cover body 21 is not unique, and those skilled in the art can adjust it so that the present application is suitable for more specific application scenarios.
  • the number of hoardings 211 that make up the cover body 21 is not unique, and the structures may also be different. It can be formed by at least one complete annular hoarding 211, or it can be surrounded by three, four or more hoardings.
  • the board 211 is formed around the cover. For example, each of the four sides of the cover 21 uses one enclosure plate 211, and the four enclosure plates 211 are fixedly connected or bonded to each other.
  • those skilled in the art can reasonably select the number and shape of the enclosures 211 according to the specific structure of the skateboard box 1, as long as they can be surrounded to form the cover 21.
  • the cover 21 is made of stainless steel, the material of the cover 21 is not limited thereto. Those skilled in the art can also use other metal or alloy materials to make the cover 21 .
  • the cover body 21 is illustrated as being fixedly connected to the outer side of the clamping base 12, the specific connection method of the cover body 21 can be adjusted by those skilled in the art.
  • the cover body 21 can also be connected by It is connected to the clamping base 12 by bonding, welding, etc., and each side plane or part of the side planes of the cover 21 can also be fixedly connected to the body 11 of the skateboard box 1 .
  • the cover body 21 may not be connected to the skateboard box 1, but may be kept relatively fixed to the skateboard box 1 through other structures, such as being fixedly connected to the bottom frame 23 fixedly connected to the clamping base 12 as described below. .
  • the bottom frame 23 is located at the bottom end of the skateboard box 1 and is connected to the cover body 21 .
  • the bottom frame 23 is a closed frame integrally formed of stainless steel, and the frame is screwed to the outer edge of the lower side of the clamping base 12 . After being fixed, the outer edge of the bottom frame 23 is in contact with the lower end of the cover body 21 , and the inner edge of the bottom frame 23 extends in the horizontal direction toward the inside of the cover body 21 .
  • the bottom frame 23 and the cover body 21 are bonded through sealant after being in contact with each other.
  • the bottom frame 23 is formed in one piece, which can improve the installation efficiency.
  • the protective effect can be improved.
  • the integrity of the shield 2 can be improved and the protective effect can be further improved.
  • the sealing connection between the bottom frame 23 and the cover body 21 the sealing performance between the cover body 21 and the bottom frame 23 can be ensured, and the sealing effect can be further improved.
  • the scraping member 3 is connected to the installation portion. After installation, the scraping member 3 abuts against the outer surface of the guard 2 to scrape dirt on the outer surface of the guard 2.
  • the scraping member 3 is an annular piece made of rubber and formed in one piece. It includes a connecting section 31 located on the outside and a scraping section 32 located on the inside.
  • the connecting section 31 is provided on the mounting surface formed by the mounting part, and the scraping section 32 One end of the connecting section 31 extends toward the shield 2 and abuts against the shield 2 .
  • the scraping section 32 is inclined relative to the side plane of the cover body 21 , and preferably, the tilting direction of the scraping section 32 is the same as the retracting direction of the skateboard box 1 .
  • the skateboard box 1 feeds downwards driven by the driving mechanism 7.
  • the powder and sewage during the cutting process splash onto the side plane of the cover body 21 but cannot gather, and are blocked by the scraper 3. Powder and sewage cannot pass through the gap between the cover body 21 and the mounting part.
  • the skateboard box 1 makes an upward retraction movement driven by the driving mechanism 7.
  • the scraping member 3 scrapes off the powder and sewage remaining on the side plane of the cover body 21 to prevent the powder and sewage from being trapped in the cover. accumulated on body 21.
  • the scraper 3 By providing the scraper 3, when dirt accumulates on the side plane of the cover body 21, the dirt can be cleaned in time with the movement of the skateboard box 1, further improving the cutting quality and cutting efficiency.
  • the scraping part 3 By arranging the scraping part 3 on the mounting part, the scraping part 3 can be installed near the shield 2 to improve the scraping effect.
  • the scraping member 3 By arranging the scraping member 3 on the mounting surface and in an annular shape, the outer surface of the cover body 21 can be fully scraped and the scraping effect can be improved.
  • the cover body 21 By arranging a certain angle between the scraping section 32 and the connecting section 31, the cover body 21 can be better scraped and the dirt removal effect can be improved.
  • the skateboard box 1 By setting the scraping section 32 in the same direction as the retracting direction of the skateboard box 1, the skateboard box 1 can be efficiently wiped when the skateboard box 1 is retracted, thereby achieving efficient dirt removal.
  • the scraping part 3 is formed in one piece, which can improve the installation efficiency. By making the scraping member 3 of soft material, damage to the cover body 21 can be avoided and the service life of the cover 2 can be extended.
  • the scraping element 3 can be fixed, thereby improving the scratching stability and scraping effect of the scraping element 3.
  • the fixed frame 5 is surrounded by a plurality of pressure bars 51, which can reduce the difficulty of installation.
  • the mounting base 6 By arranging the mounting base 6, the installation position accuracy of the scraping element 3 can be improved by means of the mounting base 6, so that the scraping element 3 can be as close as possible to the cover body 21, thereby improving the scraping effect.
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a shield 14 , which includes a shield body 141 and a shield mounting part 142 .
  • the shield body 141 is installed on the shield mounting part 142, and a receiving part capable of collecting dust and/or liquid is formed between the shield mounting part 142 and the shield body 141.
  • the shield installation part 142 is an open structure with a receiving space, and a receiving part is formed between the inner side of the open structure and the outer side of the shield body 141 .
  • the shield mounting part 142 includes a mounting plate body 1421.
  • a hollow structure is formed in the middle of the mounting plate body 1421.
  • a surrounding plate 1422 extends upward around the mounting plate body 1421.
  • the lower end of the shield body 141 is connected to the mounting plate body. 1421, a receiving portion is formed between the enclosure 1422, the mounting plate body 1421 and the shield body 141.
  • the shield installation part 142 is provided with a drainage opening 1423.
  • the drainage opening 1423 is a gap provided on the enclosure 1422 .
  • the mounting plate body 1421 of the shield mounting portion 142 and the enclosure plate 1422 are integrally formed.
  • the dust and liquid falling from the shield body 141 can be conveniently collected and passed through the shield mounting portion 142.
  • the drainage port 1423 discharges the dust and liquid collected in the receiving part in time to prevent the fallen dust and liquid from entering the wire mesh area again, contaminating the wire mesh, and thus affecting the cutting quality.
  • the shield mounting portion 142 is integrally formed to save installation steps.
  • the shield 14 further includes a flow guide portion 143 .
  • the guide part 143 is connected to the part of the shield installation part 142 where the guide opening 1423 is provided.
  • the guide part 1423 is connected with the guide part 143.
  • the guide part 143 can guide the fluid to a preset area.
  • the guide part 143 is provided with a guide part 143.
  • the air guide part 143 includes a bottom plate 1435, a first side plate 1431, a second side plate 1432 and a third side plate 1434, and the air guide part 143 is welded to the shield mounting part 142.
  • the first side plate 1431 is bent and formed on the first side of the bottom plate 1435.
  • the second side plate 1432 is formed on the second side of the bottom plate 1435.
  • the third side plate 1434 is bent and formed on the third side of the bottom plate 1435.
  • the first side plate 1431 and the third side plate 1434 are respectively located at both ends of the second side plate 1433, and the flow guide opening 1433 is provided on the second side plate 1433.
  • the first side plate 1431 , the second side plate 1432 and the third side plate 1434 are integrally formed with the bottom plate 1435 to form the air guide 143 .
  • the bent portion of the first side plate 1431, the bent portion of the third side plate 1434 and the open side of the bottom plate 1435 are connected to the position where the drainage opening 1423 is provided on the shield mounting portion 142, and the bottom plate 1435 partially extends to the mounting plate body.
  • the dust and liquid collected in the accommodating part can be further directed to the preset area through the guide part 143 to avoid affecting the operation of the equipment.
  • the flow guide part 143 is integrally processed and formed, saving installation steps.
  • the flow guide part 143 can also be formed separately and then connected together to form the flow guide portion 143 .
  • the flow guide part 143 may also be provided in other forms.
  • the flow guide part 143 is a flow guide pipe, the flow guide pipe is connected to the part of the shield mounting part 142 where the flow guide opening 1423 is provided, the flow guide opening 1423 is connected with the flow guide pipe, and the flow guide opening 1433 is provided on the flow guide pipe.
  • the guide portion 143 is a guide groove, the guide groove is connected to the portion of the shield mounting portion 142 where the guide opening 1423 is provided, the guide opening 1423 is connected with the guide groove, and the guide opening 1433 is provided on the guide groove.
  • the flow guide portion 143 is a flow guide plate, and the flow guide plate is connected to the portion of the shield mounting portion 142 where the flow guide opening 1423 is provided, and the flow guide opening 1423 is connected with the flow guide plate.
  • the guide port 1433 may not be provided.
  • the flow guide part 143 and the shield mounting part 142 can also be connected in other ways.
  • the flow guide part 143 and the shield mounting part 142 are integrally formed.
  • the flow guide part 143 is connected to the shield mounting part 142 through a second connector (such as a bolt and nut).
  • the flow guide part 143 is riveted to the shield mounting part 142 .
  • the flow guide part 143 is connected to the shield mounting part 142 through a second connector.
  • the air guide part 143 is provided with a first locking structure (such as a clamping plate), and the shield mounting part 142 is provided with a second locking structure (such as a clamping slot) that matches the first locking structure.
  • the flow guide part 143 is provided with a first hooking structure (such as a hook), and the shield mounting part 142 is provided with a second hooking structure (such as a hanging hole) that cooperates with the first hooking structure.
  • 143 is hung on the shield mounting part 142 (of course, the second connection structure may not be provided, and the shield mounting part 142 may be hung directly on the hook).
  • the flow guide part 143 is bonded to the shield mounting part 142 through colloid.
  • the bottom plate 1435 can also partially extend to the upper part of the mounting plate body 1421, or the bottom plate 1435 can also be directly connected to the mounting plate body 1421.
  • the shield body 141 is a retractable structure.
  • the shield body 141 is an accordion-type telescopic shield 14, and the accordion-type telescopic shield 14 is bonded to the shield mounting portion 142.
  • the shield body 141 can also be configured as a retractable structure such as a steel plate telescopic shield 14, an armor-type telescopic shield 14, or a cylindrical telescopic shield 14.
  • the shield body 141 can also be arranged on the shield mounting portion 142 in other ways.
  • the shield body 141 is sealingly connected to the shield mounting part 142 through a first connector (such as a bolt and nut), or the shield body 141 is welded to the shield mounting part 142 .
  • the present application provides a knife feed assembly 1, which includes a box mounting part, a slide box 12 and the above-mentioned guard cover 14.
  • the skateboard box 12 is movably connected to the box installation part
  • the guard body 141 is connected to the box installation part
  • the guard installation part 142 is connected to the skateboard box 12 .
  • the knife feed assembly 1 equipped with the above-mentioned shield 14 can prevent dust and liquid falling from the shield body 141 from entering the wire mesh area during the cutting process and affecting the cutting quality.
  • the upper part of the guard body 141 is connected to the box mounting part.
  • the box installation part includes a feed base 11, a front base 13, a rear base 16 and side risers 15. Both sides of the feed base 11 are connected to the front base 13 and the rear base 16 respectively.
  • the side risers 15 is connected between the front base 13 and the rear base 16.
  • the upper part of the guard body 141 is connected with the lower end surface of the feed base 11, the lower end surface of the front base 13, the lower end surface of the rear base 16 and the side vertical plate.
  • the lower end face of 15 is connected.
  • the skateboard box 12 is slidably connected to the feed base 11 .
  • the skateboard box 12 is located in the accommodation space formed between the front base 13 , the rear base 16 and the side risers 15 .
  • the upper part of the guard body 141 is connected to the lower end surface of the feed base 11, the lower end surface of the front base 13, the lower end surface of the rear base 16 and the lower end surface of the side riser 15, and the lower part of the guard body 141 is fixed.
  • the guard body 141 expands and contracts with the feed movement of the feed mechanism, and the dust and liquid falling from the guard 14 can be stored in the enclosure 1422 and the mounting plate body 1421 and the outer side of the guard body 141 to avoid entering the wire mesh area and affecting the cutting quality.
  • the enclosure space of the skateboard box 12 is formed between the feed base 11, the front base 13, the rear base 16 and the side risers 15, which can prevent liquid from entering and affecting the operation of the equipment.
  • the base can play a supporting role. , to ensure stable operation.
  • the box installation part can also be a cutting frame.
  • the skateboard box 12 is slidably connected to the cutting frame, and the upper part of the shield body 141 is connected to the cutting frame.
  • the cleaning device 1 includes a liquid inlet component 11, a main cleaning component 12 and an auxiliary cleaning component 13.
  • the liquid inlet assembly 11 is connected with the cleaning liquid source, and the main cleaning assembly 12 is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11 .
  • the main cleaning assembly 12 is used to clean the cutting frame 2, and/or the wire mesh, and/or the main roller, and/or the guard cover of the skateboard box.
  • the auxiliary cleaning component 13 is connected with the liquid inlet component 11 and is used to clean at least one of the guide wheel, the auxiliary roller and the threading part.
  • the auxiliary cleaning assembly 13 includes: a guide wheel cleaning assembly 131, which is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11, and the guide wheel cleaning assembly 131 Used to clean the guide wheel.
  • the guide wheel cleaning assembly 131 includes two guide wheel cleaning pipes 1311 (respectively used to clean the guide wheel on the take-up side and the guide wheel on the pay-off side), a first liquid outlet and a fixed bracket 1312.
  • the head end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 (the right end in Figure 49) is connected with the main cleaning assembly 12, and the first liquid outlet is provided at the end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 (the left end in Figure 49).
  • the guide wheel cleaning pipe 1311 is a flexible pipe (such as nylon pipe, metal hose, rubber hose, etc.).
  • the first liquid outlet (not shown in the figure) is provided with a first nozzle 1313.
  • the first nozzle 1313 is a 60° conical solid nozzle.
  • the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 is fixed on the fixed bracket 1312, and the fixed bracket 1312 is connected to the first preset installation position.
  • one end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 is installed on the upper part of the fixed bracket 1312 through a straight-through joint, and the straight-through joint is connected to the fixed bracket 1312.
  • the adjustable joint is installed at the lower part of the through hole provided on the fixed support, and the 60° conical solid nozzle is installed on the adjustable joint.
  • the first preset installation position is the guide wheel mounting base.
  • the cleaning fluid can enter the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 through the liquid inlet assembly 11, and then be sprayed out through the 60° conical solid nozzle set on the first liquid outlet to perform targeted cleaning of the guide wheel, thereby improving the refinement of cleaning. degree.
  • the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 is a nylon tube, which can be easily adjusted according to specific cleaning needs.
  • the first liquid outlet is provided at the end of the cleaning pipeline, which can utilize the characteristics of the water flow itself to increase the flushing power and improve the cleaning effect.
  • the fixing bracket 1312 fixes the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 to the guide wheel mounting seat for positioning, so that the position between the first nozzle 1313 and the guide wheel is relatively fixed, further improving the accuracy of cleaning.
  • two guide pulley cleaning pipelines are provided to clean the guide pulley on the take-up side and the guide pulley on the pay-off side respectively, further improving the refinement of cleaning.
  • the auxiliary cleaning component 13 also includes an auxiliary roller cleaning component 132.
  • the auxiliary roller cleaning component 132 is connected with the liquid inlet component 11.
  • the auxiliary roller cleaning component 132 Used to clean the auxiliary roller, which is located below the main roller.
  • the auxiliary roller cleaning assembly 132 includes an auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321, a plurality of second liquid outlets, a first fixed seat 1322 and a first flange 1323.
  • the first end of the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is connected with the main cleaning assembly 12 , and a plurality of second liquid outlets (not shown in the figure) are evenly arranged on the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 .
  • the first end of the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is fixedly connected to the first flange 1323 and connected to the second preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the first flange 1323, and the second end is inserted into the first flange 1323.
  • a fixed base 1322 is fixed on the third preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the first fixed base 1322.
  • the second nozzle 1324 is a 30° solid cone nozzle.
  • the cleaning liquid can be sprayed from the 30° solid cone nozzle provided at the second liquid outlet on the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 to clean the auxiliary roller (such as a small roller) and improve the refinement of the cleaning device 1 .
  • the auxiliary roller cleaning pipes 1321 are provided to clean one auxiliary roller from both sides at the same time, or when two auxiliary rollers are provided, they are used to clean the two auxiliary rollers respectively. Clean the outside of the machine to further improve the cleaning effect and refinement of cleaning.
  • the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is fixed on the cutting frame 2 for positioning and fixation, which helps to improve the accuracy of cleaning.
  • the auxiliary cleaning component 13 also includes a threading part cleaning component 133.
  • the threading part cleaning component 133 is connected with the liquid inlet component 11.
  • the threading part cleaning component 133 Used to clean the threading part.
  • the threading part cleaning assembly includes a threading part cleaning pipe 1331 and a third liquid outlet.
  • the head end of the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 (the upper end in FIG. 52 ) is connected to the main cleaning assembly 12 , and the third liquid outlet is provided at the end (the lower end in FIG. 52 ) of the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 .
  • two threading part cleaning pipes 1331 are provided, and the threading part cleaning pipes 1331 are bamboo tubes.
  • a third nozzle 1332 is provided at the third liquid outlet.
  • the third nozzle 1332 is a 60° conical solid nozzle.
  • the cleaning fluid enters through the head end of the bamboo tube connected to the main cleaning component 12, and then sprays out through the 60° conical solid nozzle set at the third liquid outlet, which can clean the threading parts such as threading holes in a targeted manner. , improve the degree of refinement of cleaning.
  • the two threading part cleaning pipes 1331 can carry out targeted cleaning of the threading parts on both sides (the threading part on the take-up side and the threading part on the pay-off side), further improving the refinement of cleaning.
  • the third liquid outlet is provided at the end of the threading part cleaning pipe 1331, which can improve the flushing force by virtue of the characteristics of the water flow itself, thereby improving the flushing effect and the refinement of flushing.
  • the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 can be easily adjusted according to specific needs, thereby achieving refined cleaning.
  • the third liquid outlet liquid can be provided at other positions on the threading portion cleaning pipe 1331 as needed.
  • the third nozzle 1332 can also be provided in other forms or not provided with the third nozzle 1332 as needed.
  • the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 can also be provided as other tubes, such as corrugated tubes or telescopic tubes.
  • the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 can also be a rigid pipe.
  • the main cleaning assembly 12 includes a main cleaning pipeline 121, a plurality of fourth liquid outlets (not shown in the figure), a second Fixed seat 122, second flange 123 and front water pipe 124.
  • the main cleaning pipeline 121 is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11 and is used to clean the main roller, and/or the cutting frame 2, and/or the wire mesh.
  • a plurality of fourth liquid outlets are provided on the main cleaning pipeline 121.
  • two main cleaning pipelines 121 are provided, and the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121 is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11 .
  • the main cleaning pipeline 121 is evenly provided with three rows of fourth liquid outlets, and a plurality of fourth liquid outlets are evenly distributed in each row. Moreover, the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121 is fixedly connected to the second flange 12 and connected to the fourth preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the second flange 123. The main cleaning pipeline The second end of 121 is inserted into the second fixing seat 122 and fixed on the fifth preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the second fixing seat 122.
  • the front water pipe 124 is connected with the main cleaning pipe 121 and is used for cleaning the rear part of the cutting frame 2 and/or the guard cover of the skateboard box. Furthermore, the front water pipe 124 passes through the mounting hole formed by extending outward from one end of the second fixing base 122 .
  • a fourth nozzle 125 is provided on both the fourth liquid outlet and the fifth liquid outlet. More preferably, the fourth nozzle 125 is a 60° conical solid nozzle.
  • the cleaning fluid enters the main cleaning pipeline 121 and the front water pipe 124 through the liquid inlet assembly 11, and is sprayed out through the 60° conical solid nozzles provided on the main cleaning pipeline 121 and the front water pipe 124, and affects the main roller and the cutting frame 2 and wire mesh for cleaning.
  • the two main cleaning pipes 121 can clean the main roller, the cutting frame 2 and the wire mesh from both sides respectively
  • the two front water pipes 124 can clean the rear part of the cutting frame 2 from both sides (shown in Figure 55 Upper left part) and the protective cover of the skateboard box are cleaned to improve the cleaning effect and the degree of refinement.
  • the main cleaning pipeline 121 is fixed on the cutting frame 2, which can improve the stability of the cleaning pipeline, thereby improving the cleaning effect and refinement of cleaning.
  • the liquid inlet assembly 11 includes a diverter part 111, a diverter pipe 112 and a spray cleaning part 113.
  • the diverter part 111 is provided with three diverter openings (not shown in the figure), and the diverter part 111 is connected to the cleaning liquid source.
  • the diverter pipes 112 are preferably steel wire hoses, and there are two diverter pipes 112 . One end of the two diverter pipes 112 is connected to the diverter opening, and the other end of the diverter pipes 112 is connected to the main cleaning assembly 12 and the auxiliary cleaning assembly 13 .
  • the diverter part 111 includes a diverter block 1111, a diverter cover 1112 and a liquid inlet 1113.
  • the shunt block 1111 is provided with a shunt opening and a liquid inlet (not shown in the figure).
  • the liquid inlet is provided with threads, and a shunt channel is formed inside the shunt.
  • the shunt opening and the liquid inlet are connected with the shunt channel at the same time.
  • the diverting block 1111 is provided on the diverting cover plate 1112.
  • the diverting cover plate 1112 has a through hole (not shown in the figure) at a position corresponding to the liquid inlet.
  • the liquid inlet part 1113 is provided with an external thread, and the liquid inlet part 1113 passes through it.
  • the through hole is screwed to the liquid inlet and communicates with the liquid inlet, and the liquid inlet part is connected with the cleaning liquid source.
  • the liquid inlet part 1113 (such as an external threaded pagoda joint) is connected to the cleaning liquid source.
  • the diverter cover 1112 is fixed on the sixth installation position (eg cutting frame 2) by fasteners.
  • the spray cleaning part 113 is connected with the diverter block 1111, and the spray cleaning part 113 is used to clean the front part of the cutting frame 2 and/or the guard cover of the skateboard box.
  • the spray cleaning part 113 includes an adapter 1131 and an adjustable joint 1132.
  • the adapter 1131 is connected with a branch port on the diverter block 1111.
  • the adjustable joint 1132 is connected with the adapter 1131.
  • the adjustable joint 1132 is provided with a sixth liquid outlet. mouth.
  • Two diverter pipes 112 are provided on both sides of the spray cleaning part 113 .
  • the adjustable joint 1132 is an adjustable ball joint.
  • the sixth liquid outlet is provided with a fifth nozzle 1133.
  • the fifth nozzle 1133 is a 30° conical solid nozzle.
  • the cleaning liquid source can enter the diverter block 1111 through the inlet part 1113 of the inlet assembly 11 fixed on the cutting frame 2, and enter each cleaning assembly through the diverter port provided on the diverter block 1111 to clean different parts.
  • the front part of the cutting frame 2 (the lower right part shown in FIG. 55 ) and the protective cover of the skateboard box can be cleaned by the spray cleaning part 113 to improve the refinement and cleaning effect of the cleaning.
  • the shunt pipe 112 is set as a steel wire hose, which can be easily adjusted according to specific usage conditions, further improving the accuracy of cleaning.
  • the diverter block 1111 in the liquid inlet assembly 11 is arranged on the diverter cover plate 1112.
  • the external threaded pagoda joint passes through the through hole on the diverter cover plate 1112 and is sealingly connected to the liquid inlet of the diverter block 1111.
  • the diverter block 1111 is fixed on the diverter cover plate 1112.
  • the externally threaded pagoda connector is connected to the cleaning liquid source and is connected to the three branch openings through the branch channel inside the branch block 1111.
  • the shunt openings on both sides of the shunt block 1111 are provided with externally threaded pagoda connectors.
  • the externally threaded pagoda connectors are connected to one end of the steel wire hose, and the other end of the steel wire hose is equipped with a quick-plug connector.
  • the diverter opening in the middle of the diverter block 1111 is provided with an adapter 1131.
  • the adapter 1131 is connected to an adjustable ball joint, and a 30° solid cylindrical nozzle is installed on the adjustable ball joint.
  • the main cleaning pipeline 121 of the main cleaning assembly 12 serves as a supporting element.
  • the first end is fixedly connected to the second flange 123 and connected to the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2 through the second flange 123.
  • the second end is inserted into the second fixed
  • the seat 122 is fixed on the inner wall surface of the opposite cutting frame 2 through the second fixing seat 122 .
  • a liquid inlet pipe is provided on one side of the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121, and an external thread quick-insert connector is installed on the liquid inlet pipe.
  • the external thread quick-insert connector is connected to the quick-insert connector on the steel wire hose.
  • a tee joint is provided on the other side of the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121.
  • the lower port of the tee joint is connected to the bamboo tube through a reducing pipe joint.
  • the end of the bamboo tube is provided with a 60° solid cone plastic nozzle.
  • Three rows of liquid inlets are evenly distributed on the main cleaning pipeline 121, and 30° solid cone nozzles are installed on the liquid inlets.
  • the upper port of the tee joint is equipped with a reducing pipe joint and is connected to the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321.
  • a straight-through joint is installed on the upper part of the second end of the main cleaning pipeline 121.
  • the straight-through joint is connected to one end of the nylon pipe.
  • the other end of the nylon pipe is connected to the front water pipe 124 through an elbow joint.
  • the front water pipe 124 passes through one end of the second fixed seat 122.
  • the extension is provided in the through hole formed on the bracket.
  • the front water pipe 124 is arranged vertically, and a fifth liquid outlet is provided on it, and a 30° solid cone nozzle is installed on the fifth liquid
  • the upper port of the tee joint on the main cleaning pipeline 121 passes through the water outlet pipe and the steel wire hose connected to the water outlet pipe, and is connected to the first quick-plug connector through the stainless steel ball valve, the first quick-plug connector connected to the stainless steel ball valve, and The second quick-in connector, the male connector connected to the second quick-in connector, the elbow connector connected to the male connector, the first pagoda connector connected to the elbow connector, the pipeline connected to the first pagoda connector, And the second pagoda joint connected to the pipeline is connected to the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 of the auxiliary roller cleaning assembly 132 .
  • the first end of the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is fixedly connected to the first flange 1323 and connected to the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2 through the first flange 1323.
  • the second end is inserted into the first fixing seat 1322 and fixed through the first flange 1323.
  • the seat 1322 is fixed on the inner wall surface of the opposite cutting frame 2 .
  • the water outlet pipe is provided with a straight-through joint, which is connected with one end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 (nylon tube) of the guide wheel cleaning assembly 131.
  • the nylon tube is in an inverted U shape, and the other end of the nylon tube is fixed on the fixed bracket 1312 (
  • the guide wheel fixed seat is provided with a through hole, the nylon tube is connected to the upper part of the through hole through a straight joint, the lower part of the water hole is connected to an adjustable joint, and a 60° solid cone nozzle is provided on the adjustable joint.
  • the cable arrangement device 1 includes a driving part 11, a sliding part 12, a guide wheel assembly 13, a first counterweight 15 and a second counterweight 14 .
  • the sliding part 12 is connected to the driving part 11
  • the guide wheel assembly 13 is rotatably disposed on the sliding part 12 .
  • the first counterweight 15 is adjustably disposed at the first position of the guide wheel assembly 13 for adjusting the position of the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 in the first direction
  • the second counterweight 14 is adjustably disposed. In the second position of the guide wheel assembly 13, it is used to adjust the position of the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 in the second direction.
  • the first direction and the second direction are both perpendicular to the rotation axis of the guide wheel assembly 13, and there is an intermediate direction between the first direction and the second direction. horn.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction is 90°
  • the first direction is the vertical direction, that is, the first counterweight 15 is adjustable up and down in the first position, and the second counterweight 15 14 front and rear adjustable settings in the second position.
  • the first position is provided with a first screw hole
  • the first counterweight member 15 is a first counterweight bolt
  • the first counterweight bolt is screwed in the first screw hole
  • the second position is provided with a first through hole
  • the second counterweight component 14 is a second counterweight bolt
  • the part of the second counterweight bolt that passes through the first through hole is fixed at the second position through a first nut.
  • the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 when the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 deviates from the center of rotation, the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 can be adjusted up and down through the first counterweight 15, and the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 can be adjusted forward and backward through the second counterweight 14, so that the guide wheel The center of gravity of the assembly 13 is reset to be consistent with the center of rotation.
  • the guide wheel assembly 13 includes a guide wheel 132 and a rotating mechanism 131.
  • the rotating mechanism 131 is rotatably provided on the sliding part 12.
  • the guide wheel 132 It is rotatably provided on the rotation mechanism 131.
  • the first counterweight 15 is adjustably positioned at the first position of the rotating mechanism 131
  • the second counterweight 14 is adjustably positioned at the second position of the rotating mechanism 131 .
  • the rotating mechanism 131 includes a fixed block 134 and a rotating base.
  • the fixed block 134 is movably disposed on the sliding part 12
  • the rotating base is rotatably disposed on the fixed block 134
  • the guide wheel 132 is rotatably disposed on the rotating base.
  • the first position is located on the upper end surface of the rotating base, and the second position is located on the left or right end of the rotating base.
  • the rotating base includes a rotating base body 1311, a first rotating arm 1312 and a first rotating arm 1313.
  • the first rotating arm 1312 is formed by extending outward from the first side (eg, the front side) of the rotating base body 1311 , and the second position is located at the end of the first rotating arm 1312 away from the rotating base body 1311 .
  • the first rotating arm 1313 is formed by extending outward from the second side (eg, the rear side) of the rotating base body 1311 , and the guide wheel 132 is rotatably provided at the end of the first rotating arm 1313 away from the rotating base body 1311 .
  • the cable can be guided through the rotation of the guide wheel 132 provided on the first rotating arm 1313, and then the up and down position of the guide wheel 132 can be adaptively adjusted through the rotation of the rotating base to adjust the tightness of the cable, thus ensuring that the cable has the best performance. Good tension.
  • the center of gravity of the rotating mechanism 131 deviates from the center of rotation, the center of gravity of the rotating mechanism 131 can be adjusted through the first counterweight 15 provided on the rotating base body 1311 and the second counterweight 14 provided on the first rotating arm 1312. Keep the guide wheel 132 in a balanced and stationary state to avoid causing the guide wheel 132 to swing and affecting the cable arrangement effect and cutting quality.
  • the rotating base includes a rotating base body 1311 , a third rotating arm 1314 and a mounting block 1315 .
  • the third rotating arm 1314 is formed by extending outward from the first side of the rotating base body 1311.
  • the mounting block 1315 is formed by extending outward from the second side of the rotating base body 1311.
  • the mounting block is provided with a mounting hole 13151, and the guide wheel can rotate. Set in mounting hole 13151.
  • the first position is located at the upper end surface of the rotating base body 1311, and the second position is located at the end of the third rotating arm 1311 away from the rotating base body 1311.
  • the sliding part 12 includes a sliding member 122 (such as a sliding seat), a fixed seat 123 and a slide rail module 121 .
  • the fixed base 123 is fixedly connected to the sliding member 122
  • the fixed block 134 is fixed on the fixed base 123
  • the slide rail module 121 is connected to the driving part 11 (such as a driving motor)
  • the sliding member 122 is movably provided on the slide rail module. 121 on.
  • the driving part 11 can be used to drive the slide seat to move on the slide rail module 121, thereby realizing the left and right movement of the guide wheel 132, adjusting the cable arrangement position, and thereby adjusting the line width.
  • the fixed seat 123 may not be provided, and the sliding member 122 may be directly connected to the fixed block 134 .
  • the sliding member 122 may also be a sliding plate, a sliding table or a sliding block.
  • the driving part 11 may also be driven in other forms, such as hydraulic driving.
  • the cable arrangement device 1 also includes a limiting portion, which is provided on both sides of the sliding member 122 for limiting the guide wheel assembly 13 mobile position.
  • the limit part is a limit switch 17, such as one of a passive proximity switch, an eddy current proximity switch, a capacitive proximity switch, a Hall proximity switch, an ultrasonic proximity switch, a microwave proximity switch or a photoelectric proximity switch.
  • the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 can be limited by the limit switch 17 to prevent the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 from deviating from the preset stroke position and affecting the cable arrangement effect.
  • the limiting part is a limiting block.
  • the limiting block includes a first limiting block and a second limiting block.
  • the first limiting block and the second limiting block are respectively provided. on both sides of the sliding member 122.
  • the position of the sliding member 122 can be limited by the first limiting block and the second limiting block, thereby limiting the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 to prevent the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 from deviating from the preset stroke position and affecting the cable arrangement effect.
  • the cable arrangement device 1 also includes a shield 17.
  • the shield 17 is provided on the outside of the driving part 11 and the sliding part 12, and the limiting part Set on the shield 17. In this way, the shield 17 can protect precision components such as motors and modules from contamination by debris.
  • the cable arrangement device 1 further includes a sensor 133, and the guide wheel 132 is provided on the sensor 133.
  • the sensor 133 is installed in the hole on the second rotating arm 1313 and serves as the rotation axis, and the guide wheel 132 is installed on the sensor 133 .
  • the tension of the guide wheel 132 can be monitored through the sensor 133 and fed back to the control device, and the moving speed of the sliding member 122 on the slide rail module 121 can be adjusted accordingly to ensure that the guide wheel 132 moves synchronously with the line on the line roller.
  • this application also provides a wire retracting and unwinding assembly, which includes a wire retracting and unwinding device 2, the wire arrangement device 1 of the first aspect, a tension device 3 and a steering device 4.
  • the wire arrangement device 1 is used to guide the cutting wire released by the wire retracting and unwinding device 2 to the tension device 3 so that the cutting wire passes through the steering device 4 and then enters the cutting mechanism, or leaves the cutting mechanism and goes around the steering device 4 and the tension device
  • the cutting wire of 3 is guided and stored to the wire retracting and unwinding device 2.
  • the first counterweight 15 and the second counterweight 14 can be adjusted to make the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 consistent with the center of rotation to ensure the wiring effect and cutting quality.
  • the technical solution of this application can measure the initial installation position and winding length of the wire roller through the reference piece, and then set the initial position and stroke of the wire arrangement device according to the installation position and winding length of the wire roller to realize the wire arrangement device.
  • the wiring process is synchronized with the retracting and paying-out process.
  • the wire retracting and unwinding device of the present application can be used in equipment that requires wire retracting and unwinding, such as a wire cutting machine and a mortar machine. For convenience of description, the wire retracting and unwinding device of the present application will be described below in conjunction with a wire cutting machine.
  • the present application provides a wire retracting and unwinding device 1 , which includes a support 11 , a driving part, a supporting part 15 , a wire roller 16 and a reference member 14 .
  • the driving part and the supporting part 15 are installed on the support 11, and one end of the supporting part 15 is drivingly connected to the driving part.
  • the wire roller 16 is drivingly connected to the other end of the support part 15 and is used for taking up or paying out the wire.
  • the reference member 14 is provided on the support part 15 or the stand 11 to assist in measuring the installation position of the wire roller 16 and determine the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the wire arrangement device accordingly.
  • the initial installation position and winding length of the wire roller 16 can be measured through the reference member 14, and then the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the wire arrangement device can be set according to the installation position and winding length of the wire roller 16 to achieve the arrangement.
  • the cable arrangement process of the guide wheel of the cable device is synchronized with the retracting and paying-out process.
  • the reference member 14 is fixedly provided on the supporting portion 15 .
  • the support part 15 includes a bearing box 151 and a transmission shaft 152 .
  • the bearing box 151 is arranged on the support 11
  • the reference member 14 is arranged on the bearing box 151 and is fixed in relative position to the bearing box 151 .
  • a mounting seat 1512 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the bearing box 151, and the reference member 14 is fixedly connected to the mounting seat 1512.
  • the mounting seat 1512 is a mounting plane opened on the outer peripheral surface of the bearing box 151 .
  • the transmission shaft 152 is passed through the bearing box 151 , one end of the transmission shaft 152 is transmission connected to the driving part, and the other end of the transmission shaft 152 is transmission connected to the line roller 16 .
  • the initial installation position and winding length of the line roller 16 can be measured through the reference piece 14 provided on the bearing box 151, and then set according to the installation position and winding length of the line roller 16.
  • the stroke and initial position of the guide wheel of the cable arranging device are used to synchronize the cable arranging process of the cable arranging device with the retracting and unwinding processes.
  • the reference member 14 includes a mounting plate 142 and a reference plate 141.
  • the reference plate 141 is formed by extending from the middle part of the installation plate 142 in a direction perpendicular to the installation plate 142 .
  • the reference plate 141 is formed with a reference surface 1411 , and the reference surface 1411 of the reference member 14 is flush with the front end surface of the bearing box 151 .
  • the mounting plate 142 is symmetrically provided with two through holes on both sides of the reference member 14 , and the mounting surface of the bearing box 151 is provided with screw holes at corresponding positions.
  • the mounting plate 142 is fixed to the bearing box 151 through screw connections.
  • the reference piece 14 can be connected to the bearing box 151 through the mounting plate 142, and then the initial installation position and winding length of the line roller 16 can be measured using the reference surface 1411 of the reference plate 141 as a measurement reference, and the line roller 16 can be installed according to the installation position of the line roller 16.
  • the position and winding length are used to set the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the cable arranging device, so as to realize the synchronization of the cable arranging process and the retracting and unwinding process of the cable arranging device.
  • the reference plate 141 is provided with a reference surface 1411, which is flush with the front end surface of the bearing box 151.
  • the reference plate 141 is formed perpendicularly to the installation plate 142 from the middle to facilitate alignment during measurement.
  • the reference plate 141 may not be perpendicular to the mounting plate 142 .
  • the reference plate 141 may also be formed at other positions of the mounting plate 142 .
  • the mounting plate 142 may not be provided. In this case, the connection method between the reference plate 141 and the bearing box 151 needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the reference surface 1411 of the reference plate 141 does not need to be flush with the bearing box 151 .
  • the mounting plate 142 can be integrally formed with the reference plate 141, or can be formed separately and then connected together.
  • the two via holes on the mounting plate 142 can also be opened asymmetrically. Of course, other numbers of via holes can also be opened, such as 1, 3 or 4, etc. In this case, the bearing box 151 needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the mounting plate 142 can also be connected and fixed to the bearing box 151 through other connectors, such as bolts, rivets, etc. (When the connector is a rivet, the screw hole is correspondingly adjusted to a blind hole or a through hole).
  • the mounting plate 142 can also be connected to the bearing box 151 through other methods, such as welding, gluing, and snapping (when snapping, the structure of the mounting base 1512 needs to be adjusted accordingly).
  • the wire retracting and releasing device 1 also includes a stopper 10, a stopper hole 1511 is provided on the outer circumferential surface of the bearing box 151, and a stopper is provided on the transmission shaft 152 of the bearing box 151.
  • the stopper 10 (such as a stopper pin, a stopper strip or a stopper plate, etc.) is detachably provided in the stopper hole 1511 and can be inserted through the stopper hole 1511. in the stop groove.
  • the transmission shaft 152 can be rotated to make the position of the stop groove correspond to the stop hole 1511, and then the stopper 10 can be inserted into the stop groove through the stop hole 1511.
  • the stopper monitoring mechanism such as proximity switch, photoelectric sensor
  • detects that the stopper 10 is inserted into the stop hole 1511 and the stop groove it sends a signal to the controller of the wire cutting machine, and the controller of the wire cutting machine receives the signal
  • the monitoring mechanism monitors the placement status of the stop pin, and the control setting is in a braking prohibited state. At this time, the transmission shaft 152 cannot rotate, which facilitates operation and improves operation safety.
  • the stopper 10 When the equipment is operating normally, the stopper 10 is folded up or placed in a stopper storage seat provided at other suitable positions on the wire cutting machine (for example, on the support 11 ).
  • the installation and connection method of the stopper monitoring mechanism belongs to conventional technical means in this field and will not be described in detail here.
  • the wire retracting and unwinding device 1 also includes a support sleeve 17, the support sleeve 17 is sleeved on the transmission shaft 152, and the wire roller 16 is set It is fixed on the support sleeve 17.
  • the material of the support sleeve 17 is nylon.
  • the line roller 16 can be supported by the support sleeve 17 , thereby improving the overall strength of the line roller 16 , reducing and avoiding deformation of the line roller 16 , thereby increasing the service life of the line roller 16 .
  • the support sleeve 16 is made of nylon and can absorb vibration during rotation to improve cutting quality.
  • the wire retracting and unwinding device 1 also includes a crimping portion, which is provided at the end of the wire roller 16 and is at least partially sleeved on the transmission. On axis 152. Specifically, the crimping part includes a first crimping part 18 and a second crimping part 19 .
  • the first crimping member 18 is sleeved on the transmission shaft 152, and the first end (eg, the left end in Figure 63) of the first crimping member 18 (eg, flange and/or bushing, adapter plate, etc.) is crimped On the bearing box 151, the second end (for example, the right end in FIG. 63) of the first crimping member 18 is crimped with one end of the line roller 16.
  • the second crimping member 19 (such as a flange and/or a blocking sleeve, etc.) is at least partially sleeved on the transmission shaft 152 , and the second crimping member 19 is crimped and fixed to the other end of the line roller 16 .
  • one end of the line roller 16 can be fixedly connected to the bearing box 151 through the first crimping member 18 such as an adapter plate, and the structural design of the adapter plate can be utilized, for example, the right end of the adapter plate can be snap-fitted to the line roller.
  • the first crimping member 18 such as an adapter plate
  • the structural design of the adapter plate can be utilized, for example, the right end of the adapter plate can be snap-fitted to the line roller.
  • a tangential groove 161 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the wire roller 16 along the axial direction.
  • two tangential grooves 161 are provided, and the two tangential grooves 161 are arranged symmetrically. In this way, the waste wires can be cut off from the two cutting slots 161 , and the waste wires can be easily cut and removed to improve the wire changing efficiency and reuse the wire roller 16 .
  • the driving part includes a driving motor 12 .
  • the driving motor 12 is fixed on the support 11 and the output shaft 121 and the transmission shaft 152 of the driving motor 12 are drivingly connected through the coupling 13 . In this way, the driving motor 12 stably fixed on the support 11 can drive the transmission shaft 152 to realize the retracting and unwinding action.
  • the present application provides a wire retracting and releasing assembly, which includes the wire retracting and releasing device 1 of the first aspect.
  • the wire retracting and unwinding assembly of the present application has a datum component 14.
  • the installation position and winding length of the wire roller 16 can be measured based on the datum component 14, and the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the wire arrangement device can be determined based on this, so that the wire arrangement can be achieved.
  • the threading process is consistent with the retracting and unwinding processes.
  • the liquid circulation system 1 of the present application includes a spray device 19, a liquid supply device, a first pipeline 16 and a second pipeline 17.
  • the liquid supply device includes a circulation inlet and a circulation outlet (not shown in the figure), and the circulation inlet is used to collect the used spray liquid.
  • the first end of the first pipeline 16 is connected to the circulation outlet, the second end of the first pipeline 16 is connected to the spray device 19 , and a first control valve 161 (such as a pinch valve) is provided on the first pipeline 16 .
  • the first end of the second pipeline 17 is connected to the inlet of the first control valve 161, and the second end of the second pipeline 17 is connected to the circulation inlet.
  • the spray device 19 is used to spray the parts to be sprayed. In this way, after a short stop, the flow rate of the cutting fluid can be maintained through the second pipeline 17. When running again, the usage requirements can be met without waiting for the flow rate, which can effectively improve the cutting efficiency.
  • a second control valve 171 is provided on the second pipeline 17 , and the second control valve 171 is used to control the opening and closing of the second pipeline 17 .
  • the second control valve 171 is a pinch valve. In this way, during normal operation, the second control valve 171 is closed to avoid invalid cycles and save energy consumption. At the same time, during short-term parking, the second control valve 171 can be opened to maintain the flow of cutting fluid through the second pipeline 17 . When running again, the second control valve 171 is closed, and the usage requirements can be met without waiting for the flow rate, which can effectively improve the cutting efficiency.
  • the liquid circulation system 1 also includes a third pipeline 18, the first end of the third pipeline 18 is connected to the heat exchange inlet of the heat exchange device, The second end of the third pipeline 18 is connected with the circulation inlet.
  • a third control valve 181 is provided on the third pipeline 18.
  • the inlet of the third control valve 181 is connected to the heat exchange inlet of the heat exchange device.
  • the outlet of the third control valve 181 is connected to the circulation inlet.
  • the third control valve 181 is connected to the heat exchange inlet of the heat exchange device.
  • the valve 181 is used to control the opening and closing of the third pipeline 18 .
  • the outlet of the third control valve 181 is connected with the second pipeline 17 .
  • the third control valve 181 is a pinch valve.
  • the first control valve and the second control valve can be closed, and the third control valve can be opened, so that the cutting fluid can directly flow back to the liquid supply device through the third pipeline to avoid Unnecessary heat exchange and filtration save energy consumption.
  • the third pipeline 18 is disconnected by closing the third control valve 181 to further avoid unnecessary circulation.
  • the third control valve 181 is opened to avoid unnecessary heat exchange and filtration and further save energy consumption.
  • the pipeline can be reasonably arranged and utilized, avoiding repeated installation and saving costs.
  • the liquid circuit circulation system 1 also includes a collection device.
  • the collection device is installed at a preset installation position (such as the lower part of the cutting chamber) and is connected to the circulation inlet.
  • the second end of the second pipeline is connected to the collection device.
  • the collection device is a funnel 110, and a filter screen is provided in the funnel 110.
  • the funnel 110 is installed at the bottom of the cutting chamber and the outlet of the funnel is connected with the circulation inlet for recovering and filtering the used spray liquid.
  • the used spray liquid can be recovered through the funnel 110 and filtered, and then recycled again, which can save costs.
  • the cutting fluid in the second pipeline can be recycled to the collection device, which ensures that the flow rate of the cutting fluid after a short-term stoppage meets the usage needs and avoids waste.
  • the spray device 19 includes a first spray pipe 191 and a second spray pipe 192.
  • the first spray pipe 191 and the second spray pipe 192 Set relatively at the position to be sprayed.
  • the belt spraying position such as the piece to be cut, can be sprayed through the first spray pipe 191 and the second spray pipe 192 to lubricate the cutting line and reduce frictional resistance, while cooling the cutting part of the piece to be cut.
  • a liquid supply pump (such as a mortar pump 12) is provided on the liquid supply device (such as a liquid supply cylinder 11), and the liquid supply pump is connected with the liquid supply device.
  • the liquid supply pump is provided with a circulation outlet. In this way, the spray liquid pump in the liquid supply device can be sucked out by the mortar pump 12 and transported to the pipeline for use.
  • the present application provides a liquid circuit assembly, which includes the liquid circuit circulation system 1 of the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • the liquid circuit assembly of the present application including the liquid circuit circulation system 1 of the first aspect, can ensure the flow rate in the first pipeline 16 when running again after a short stop through the second pipeline 17 without having to wait for a long time, effectively Improved usage efficiency.
  • the liquid circulation system 1 is mainly composed of a liquid supply cylinder 11, a mortar pump 12, a filter barrel 13, a heat exchanger 14, a mass flow meter, a spray device 19, a pinch valve and related pipes and fittings.
  • the main working process is as follows: the cutting fluid raw liquid passes through the liquid supply system, such as the raw liquid tank, and is injected into the liquid supply cylinder 11 according to a certain ratio with factory pure water to mix into cutting fluid.
  • the mixed cutting fluid is extracted and pressurized by the mortar pump 12, filtered through the filter barrel 13, and passes through the plate heat exchanger 14 for temperature adjustment.
  • the temperature-adjusted cutting fluid enters the spray device 19 of the cutting chamber according to the set flow rate through the first pipeline 16 and branches into the first spray pipe 191 and the second spray pipe 192, and then passes through the two sets of spray pipes. Spray pipe to spray the diamond wire and cutting materials during the cutting process. The sprayed cutting fluid is collected through the funnel 110 and filtered, and then flows back into the liquid supply cylinder 11 again to enter the next cycle.
  • the pinch valve in the first pipeline 16 is opened, the pinch valve in the second pipeline 17 and the pinch valve in the third pipeline 18 are closed.
  • the pinch valve in the first pipeline 16 is closed, the pinch valve in the second pipeline 17 is opened, and the pinch valve in the third pipeline 18 remains Stay closed. In this way, when the wire cutting is run again, it can be ensured that the flow rate in the first pipeline 16 meets the usage requirements without waiting for a long time, and the cutting efficiency can be improved.
  • the pinch valve in the first pipeline 16 and the pinch valve in the second pipeline 17 can be closed, and the pinch valve in the third pipeline 18 can be closed.
  • the cutting fluid is allowed to flow back into the liquid supply cylinder 11 through the third pipeline 18 and the second pipeline 17 to facilitate maintenance operations.
  • the present application provides a liquid supply device 1.
  • the liquid supply device 1 includes a liquid supply cylinder 11 and an overflow box 13.
  • the liquid supply cylinder 11 is used to hold cutting fluid.
  • the overflow box 13 is arranged outside the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the upper part of the overflow box 13 is connected with the upper part of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . In this way, when there is too much liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11, it can be discharged in time through the overflow box 13 connected to the upper part of the liquid supply cylinder 11 to avoid equipment failure caused by liquid immersion.
  • the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is a slope, and the bottom of the first end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 (the right end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 in Figure 70) is higher than the second
  • the angle between the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 and the horizontal direction is preferably 1° to 5°, preferably 2°. This collects the liquid and facilitates drainage.
  • the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is a slope, which can ensure that the cutting fluid converges to the second end of the liquid supply cylinder 11, which is beneficial to extracting the cutting fluid.
  • the top of the cylinder wall at the second end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is provided with a first overflow hole (not shown in the figure), and the overflow box 13 is provided on the top of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11.
  • the first overflow hole is connected to the overflow box 13 on the outside of the cylinder wall at the second end of the liquid cylinder 11 .
  • the bottom of the overflow box 13 is a slope, and the bottom of the first end of the overflow box 13 (the rear end of the overflow box 13 in Figure 70) is higher than the bottom of the second end of the overflow box 13 (the rear end of the overflow box 13 in Figure 70). Front end).
  • an outlet (not shown in the figure) is provided at the bottom of the front end of the overflow box 13, and an overflow pipe 131 is provided on the outlet. Specifically, the outlet is opened in the horizontal direction, and the overflow pipe 131 is arranged horizontally.
  • the overflow box 13 is provided with an overflow box cover 132 , and the overflow box cover 132 is provided on the overflow box 13 .
  • the overflow box cover 132 is provided with a first lifting member 1321 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.).
  • the overflow box 13 when there is a large amount of liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11, it can overflow to the overflow box 13 through the first overflow hole provided on the top of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and be directed to a suitable location through the overflow pipe 131 to avoid Liquid soaks equipment, causing equipment failure.
  • the bottom of the overflow box 13 is a slope and the height of the first end is higher than the bottom of the second end.
  • An outlet is provided at the bottom of the second end of the overflow box 13 so that the liquid in the overflow box 13 can pass through the overflow box 13 more smoothly.
  • the overflow pipe 131 connected to the outlet is discharged to further avoid equipment failure caused by liquid immersion, and the horizontal arrangement of the overflow pipe 131 can save layout space.
  • an overflow box cover 132 is provided on the overflow box 13 to prevent debris from entering the overflow box 13 . Then, the overflow box cover 132 can be easily removed or placed on the overflow box 13 by adjusting the handle provided on the overflow box cover 132 .
  • the overflow box 13 can also be arranged at other suitable positions of the liquid supply cylinder 11 according to the needs of specific application scenarios.
  • the bottom of the overflow box 1313 can also be set horizontally.
  • distinguishing the overflow box 13 into a first end and a second end is only for convenience of description, and obviously the two can be interchanged.
  • the outlet of the overflow box 13 can also be set at other suitable positions on the overflow box 13 according to the needs of specific application scenarios, or the outlet may not be set, and the overflow pipe 131 may not be set on the outlet. Then, the outlet can also be arranged in other directions, and the overflow pipe 131 can also be arranged at an angle.
  • the overflow box cover 132 may not be provided, and the overflow box cover 132 may not be provided with the first lifting member 1321 .
  • a mounting portion is provided on the outside of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and a stepping portion 14 is provided on the mounting portion.
  • the mounting part is a mounting hole 111, and the stepping part 14 is detachably inserted in the mounting hole 111.
  • the pedal part 14 includes a pedal 141 and a connecting rod 142.
  • the pedal 141 is provided on the connecting rod 142.
  • the connecting rod 142 is bent and detachably inserted into the mounting hole 111. .
  • the connecting rod 142 can be disassembled and the pedal 141 rotated to the outside of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and then the connecting rod 142 can be inserted into the mounting hole 111 on the liquid supply cylinder 11 Convenient to operate.
  • the pedal part 14 when the pedal part 14 is not needed, it can be disassembled, the pedal 141 is rotated to the inside of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and then the connecting rod 142 is inserted into the installation hole 111 to avoid interference with other equipment. Save equipment layout space.
  • an observation port is provided on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder 11 (the position where the observation cover 15 is provided in the figure), and the observation port is provided on the liquid supply cylinder 11 the second end.
  • an observation cover 15 is provided on the observation opening, and the observation cover 15 covers the observation opening.
  • the observation cover 15 is provided with a second lifting member 151 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.). In this way, the situation inside the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be observed through the observation port.
  • observation cover 15 can be covered when there is no need to observe the situation in the liquid supply cylinder 11 to prevent debris from entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 and contaminating the liquid, causing equipment failure. Then, the observation cover 15 can be easily removed and placed through the second lifting member 151 .
  • the liquid supply device 1 also includes a filter part, which is disposed on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder 11 and is at least partially located inside the liquid supply cylinder 11 for filtering. Recycled cutting fluid.
  • a cylinder cover 112 is provided on the top surface of the second end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 (the right side of the liquid supply cylinder 11 in the figure).
  • the cylinder cover 112 is provided with an installation port (not shown in the figure), and the filter part is provided on the installation port.
  • the filtering device includes a filter box 16 , a filter screen (not shown in the figure) is provided in the filter box 16 , and the filter box 16 is at least partially located in the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • second overflow holes 162 are provided on the upper portions of two opposite box walls of the filter box 16 .
  • the upper cover of the filter box 16 is provided with a filter box cover 161, and the filter box cover 161 is provided with a through hole through which the recovered cutting fluid enters the filter box 16.
  • the filter box cover 161 is provided with a third lifting member 1611 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.).
  • the cylinder head 112 is provided with a fourth lifting member 1121 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.).
  • a fourth lifting member 1121 such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.
  • the recovered cutting fluid can be filtered by the filter in the filter box 16 and then enter the liquid supply cylinder 11 to prevent impurities from entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 and contaminating the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 and causing equipment failure.
  • the filter box 16 can play a role in buffering the impact of the cutting fluid to reduce foam generated by the liquid entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • a second overflow hole 162 is provided on the wall of the filter box 16. When the liquid level in the filter box 16 is high, the liquid can easily overflow into the liquid supply cylinder 11 to avoid overflow of the fluid in the filter box.
  • the second overflow hole 162 is provided at the upper part of the box wall of the filter box 16 to prevent precipitated impurities from entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 while overflowing. Then, while allowing the recovered cutting fluid to enter, the filter box cover 161 can prevent debris from entering the filter box 16 and affecting the filtering effect or contaminating the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 . In addition, the filter box cover 161 can be easily removed and placed through the third lifting member 1611, thereby making it easy to observe the conditions inside the filter box 16 or replace the filter screen. Furthermore, a cylinder cover 112 is provided on the right side of the liquid supply cylinder 11 to prevent debris from entering the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 from the right side and causing liquid contamination.
  • the liquid supply device also includes a liquid outlet pump 12.
  • the liquid outlet pump 12 is disposed on the top surface of the left side of the liquid supply cylinder.
  • the inlet of the liquid outlet pump 12 is connected to the top surface of the left side of the liquid supply cylinder.
  • the liquid supply cylinder 11 is connected, and the outlet of the liquid outlet pump 12 is connected with the part to be supplied with liquid (such as a spray device).
  • the liquid outlet pump 12 is provided with a liquid outlet pipe 122, and the liquid outlet 1211 of the liquid outlet pipe 121 is connected with the site to be supplied with liquid.
  • the liquid outlet pump 12 is a mortar pump. In this way, the liquid concentrated on the left side of the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be sucked out by the liquid outlet pump 12, and the liquid can be guided to the site to be supplied through the liquid outlet pipe 121.
  • the liquid supply device 1 also includes a liquid receiving box 17.
  • the liquid receiving box 17 is disposed outside the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 and connected with the liquid outlet of the liquid outlet pipe 121. Port 1211 corresponds. In this way, when the liquid supply is stopped, the liquid remaining in the liquid outlet pipe 121 and the liquid outlet pump 12 can be collected into the liquid receiving box 17 .
  • the liquid supply device 1 also includes a liquid level alarm mechanism 18.
  • the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 is disposed on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder and is partially located in the liquid supply cylinder 11. , the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 is used to monitor the liquid level in the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the specific arrangement method of the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 can be found in the patent document CN210464604U, which will not be described again here.
  • the liquid level in the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be monitored through the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 to prevent the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 from being too little and affecting use, or the liquid level being too high and causing overflow and immersion of the equipment, causing equipment failure.
  • a positioning portion 19 is provided on the outside of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the positioning portion 19 can contact the preset positioning position and is used to determine the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the positioning part 19 includes a positioning bracket 191 and a positioning piece 192.
  • the positioning bracket 191 is fixed on the outside of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11.
  • the positioning bracket 191 is provided with positioning holes (such as screw holes, not shown in the figure).
  • the positioning member 192 is movably inserted into the positioning hole, and the positioning member 192 can contact the position to be positioned.
  • the positioning member 192 includes a positioning bolt and a positioning nut.
  • the positioning bolt is screwed in the screw hole.
  • the positioning nut is screwed on the part of the positioning nut that passes through the positioning hole.
  • the positioning bolt can be connected with the preset positioning position (such as wire cutting). the base of the machine).
  • the extension length of the positioning bolt relative to the positioning bracket 191 can be changed to make the bolt contact the base to confirm the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and then set the liquid supply cylinder 11 at a suitable position, such as the filter box cover 161
  • the through hole on the wire cutting machine is aligned with the cutting fluid discharge port of the wire cutting machine.
  • the positioning bolt is provided with a positioning nut. After the liquid supply cylinder 11 is set at a suitable position, the positioning nut can be used to further fix the positioning bolt to prevent the positioning deviation of the liquid supply cylinder 11 from loosening of the bolt.
  • a moving wheel 101 is provided at the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and the moving wheel 101 is rotatably connected to the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the moving wheel 101 is a universal wheel, and the moving wheel 101 can be fixed relative to the liquid supply cylinder 11 (for example, the moving wheel is provided with a self-locking structure). In this way, the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be easily moved through the positioning wheel.
  • the moving wheel 101 is set as a universal wheel, which can push the liquid supply cylinder 11 from multiple angles, further conveniently moving the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the moving wheel 101 can be locked to prevent the liquid supply cylinder 11 from being displaced and affecting liquid supply.
  • the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is provided with an openable and closable liquid drain port (for example, a removable plug or baffle is provided on the liquid drain port, in the figure (not shown), preferably, a drain pipe 102 is connected to the drain port, and a control valve 103 is provided on the drain pipe 102 .
  • an openable and closable liquid drain port for example, a removable plug or baffle is provided on the liquid drain port, in the figure (not shown)
  • a drain pipe 102 is connected to the drain port
  • a control valve 103 is provided on the drain pipe 102 .
  • a push-pull part is provided on the outer wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and the push-pull part is used to push and pull the liquid supply cylinder 11 .
  • the push-pull part is a U-shaped push-pull rod 104, and both ends of the push-pull rod 104 are fixed on the outer wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11. In this way, the liquid supply rod can be easily pushed to the appropriate position through the push-pull rod 104.
  • the present application provides a cleaning device 11.
  • the cleaning device 11 includes a driving part 112 and a rotating cleaning part.
  • the driving part 112 is connected to the rotating cleaning part to drive the rotating cleaning part to rotate.
  • the rotating cleaning part is connected with the cleaning liquid source and is used to spray cleaning liquid to the parts to be cleaned.
  • the driving part 112 can be used to drive the rotating cleaning part to rotate, and at the same time, the rotating cleaning part sprays cleaning liquid to the parts to be cleaned to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1 without moving the liquid supply.
  • Cylinder 1 has high cleaning efficiency and good cleaning effect.
  • the driving part 112 includes a motor 1122 and a reducer 1121.
  • the motor 1122 is drive-connected to the reducer 1121, and the rotating cleaning part is drive-connected to the reducer 1121.
  • the reducer 1121 is a worm gear reducer.
  • the cleaning device 11 also includes a first mounting flange 113 and a second mounting flange 116 .
  • the first mounting flange 113 is fixedly connected to the reducer 1121.
  • the inner ring of the first mounting flange 113 extends to form a snap ring 1131.
  • the snap ring 1131 is inserted into the mounting hole of the second mounting flange 116.
  • the first mounting flange 113 is fixedly connected to the second mounting flange 116.
  • the mounting surface of the second mounting flange 116 is an inclined surface.
  • the liquid inlet part is a rotary joint 111
  • the cleaning device 11 also includes a sealing pressure plate 115.
  • the upper part of the rotating cleaning part passes through the reducer 1121 and is in rotatable and sealing communication with the rotary joint 111 through the sealing pressure plate 115.
  • the cleaning device 11 further includes a sealing ring 114 , which is sleeved on the upper part of the rotating cleaning part and press-fitted between the sealing pressure plate 115 and the rotating joint 111 .
  • the sealing ring 114 is a lip sealing ring.
  • the motor 1122 can adjust the speed and change the transmission direction through the reducer 1121, and then drive the rotating cleaning part to rotate to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1, with high cleaning efficiency and good cleaning effect.
  • the cooperation between the second mounting flange 116 and the first mounting flange 113 can increase the firmness of fixing the reducer 1121 and improve the stability of the transmission.
  • the mounting surface of the second mounting flange 116 is set as an inclined surface, so that the rotating cleaning part can match the specific application scenario after installation, such as the inclined surface at the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 1, so as to avoid structural interference and affecting the rotation.
  • the rotating cleaning part can be sealed and communicated with the rotating joint 111 through the sealing pressure plate 115 and the sealing ring 114, so as to avoid liquid leakage while meeting the rotation requirements.
  • the rotating cleaning part includes a rotating joint 111 and a flushing assembly.
  • the rotary joint 111 is in communication with the cleaning liquid source, one end of the flushing component is in rotatable communication with the rotary joint 111, and the driving part 112 is connected with the flushing component to drive the flushing component to rotate.
  • the flushing assembly includes a rotating rod 119 and a flushing pipeline 117 .
  • the rotating rod 119 is hollow and the top part is rotatably communicated with the rotating joint 111.
  • the hollow part of the rotating rod 119 is provided with a liquid outlet, and the driving part 112 is connected with the rotating rod 119 to drive the rotating rod 119 to rotate.
  • the flushing pipeline 117 is connected to the rotating rod 119 and one end of the flushing pipeline 117 is connected to the liquid outlet.
  • the flushing pipeline 117 is provided with a nozzle 1173 .
  • the flushing pipeline 117 includes a plurality of cleaning main pipes 1171 and a plurality of cleaning branch pipes 1172 .
  • the cleaning main pipe 1171 is connected to the rotating rod 119 and one end is connected to the liquid outlet.
  • the cleaning branch pipe 1172 is connected to the other end of the cleaning main pipe 1171 .
  • the nozzle 1173 is provided at the end of the cleaning branch pipe 1172 .
  • the number of cleaning main pipes 1171 is four, and each cleaning main pipe 1171 is connected to one or two cleaning branch pipes 1172 . More preferably, four cleaning main pipes 1171 are evenly distributed along the circumferential direction of the rotating rod 119, and each cleaning main pipe 1171 is connected to two cleaning branch pipes 1172.
  • the cleaning liquid can enter the four cleaning main pipes 1171 connected to the rotating rod 119 through the liquid outlet on the rotating rod 119 that is rotatably connected to the rotating joint 111, and then enter the two cleaning branch pipes connected to each cleaning main pipe 1171. 1172, and is sprayed through the nozzle 1173 provided at the end of the cleaning branch pipe 1172 to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1, with high cleaning efficiency and good cleaning effect.
  • the nozzle 1173 can further increase the flushing ability of the cleaning liquid to the liquid supply cylinder 1 and further improve the cleaning effect and efficiency.
  • four cleaning main pipes 1171 are evenly distributed along the axial direction of the rotating rod 119. During cleaning, the parts to be cleaned, such as various parts of the liquid supply cylinder 1, can be cleaned from one or two cleaning branch pipes 1172 connected to each cleaning main pipe 1171. It leaves no dead space and helps balance the rotation, thus improving cleaning efficiency and effect.
  • the rotating cleaning part further includes a stirring component 118 , and the stirring component 118 is connected to the rotating rod 119 .
  • the stirring assembly 118 includes a stirring base 1181 and a stirring fan blade 1182.
  • the stirring base 1181 is connected to the rotating rod 119, and the stirring fan blade 1182 is connected to the stirring base 1181.
  • the stirring assembly 118 is connected to the end of the rotating rod 119, the number of the stirring fan blades 1182 is four, and the four stirring fan blades 1182 are evenly connected to the stirring base 1181.
  • the stirring base 1181 is fixed to the end of the rotating rod 119 through the pressing plate 110 .
  • the four stirring blades 1182 can be driven by the stirring base 1181 connected to the rotating rod 119 to stir the cleaning liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 1 to accelerate the flow of the cleaning liquid, especially the parts to be cleaned where the liquid flow is relatively poor.
  • the liquid at the bottom of the liquid cylinder 1 is supplied to flow, further improving the cleaning efficiency and cleaning effect.
  • this application provides a liquid supply cylinder 1.
  • the liquid supply cylinder 1 includes the cleaning device 11 of the first aspect mentioned above.
  • the cleaning device 11 is installed on the top of the liquid supply cylinder 1.
  • the cleaning device 11 provided for the liquid supply cylinder 1 of the present application can be driven by the motor 1122 to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1 without moving the liquid supply cylinder 1.
  • the cleaning efficiency is high and the cleaning effect is good.
  • the motor 1122 drives the rotating rod 119 to rotate after being adjusted and turned by the worm gear reducer 1121.
  • the cleaning liquid enters the hollow part of the stirring rod through the rotating joint 111 and passes through the liquid outlet.
  • Enter the cleaning branch pipe 1172 and then enter the liquid supply cylinder 1 through the nozzle 1173 at the end of the cleaning branch pipe 1172 to clean the liquid supply cylinder 1.
  • the cleaning branch pipe 1172 rotates with the rotating rod 119 to flush various parts of the liquid supply cylinder 1.
  • the stirring fan blade 1182 at the end of the rotating rod 119 can stir the cleaning liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 1 and accelerate the liquid flow. , automatic cleaning of the liquid supply cylinder 1 can be realized, the cleaning efficiency and cleaning effect are good, and there is no need to move the liquid supply cylinder 1.
  • This application also provides a wire cutting machine, which includes at least one of the cutting assembly, the knife feed assembly, the cleaning device, the retracting and unwinding wire assembly, and the liquid circuit assembly of the above embodiments.
  • the wire cutter is a slicer.
  • wire cutting machines can also be other types of wire cutting equipment, such as mortar machines.
  • this application provides a coaxiality adjustment method for a wire cutting machine.
  • the adjustment method includes the following steps: S101, measure the first coaxiality between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 Deviation; S102, determine whether the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold; S103, when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, adjust the adjustment component 8 to adjust the first bearing box 3 and/or the first deviation threshold.
  • the first bearing box 3 and/or the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted through the adjustment assembly 8 Or the position of the second bearing box 4 is such that the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 is within a reasonable range, thereby ensuring the cutting quality.
  • the comparison between the first coaxiality deviation and the first deviation threshold includes a comparison in two aspects, that is, the first parallel deviation and the first parallel deviation. Comparison of thresholds, and comparison of the first angle deviation and the first angle deviation threshold. When both are smaller than their respective thresholds, the first coaxiality deviation is considered smaller than the first deviation threshold. Otherwise, as long as one of the two is larger than its threshold , then it is calculated that the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold.
  • the coaxiality deviation may also include only one of the above-mentioned parallel deviation and angular deviation. Accordingly, the judgment standard only needs to be adaptively adjusted.
  • the comparison between the second coaxiality deviation and the second deviation threshold involved in the following embodiments is similar to this and will not be described again.
  • using the adjustment assembly 8 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3 and/or the second bearing box 4 includes: when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, adjusting the first coaxiality through the first adjustment part 81 The position of the bearing box 3 is until the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold. Further, adjusting the position of the first bearing box 3 through the first adjusting part 81 includes: adjusting the position of the first adjusting member relative to the first fixing member to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3 . In this way, when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted through the first adjustment part 81 to adjust the first coaxiality deviation.
  • the position of the first eccentric sleeve 6 is adjusted by adjusting the first bolt 812, and then the up and down and left and right positions of the first bearing box 3 in the first eccentric sleeve 6 are adjusted, and the axis of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing are adjusted.
  • the first coaxiality deviation of the axis of the box 4 is such that the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold.
  • using the adjustment assembly 8 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3 and/or the second bearing box 4 also includes: when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold , the position of the second bearing box 4 is adjusted through the second adjustment part 82 until the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold. Further, adjusting the position of the second bearing box 4 through the second adjusting part 82 includes: adjusting the position of the second bearing box 4 by adjusting the position of the third adjusting member relative to the second fixing member.
  • the first coaxiality deviation between the second bearing box 4 and the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted through the second adjustment part 82 to adjust the first coaxiality deviation. Less than or equal to the first deviation threshold to ensure cutting quality.
  • the position of the second eccentric sleeve 7 is adjusted by adjusting the third bolt, and then the up and down and left and right positions of the second bearing box 4 in the second eccentric sleeve 7 are adjusted, and the axis of the second bearing box 4 and the first bearing box are adjusted.
  • the first coaxiality deviation of the axis of 3 is such that the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold.
  • the wire cutting machine also includes a motor base and a motor 9 installed on the motor base.
  • the output shaft of the motor is drivingly connected to the second bearing box, and the adjustment assembly also includes a third adjustment part.
  • the above adjustment method also includes: S104, measuring the second coaxiality deviation between the second bearing box and the output shaft; S105, judging the size of the second coaxiality deviation and the second deviation threshold; S106, when the second coaxiality deviation is When the axiality deviation is greater than the second deviation threshold, the third adjustment part is used to adjust the position of the motor base until the second coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the second deviation threshold.
  • adjusting the position of the motor base 5 through the third adjusting part 83 includes adjusting the position of the second bearing box 4 by adjusting the position of the fifth adjusting member relative to the third fixing member.
  • the second coaxiality deviation between the motor base 5 and the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted through the third adjustment part 83 to make the second coaxiality deviation less than or equal to Second deviation threshold to ensure cutting quality.
  • measuring the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 includes the following steps: S1011, obtaining the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the position data of the second bearing box 4; S1012, calculate the first coaxiality deviation based on the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the position data of the second bearing box 4.
  • obtaining the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 includes the following steps: S10111, determine the detection reference point; S10112, rotate the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4, respectively determine The position detection point of the first bearing box 3 and the position detection point of the second bearing box 4 are set opposite to the position detection point of the second bearing box 4; S10113, detect each first bearing The data of the position detection point of the box 3 and the data of the position detection point of each second bearing box 4 are used as the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the position data of the second bearing box 4 .
  • the position detection points of the first bearing box 3 include the first detection point, the second detection point and the third detection point
  • the position detection points of the second bearing box 4 include the fourth detection point, the fifth detection point and the sixth detection point.
  • the detection points the first detection point is arranged opposite to the fourth detection point
  • the second detection point is arranged opposite to the fifth detection point
  • the third detection point is arranged opposite to the sixth detection point.
  • the first detection point and the fourth detection point are the detection reference point of the first bearing box 3 and the detection reference point of the second bearing box 4 respectively.
  • the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be conveniently detected by the laser alignment instrument, and the first coaxiality can be adjusted to be less than or equal to the third coaxiality according to the detected first coaxiality deviation.
  • a deviation threshold e.g., the 3-point detection method is adopted for detection, and 3 corresponding detection points are evenly arranged on the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4, and the detection reference point is used as one of the detection points, which can facilitate the detection operation and evenly distribute The detection points make the detection results more reliable.
  • the specific operation method of using a laser alignment instrument to detect position data is a conventional method in this field and will not be described again here. Of course, the three detection points can also be set non-uniformly.
  • 2-point detection method, 4-point detection method, 6-point detection method, etc. can also be used, and those skilled in the art can select settings according to specific needs.
  • the wire cutting machine provided by this application can adjust the position of the bearing box to adapt to different sizes of parts to be cut.
  • This wire cutting machine can be used for various specifications of silicon rods, ceramics, sapphire, photovoltaic cell substrate ultra-thin sheets, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, silicon carbide, lithium niobate, lithium tantalate, optical glass and other hard materials. Cutting of brittle materials.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Processing Of Stones Or Stones Resemblance Materials (AREA)

Abstract

A wire cutting machine, comprising a cutting assembly. The cutting assembly comprises a cutting frame (1), a first bearing box (3), a second bearing box (4), a main roller (2) and an adjustment assembly (8), wherein the adjustment assembly (8) is mounted on the cutting frame (1) and is used for adjusting the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box (3) and the second bearing box (4). By means of the adjustment assembly, the coaxiality deviation between a front bearing box and a rear bearing box is within a preset range, such that the cutting precision and the cutting quality of the multi-wire cutting machine are guaranteed. Further provided is a coaxiality adjusting method for the wire cutting machine.

Description

线切割机及其同轴度调整方法Wire cutting machine and its coaxiality adjustment method 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及线切割技术领域,具体涉及一种线切割机及其同轴度调整方法。The present application relates to the technical field of wire cutting, and specifically to a wire cutting machine and its coaxiality adjustment method.
背景技术Background technique
多线切割是一种通过金属丝的高速往复运动,把磨料带入待切割件的加工区域进行研磨,进而将待切割件一次同时切割为数百片薄片的一种切割加工方法。Multi-wire cutting is a cutting and processing method that uses high-speed reciprocating motion of metal wires to bring abrasive into the processing area of the parts to be cut for grinding, and then cut the parts to be cut into hundreds of thin slices at one time.
在实际生产过程中,存在不同待切割件例如硅棒的规格尺寸不同的现象。为了适应不同待切割件的规格尺寸,需要根据带切割件的规格尺寸调整切割机的切割区域。例如,在待切割件的规格尺寸变化时,需要通过调整主辊之间的间距,从而调整线网的宽度,以适应不同切割件的切割需求。In the actual production process, there is a phenomenon that different parts to be cut, such as silicon rods, have different specifications and sizes. In order to adapt to different specifications of the parts to be cut, the cutting area of the cutting machine needs to be adjusted according to the specifications of the cutting parts. For example, when the size of the parts to be cut changes, the width of the wire mesh needs to be adjusted by adjusting the spacing between the main rollers to adapt to the cutting needs of different cutting parts.
主辊的两端通常连接在前后两个轴承箱上,对两个主辊之间的间距进行调整也即对两对前后轴承箱的间距进行调整。在主辊之间的间距调整后,对应于同一主辊的前后轴承箱之间的对中度会发生变化。因此,主辊调整后前后轴承箱的轴线之间存在对中度的偏差超过预设偏差范围的问题,进而会影响多线切割机的切割精度和切割质量。The two ends of the main roller are usually connected to the two front and rear bearing boxes. The distance between the two main rollers is adjusted, that is, the distance between the two pairs of front and rear bearing boxes is adjusted. After the spacing between the main rollers is adjusted, the alignment between the front and rear bearing boxes corresponding to the same main roller will change. Therefore, after the main roller is adjusted, there is a problem that the centering deviation between the axes of the front and rear bearing boxes exceeds the preset deviation range, which will affect the cutting accuracy and cutting quality of the multi-wire cutting machine.
相应地,本领域需要一种新的技术方案来解决上述问题。Accordingly, a new technical solution is needed in this field to solve the above problems.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请旨在解决上述至少一个技术问题,即,解决主辊调整后前后轴承箱的轴线之间存在对中度的偏差超过预设偏差范围的问题。This application aims to solve at least one of the above technical problems, that is, to solve the problem that the alignment deviation between the axes of the front and rear bearing boxes after adjustment of the main roller exceeds the preset deviation range.
为了解决现有技术中的上述问题,本申请提供一种线切割机,包括切割总成,该切割总成包括:切割框架;第一轴承箱,所述第一轴承箱设置在所述切割框架的一侧上;第二轴承箱,所述第二轴承箱设置在所述切割框架的另一侧上;主辊,所述主辊的一端设置在所述第一轴承箱上,所述主辊的另一端设置在所述第二轴承箱上;调整组件,所述调整组件安装在所述切割框架上,用以调整所述第一轴承箱与所述第二轴承箱之间的同轴度偏差。In order to solve the above problems in the prior art, the present application provides a wire cutting machine, including a cutting assembly, which includes: a cutting frame; a first bearing box, the first bearing box is arranged on the cutting frame on one side of the cutting frame; a second bearing box, the second bearing box is arranged on the other side of the cutting frame; a main roller, one end of the main roller is arranged on the first bearing box, the main roller The other end of the roller is arranged on the second bearing box; an adjustment assembly is installed on the cutting frame to adjust the coaxiality between the first bearing box and the second bearing box. deviation.
在采用上述技术方案的情况下,在第一轴承箱与第二轴承箱的同轴度偏差超过预设范围时,可以通过调整组件,调整第一轴承箱与第二轴承箱之间的同轴度,使第一轴承箱与第二轴承箱之间的同轴度偏差处于预设范围内,以保障多线切割机的切割精度和切割质量。When the above technical solution is adopted, when the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box exceeds the preset range, the coaxiality between the first bearing box and the second bearing box can be adjusted by adjusting the assembly. degree, so that the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box is within the preset range to ensure the cutting accuracy and cutting quality of the multi-wire cutting machine.
第二方面,本申请提供一种线切割机的同轴度调整方法,所述线切割机包括与同一主辊连接的第一轴承箱和第二轴承箱,所述线切割机还包括调整组件,所述调整方法包括以下步骤:测量所述第一轴承箱与所述第二轴承箱之间的第一同轴度偏差;判断所述第一同轴度偏差是否大于第一偏差阈值;当所述第一同轴度偏差大于所述第一偏差阈值时,调节所述调整组件,以调整所述第一轴承箱和/或所述第二轴承箱的位置。In a second aspect, this application provides a coaxiality adjustment method for a wire cutting machine. The wire cutting machine includes a first bearing box and a second bearing box connected to the same main roller. The wire cutting machine also includes an adjustment component. , the adjustment method includes the following steps: measuring the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box; determining whether the first coaxiality deviation is greater than a first deviation threshold; when When the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, the adjustment component is adjusted to adjust the position of the first bearing box and/or the second bearing box.
在采用上述技术方案的情况下,在主辊调整后,当第一轴承箱与第二轴承箱的第一同轴偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,可以通过调整组件调整第一轴承箱和/或第二轴承箱的位置,直至第一轴承箱和第二轴承箱的同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值,进而保证切割质量。When the above technical solution is adopted, after the main roller is adjusted, when the first coaxial deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box is greater than the first deviation threshold, the first bearing box and/or the first bearing box can be adjusted through the adjustment assembly. The position of the second bearing box is until the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold, thereby ensuring cutting quality.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例1提供的调整组件侧视图;图2为本申请实施例1提供的切割总成结构图;图3为本申请实施例1提供的线切割机结构图;图4为本申请实施例1提供的另一线切割机结构图;图5为本申请实施例1提供的主辊间距调整示意图;图6为本申请实施例2的切割总成的部分结构的前侧视图;图7为本申请实施例2的切割总成的部分结构的后侧试图;图8为本申请实施例2的切割总成的主视剖视图;图9为本申请实施例2的切割总成的俯视剖视图;图10为本申请实施例2的第二偏心套的结构图;图11为本申请实施例2的电机座的结构图;图12为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第一种实施方式的主视图;图13为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第一种实施方式中轴承箱的结构图;图14为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第一种实施方式中轴承箱的正视图;图15为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第二种实施方式的主视图;图16为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第二种实施方式中轴承箱的结构图;图17为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第二种实施方式中轴承箱的正视图;图18为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第三种实施方式的主视图;图19为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第三种实施方式中轴承箱的结构图;图20为本申请实施例3的线切割机的第三种实施方式中轴承箱的正视图;图21为本申请实施4例提供的位置调整组件及挂耳、切割框架结构图;图22为本申请实施例4提供的喷淋组件结构图;图23为本申请实施例4提供的另一喷淋组件结构图;图24为本申请实施例4提供的切割机局部结构图;图25为本申请实施例5提供的导流部结构图;图26为本申请实施例5提供的第一导流组件结构图;图27为本申请实施例5提供的第二导流组件结构图;图28为本申请实施例5提供的过滤装置结构图;图29为本申请实施例5提供的碎片盒结构图;图30为本申请实施例5提供的碎片盒的主视图;图31为本申请实施例5提供的碎片盒的侧视图;图32为本申请实施例5提供的切割总成结构示意图;图33为本申请实施例6提供的漏斗装置的结构图;图34为本申请实施例6提供的漏斗装置的纵剖视图;图35为本申请实施例6提供的第一过滤部的立体图;图36为本申请实施例6提供的第一过滤部的正视图;图37为本申请实施例6提供的第二过滤部的立体图;图38为本申请实施例6提供的第二过滤部的正视图;图39为本申请实施例7的进刀总成的结构图;图40为本申请实施例7的护罩的结构图;图41为本申请实施例7的进刀总成的侧剖图;图42为图41在A处的局部放大图;图43为本申请实施例8提供的护罩结构图;图44为本申请实施例8提供的进刀总成结构的正视图;图45为本申请实施例8提供的进刀总成结构的后剖视图;图46为本申请实施例8提供的进刀总成结构的后视图;图47为本申请实施例9提供的清洗装置的立体结构图;图48为本申请实施例9提供的导轮洗组件的立体图;图49为本申请实施例9提供的导轮洗组件的正视图;图50为本申请实施例9提供的辅助辊清洗组件的立体图;图51为本申请实施例9提供的主清洗组件和穿线部清洗组件的立体结构图;图52为本申请实施例9提供的主清洗组件和穿线部清洗组件的正视图;图53为本申请实施例9提供的进液组件的结构图;图54为本申请实施例9提供的另一进液组件的结构图;图55为本申请实施例9提供的清洗装置安装前视立体图;图56为本申请实施例9提供的清洗装置安装后视立体图;图57为本申请实施例10提供的排线装置的立体图;图58为本申请实施例10提供的排线装置的爆炸图;图59为本申请实施例10提供的旋转机构、第一配重件和第二配重件的立体图;图60为本申请实施例10提供的又一旋转机构、第一配重件和第二配重件的立体图;图61为本申请实施例10提供的再一旋转机构、第一配重件和第二配重件的立体图;图62为本申请实施例10提供的收放线总成的系统图;图63为本申请实施例11提供的收放线装置俯视图;图64为本申请实施例11提供的收放线装置的爆炸结构图;图65为图64在A处的局部放大图;图66为本申请另实施例11提供的收放线装置的主视图;图67为本申请另实施例11提供的收放线装置的爆炸结构图;图68为本申请实施例12提供的液路循环系统的系统图;图69为本申请实施例13提供的供液装置的结构图;图70为本申请实施例13提供的供液装置的前视图;图71为本申请实施例14提供的清洗装装置的主视爆炸图;图72为本申请实施例14提供的斜向侧视爆炸图;图73为本申请实施例14提供的供液缸的结构图;图74为本申请实施例15提供的线切割机的轴承箱调整方法流程图。Figure 1 is a side view of the adjustment assembly provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application; Figure 2 is a structural diagram of the cutting assembly provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application; Figure 3 is a structural diagram of the wire cutting machine provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application; Figure 4 is The structural diagram of another wire cutting machine provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application; Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the main roller spacing adjustment provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application; Figure 6 is a front side view of the partial structure of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application; Figure 7 is a rear view of part of the structure of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application; Figure 8 is a front cross-sectional view of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application; Figure 9 is a view of the cutting assembly in Embodiment 2 of the present application. Top cross-sectional view; Figure 10 is a structural diagram of the second eccentric sleeve in Embodiment 2 of the present application; Figure 11 is a structural diagram of the motor base in Embodiment 2 of the present application; Figure 12 is a first structural diagram of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application. A front view of the first embodiment; Figure 13 is a structural diagram of the bearing box in the first embodiment of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application; Figure 14 is the first implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application The front view of the bearing box; Figure 15 is the front view of the second embodiment of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application; Figure 16 is the bearing box in the second implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application Structural diagram; Figure 17 is a front view of the bearing box in the second embodiment of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application; Figure 18 is a front view of the third implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application ; Figure 19 is a structural diagram of the bearing box in the third implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application; Figure 20 is a front view of the bearing box in the third implementation of the wire cutting machine in Embodiment 3 of the present application. ; Figure 21 is a structural diagram of the position adjustment component, hanging lugs, and cutting frame provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application; Figure 22 is a structural diagram of the spray component provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application; Figure 23 is another structural diagram provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application. A structural diagram of the spray assembly; Figure 24 is a partial structural diagram of the cutting machine provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application; Figure 25 is a structural diagram of the guide portion provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application; Figure 26 is a third structure diagram provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application. A structural diagram of a flow guide assembly; Figure 27 is a structural diagram of a second flow guide assembly provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application; Figure 28 is a structural diagram of a filter device provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application; Figure 29 is a structural diagram of a second flow guide assembly provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application; Structural diagram of the fragment box; Figure 30 is a front view of the fragment box provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application; Figure 31 is a side view of the fragment box provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application; Figure 32 is a cutting assembly provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application Structural schematic diagram; Figure 33 is a structural diagram of the funnel device provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application; Figure 34 is a longitudinal sectional view of the funnel device provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application; Figure 35 is a first filter section provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application Three-dimensional view; Figure 36 is a front view of the first filter section provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application; Figure 37 is a perspective view of the second filter section provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application; Figure 38 is a second filter section provided in Embodiment 6 of the present application Figure 39 is a structural diagram of the tool feed assembly in Embodiment 7 of the present application; Figure 40 is a structural diagram of the guard in Embodiment 7 of the present application; Figure 41 is a structural diagram of the tool feed assembly in Embodiment 7 of the present application Figure 42 is a partial enlarged view of Figure 41 at position A; Figure 43 is a structural diagram of the guard provided in Embodiment 8 of the present application; Figure 44 is a front view of the feed assembly structure provided in Embodiment 8 of the present application Figure; Figure 45 is a rear cross-sectional view of the feed assembly structure provided in Embodiment 8 of the present application; Figure 46 is a rear view of the feed assembly structure provided in Embodiment 8 of the present application; Figure 47 is a rear cross-sectional view of the feed assembly structure provided in Embodiment 8 of the present application; A three-dimensional structural view of the cleaning device; Figure 48 is a three-dimensional view of the guide wheel washing assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; Figure 49 is a front view of the guide wheel washing assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; Figure 50 is a perspective view of the guide wheel washing assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; A three-dimensional view of the auxiliary roller cleaning assembly provided; Figure 51 is a three-dimensional structural view of the main cleaning assembly and the threading part cleaning assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; Figure 52 is the main cleaning assembly and the threading part cleaning assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application The front view of; Figure 53 is a structural diagram of a liquid inlet assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; Figure 54 is a structural diagram of another liquid inlet assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; Figure 55 is a structural diagram of another liquid inlet assembly provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; A front perspective view of the cleaning device installation; Figure 56 is a rear perspective view of the cleaning device installation provided in Embodiment 9 of the present application; Figure 57 is a perspective view of the cable arrangement device provided in Embodiment 10 of the present application; Figure 58 is a perspective view of the wiring device provided in Embodiment 10 of the present application An exploded view of the cable arrangement device; Figure 59 is a perspective view of the rotating mechanism, the first counterweight and the second counterweight provided in Embodiment 10 of the present application; Figure 60 is another rotating mechanism and the second counterweight provided in Embodiment 10 of the present application. A perspective view of a counterweight and a second counterweight; Figure 61 is a perspective view of yet another rotation mechanism, the first counterweight and the second counterweight provided in Embodiment 10 of the present application; Figure 62 is Embodiment 10 of the present application The system diagram of the retracting and releasing wire assembly is provided; Figure 63 is a top view of the wire retracting and releasing device provided in Embodiment 11 of the present application; Figure 64 is an exploded structural view of the wire retracting and releasing device provided in Embodiment 11 of the present application; Figure 65 is a diagram 64 is a partial enlarged view of position A; Figure 66 is a front view of a wire retracting and releasing device provided in another embodiment 11 of the present application; Figure 67 is an exploded structural view of a wire retracting and releasing device provided in another embodiment 11 of the present application; Figure 68 A system diagram of the liquid circulation system provided in Embodiment 12 of the present application; Figure 69 is a structural diagram of the liquid supply device provided in Embodiment 13 of the present application; Figure 70 is a front view of the liquid supply device provided in Embodiment 13 of the present application; Figure 71 is a front exploded view of the cleaning device provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application; Figure 72 is an oblique side exploded view provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application; Figure 73 is an exploded view of the liquid supply cylinder provided in Embodiment 14 of the present application Structural diagram; Figure 74 is a flow chart of the bearing box adjustment method of the wire cutting machine provided in Embodiment 15 of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在本申请的描述中,“竖直”等指示位置关系的术语是基于附图所示的方向或位置关系,这仅仅是为了便于描述,而不是指示或暗示相关装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。此外,序数词“第一”、“第二”、“第三”等仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性。此外,还需要说明的是,在本申请的描述中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“连接”应作广义理解。例如,“连接”可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接或一体连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是其他连接;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连。对于本领域技术人员而言,可根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。In the description of this application, terms indicating positional relationships such as "vertical" are based on the direction or positional relationship shown in the drawings. This is only for convenience of description and does not indicate or imply that the relevant device or element must have a specific orientation. , is constructed and operated in a specific orientation and therefore cannot be construed as a limitation on this application. In addition, ordinal words "first", "second", "third", etc. are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance. In addition, it should be noted that in the description of this application, unless otherwise explicitly stated and limited, the terms "installation" and "connection" should be understood in a broad sense. For example, "connection" can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection or an integrated connection; it can be a mechanical connection or other connections; it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediary. For those skilled in the art, the specific meanings of the above terms in this application can be understood according to specific circumstances.
下面结合图1至图4对本申请的调整组件进行描述。如图1至图4所示,为本申请的一个实施例提供的一种切割总成,该切割总成包括切割框架1、第一轴承箱3、第二轴承箱4、主辊2和调整组件8。第一轴承箱3设置在切割框架1的一侧上,第二轴承箱4设置在切割框架1的另一侧上。主辊2的一端设置在第一轴承箱3上,主辊2的另一端设置在第二轴承箱4上。此外,调整组件8安装在切割框架1上,用以调整第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4之间的同轴度偏差。如此,在第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4之间的同轴度超过预设的同轴度范围时,可以通过调整组件8调整第一轴承箱3和第二轴承箱4的位置进行调整,以保证切割质量。The adjustment component of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 1 to 4. As shown in Figures 1 to 4, a cutting assembly is provided according to an embodiment of the present application. The cutting assembly includes a cutting frame 1, a first bearing box 3, a second bearing box 4, a main roller 2 and an adjustment unit. Component 8. The first bearing box 3 is provided on one side of the cutting frame 1 and the second bearing box 4 is provided on the other side of the cutting frame 1 . One end of the main roller 2 is arranged on the first bearing box 3 , and the other end of the main roller 2 is arranged on the second bearing box 4 . In addition, the adjustment assembly 8 is installed on the cutting frame 1 to adjust the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 . In this way, when the coaxiality between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 exceeds the preset coaxiality range, the positions of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted through the adjustment assembly 8 Adjust to ensure cutting quality.
参见图1至图3,在上述切割总成的优选实施方式中,调整组件8包括第一调整部81,第一调整部81安装在切割框架1上,且第一调整部81直接或间接地连接在第一轴承箱3上,以调整第一轴承箱3的轴线相对于第二轴承箱4的轴线的平行偏差和角度偏差,进而调整同轴度偏差。例如,第一调整部81直接连接于第一轴承箱3的外侧壁。或者,第一调整部81连接在套设于第一轴承箱3外的第一安装支架上。再或者,第一调整部81连接在抵接于第一轴承箱3外侧的调整垫块上。优选地,第一调整部81连接在套设于第一轴承箱3外的第一偏心套6上。这样,可以通过第一调整部81直接作用于第一轴承箱3来调节第一轴承箱3的位置,或者通过第一调整部81作用于第一安装支架来调节第一轴承箱3的位置,或者通过第一调整部81作用于第一偏心套6来调节第一轴承箱3的位置,再或者通过第一调整部81作用于调整垫块来调节第一轴承箱3的位置,最终实现调整第一轴承箱3的位置调整。Referring to Figures 1 to 3, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cutting assembly, the adjustment assembly 8 includes a first adjustment part 81, the first adjustment part 81 is installed on the cutting frame 1, and the first adjustment part 81 directly or indirectly It is connected to the first bearing box 3 to adjust the parallel deviation and angular deviation of the axis of the first bearing box 3 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4, thereby adjusting the coaxiality deviation. For example, the first adjustment part 81 is directly connected to the outer side wall of the first bearing box 3 . Alternatively, the first adjusting part 81 is connected to the first mounting bracket sleeved outside the first bearing box 3 . Or, the first adjustment part 81 is connected to an adjustment pad abutting the outside of the first bearing box 3 . Preferably, the first adjusting part 81 is connected to the first eccentric sleeve 6 that is sleeved outside the first bearing box 3 . In this way, the first adjusting part 81 can directly act on the first bearing box 3 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3, or the first adjusting part 81 can act on the first mounting bracket to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3. Either the first adjusting part 81 acts on the first eccentric sleeve 6 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3, or the first adjusting part 81 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3, and finally the adjustment is achieved. Position adjustment of the first bearing box 3.
进一步地,第一调整部81包括多个第一固定件和多个第一调节件。第一固定件固定连接在切割框架1上,第一调节件可调节地安装在第一固定件上且与第一轴承箱3直接或间接地抵接。并且,多个第一调节件沿第一轴承箱3的外圆周分布。进一步地,多个第一调节件的中心线位于同一平面上且彼此之间具有夹角。优选的,第一调整部81包括三个第一固定件和三个第一调节件。并且,其中一个第一调节件的中心线沿竖直方向延伸,其余两个第一调节件的中心线分别沿与竖直方向的夹角为120°的方向延伸。作为一种实施例,第一固定件为第一固定块811,第一固定块811上设置有第一螺纹孔,第一调节件为第一螺栓812,第一螺栓812螺接于第一螺纹孔。如此,在安装主辊2或者调整主辊2间距后,可以通过调节中心线沿竖直方向延伸的第一螺栓812调整第一轴承箱3的上下位置,通过调节其余两个第一螺栓812调整第一轴承箱3的左右位置,以调整第一轴承箱3的轴线相对于第二轴承箱4的轴线的同轴度偏差。Further, the first adjustment part 81 includes a plurality of first fixing parts and a plurality of first adjusting parts. The first fixing part is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 , and the first adjusting part is adjustably installed on the first fixing part and directly or indirectly abuts the first bearing box 3 . Moreover, a plurality of first adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the first bearing box 3 . Furthermore, the center lines of the plurality of first adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other. Preferably, the first adjusting part 81 includes three first fixing parts and three first adjusting parts. Moreover, the center line of one of the first adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two first adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction. As an embodiment, the first fixing member is a first fixing block 811. The first fixing block 811 is provided with a first threaded hole. The first adjusting member is a first bolt 812. The first bolt 812 is screwed to the first thread. hole. In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the spacing between the main rollers 2, the up and down position of the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted by adjusting the first bolt 812 whose center line extends in the vertical direction, and the upper and lower positions of the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two first bolts 812. The left and right positions of the first bearing box 3 are used to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the first bearing box 3 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4 .
需要说明的是,多个第一调节件的中心线也可以不在同一平面上。此外,第一调节件的中心线也可以沿其他方向设置,多个第一调节件之间也可以为其他夹角。然后,第一调整部81的第一固定件和第一调节件也可以为1个、2个、4个、6个等,本领域技术人员可以根据具体应用场景的需求设置。再者,一个第一固定件上也可以设置大于1个的多个第一调节件。此外,除了第一固定块811和第一螺栓812外,第一固定件还可以设置为第二固定块,第二固定块上设置有第一通孔,第一调节件为第一销钉,第一销钉穿设于第一通孔,通过敲击第一销钉的方式来调节第一轴承箱3的位置。It should be noted that the center lines of the plurality of first adjusting members may not be on the same plane. In addition, the center line of the first adjusting member can also be set in other directions, and the angles between the plurality of first adjusting members can also be other. Then, the number of the first fixing parts and the first adjusting parts of the first adjusting part 81 can also be 1, 2, 4, 6, etc., and those skilled in the art can set them according to the needs of specific application scenarios. Furthermore, more than one first adjusting member may be provided on one first fixing member. In addition, in addition to the first fixing block 811 and the first bolt 812, the first fixing member can also be provided as a second fixing block, the second fixing block is provided with a first through hole, the first adjusting member is a first pin, and the first fixing member is a first pin. A pin is inserted through the first through hole, and the position of the first bearing box 3 is adjusted by knocking the first pin.
在上述调整组件8的一个可替换实施方式中,第一调整部81包括第一固定环和多个第二调节件,第一固定环固定连接在切割框架1上,第二调节件可调节地安装在第一固定环上且与第一轴承箱3直接或间接地抵接。并且,多个第二调节件沿第一轴承箱3的外圆周分布。进一步地,多个第二调节件的中心线位于同一平面上且彼此之间具有夹角。In an alternative embodiment of the above-mentioned adjustment assembly 8, the first adjustment part 81 includes a first fixing ring and a plurality of second adjustment parts. The first fixation ring is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1, and the second adjustment parts are adjustable. It is installed on the first fixed ring and directly or indirectly abuts the first bearing box 3 . Moreover, a plurality of second adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the first bearing box 3 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of second adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
进一步地,第一调整部81包括三个第二调节件。并且,其中一个第二调节件的中心线沿竖直方向延伸,其余两个第二调节件的中心线分别沿与竖直方向的夹角为120°的方向延伸。优选地,第一固定环上设置有第二螺纹孔,第二调节件为第二螺栓,第二螺栓螺接于第二螺纹孔。如此,在安装主辊2或者调整主辊2间距后,可以通过调节中心线沿竖直方向延伸的第二螺栓调整第一轴承箱3的上下位置,通过调节其余两个第二螺栓调整第一轴承箱3的左右位置,以调整第一轴承箱3的轴线相对于第二轴承箱4的轴线的同轴度偏差。Further, the first adjustment part 81 includes three second adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the second adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two second adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction. Preferably, the first fixing ring is provided with a second threaded hole, the second adjusting member is a second bolt, and the second bolt is screwed to the second threaded hole. In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the spacing between the main rollers 2, the up and down position of the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted by adjusting the second bolt whose center line extends in the vertical direction, and the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two second bolts. The left and right positions of the bearing box 3 are used to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the first bearing box 3 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4 .
继续参见图1至图4,在上述切割总成的优选实施方式中,调整组件8还包括第二调整部82,第二调整部82安装在切割框架1上,且第二调整部82直接或间接地连接在第二轴承箱4上,以调整第二轴承箱4的轴线相对于第一轴承箱3的轴线的同轴度偏差。例如,第二调整部82直接连接于第二轴承箱4外侧壁。或者,第二调整部82连接在套设于第二轴承箱4外的第二安装支架上。再或者,第二调整部82连接在抵接于第二轴承箱4外侧的调整垫块上。优选地,第二调整部82连接在套设于第二轴承箱4的第一端外的第二偏心套7上。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 1 to 4 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cutting assembly, the adjustment assembly 8 also includes a second adjustment part 82 , the second adjustment part 82 is installed on the cutting frame 1 , and the second adjustment part 82 directly or It is indirectly connected to the second bearing box 4 to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the second bearing box 4 relative to the axis of the first bearing box 3 . For example, the second adjustment part 82 is directly connected to the outer side wall of the second bearing box 4 . Alternatively, the second adjustment part 82 is connected to the second mounting bracket sleeved outside the second bearing box 4 . Or, the second adjustment part 82 is connected to an adjustment pad abutting the outside of the second bearing box 4 . Preferably, the second adjustment part 82 is connected to the second eccentric sleeve 7 that is sleeved outside the first end of the second bearing box 4 .
这样,可以通过第二调整部82直接作用于第二轴承箱4来调节第二轴承箱4的位置,或者通过第二调整部82作用于第二安装支架来调节第二轴承箱4的位置,或者通过第二调整部82作用于第二偏心套7来调节第二轴承箱4的位置,再或者通过第二调整部82作用于调整垫块来调节第二轴承箱4的位置,最终实现调整第二轴承箱4的位置调整。并且通过第二调整部82与第一调整部81共同作用,可以实现与第一轴承箱3和第二轴承箱4的同步调节,降低调节难度。In this way, the second adjusting part 82 can directly act on the second bearing box 4 to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4, or the second adjusting part 82 can act on the second mounting bracket to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4. Either the second adjusting part 82 acts on the second eccentric sleeve 7 to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4, or the second adjusting part 82 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the second bearing box 4, and finally the adjustment is achieved. Position adjustment of the second bearing box 4. Moreover, through the cooperation of the second adjustment part 82 and the first adjustment part 81, synchronous adjustment with the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be achieved, thereby reducing the difficulty of adjustment.
进一步地,第二调整部82包括多个第二固定件和多个第三调节件。第二固定件固定连接在切割框架1上,第三调节件可调节地安装在第二固定件上且与第二轴承箱4的第一端直接或间接地抵接。其中,多个第三调节件沿第二轴承箱4的外圆周分布。进一步地,多个第三调节件的中心线位于同一平面上且彼此之间具有夹角。优选地,第二调整部82包括三个第二固定件和三个第三调节件。并且,其中一个第三调节件的中心线沿竖直方向延伸,其余两个第三调节件的中心线分别沿与竖直方向的夹角为120°的方向延伸。优选地,第二固定件为第三固定块,第三固定块上设置有第三螺纹孔,第三调节件为第三螺栓,第三螺栓螺接于第三螺纹孔。Further, the second adjustment part 82 includes a plurality of second fixing parts and a plurality of third adjusting parts. The second fixing part is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 , and the third adjusting part is adjustably installed on the second fixing part and directly or indirectly abuts the first end of the second bearing box 4 . Among them, a plurality of third adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the second bearing box 4 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of third adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other. Preferably, the second adjusting part 82 includes three second fixing parts and three third adjusting parts. Moreover, the center line of one of the third adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two third adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction. Preferably, the second fixing member is a third fixing block, the third fixing block is provided with a third threaded hole, the third adjusting member is a third bolt, and the third bolt is screwed to the third threaded hole.
如此,在安装主辊2或者调整主辊2间距后,可以通过调节中心线沿竖直方向延伸第三螺栓或第三销钉调整第二轴承箱4的上下位置,通过调节其余两个第三螺栓或第三销钉调整第二轴承箱4的左右位置,以调整二轴承箱的轴线相对于第一轴承箱3的轴线的同轴度偏差。In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the spacing between the main rollers 2, the up and down position of the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the center line to extend the third bolt or the third pin in the vertical direction, and by adjusting the remaining two third bolts Or the third pin adjusts the left and right position of the second bearing box 4 to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the second bearing box relative to the axis of the first bearing box 3 .
还需要说明的是,第一轴承箱3和第二轴承箱4可以是偏心结构,也可以是非偏心结构。It should also be noted that the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 may have an eccentric structure or a non-eccentric structure.
在上述调整组件8的又一可替换实施方式中,第二调整部82包括第二固定环和多个第四调节件,第二固定环固定连接在切割框架1上,第四调节件可调节地安装在第二固定环上且与第二轴承箱4直接或间接地抵接。并且,多个第四调节件沿第二轴承箱4的外圆周分布。进一步地,多个第四调节件的中心线位于同一平面上且彼此之间具有夹角。进一步地,第二调整部82包括三个第四调节件。并且,其中一个第四调节件的中心线沿竖直方向延伸,其余两个第四调节件的中心线分别沿与竖直方向的夹角为120°的方向延伸。优选地,第二固定环上设置有第四螺纹孔,第四调节件为第四螺栓,第四螺栓螺接于第四螺纹孔。In yet another alternative embodiment of the above-mentioned adjustment assembly 8, the second adjustment part 82 includes a second fixed ring and a plurality of fourth adjusting members. The second fixed ring is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1, and the fourth adjusting members are adjustable. Ground is installed on the second fixed ring and directly or indirectly abuts the second bearing box 4. Moreover, a plurality of fourth adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the second bearing box 4 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of fourth adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other. Further, the second adjustment part 82 includes three fourth adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the fourth adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two fourth adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction. Preferably, the second fixing ring is provided with a fourth threaded hole, the fourth adjusting member is a fourth bolt, and the fourth bolt is screwed to the fourth threaded hole.
如此,在安装主辊2或者调整主辊间距后,可以通过调节中心线沿竖直方向延伸的第四螺栓调整第二轴承箱4的上下位置,通过调节其余两个第四螺栓调整第二轴承箱4的左右位置,以调整第二轴承箱4的轴线相对于第一轴承箱3的轴线的同轴度偏差。In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the distance between the main rollers, the up and down position of the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the fourth bolt whose center line extends in the vertical direction, and the second bearing can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two fourth bolts. The left and right positions of the box 4 are adjusted to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the second bearing box 4 relative to the axis of the first bearing box 3 .
参见图2至图4,在上述切割总成的优选实施方式中,切割总成还包括电机座5和电机9。电机座5设置在切割框架上,电机9安装在电机座5上并且电机9的输出轴(图中未示出)与第二轴承箱4连接。Referring to Figures 2 to 4, in the preferred embodiment of the above cutting assembly, the cutting assembly also includes a motor base 5 and a motor 9. The motor base 5 is arranged on the cutting frame, the motor 9 is installed on the motor base 5 and the output shaft (not shown in the figure) of the motor 9 is connected to the second bearing box 4 .
进一步地,调整组件8还包括第三调整部83,第三调整部83安装在切割框架1上,用以调整输出轴的轴线与第二轴承箱4的轴线的同轴度偏差。例如,第三调整部83连接在套设于电机座5外的第三安装支架上。又或者,第三调整部83连接在套设于电机座5外的第三偏心套上。再或者,第三调整部83连接在抵接于电机座5外侧的调整垫块上。优选地,第三调整部83连接在部分套设于第二轴承箱4的第二端外的电机座5上。再优选地,电机座5与第二轴承箱4一体成型。再优选地,电机座5为偏心结构。这样,在采用上述技术方案的情况下,可以通过第三调整部83直接作用于电机座5来调节电机座5的位置,或者通过第三调整部83作用于第三安装支架来调节电机座5的位置,或者通过第三调整部83作用于第三偏心套来调节电机座5的位置,再或者通过第三调整部83作用于调整垫块来调节电机座5的位置,再或者通过第三调整部83作用于电机座5来调节电机座5的位置,最终实现调整输出轴的轴线与第二轴承箱4的轴线的同轴度偏差。并且,通过第一调整部81、第二调整部82以及第三调整部83共同作用,便于调节过程的操作,保证最终能够调节到理想的同轴度。在电机座5与第二轴承箱4一体成型的情况下,也可以不设置第三调整部。Further, the adjustment assembly 8 also includes a third adjustment part 83 , which is installed on the cutting frame 1 to adjust the coaxiality deviation between the axis of the output shaft and the axis of the second bearing box 4 . For example, the third adjustment part 83 is connected to the third mounting bracket that is sleeved on the outside of the motor base 5 . Alternatively, the third adjustment part 83 is connected to the third eccentric sleeve that is sleeved outside the motor base 5 . Alternatively, the third adjustment part 83 is connected to an adjustment pad abutting on the outside of the motor base 5 . Preferably, the third adjustment portion 83 is connected to the motor base 5 that is partially sleeved outside the second end of the second bearing box 4 . Preferably, the motor base 5 and the second bearing box 4 are integrally formed. Preferably, the motor base 5 has an eccentric structure. In this way, when the above technical solution is adopted, the position of the motor base 5 can be adjusted by the third adjustment portion 83 directly acting on the motor base 5, or the third adjustment portion 83 can act on the third mounting bracket to adjust the motor base 5 position, or the third adjusting part 83 acts on the third eccentric sleeve to adjust the position of the motor base 5, or the third adjusting part 83 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the motor base 5, or the third adjusting part 83 acts on the adjusting pad to adjust the position of the motor base 5, or through the third The adjusting portion 83 acts on the motor base 5 to adjust the position of the motor base 5 , and ultimately adjusts the coaxiality deviation between the axis of the output shaft and the axis of the second bearing box 4 . Moreover, the first adjustment part 81 , the second adjustment part 82 and the third adjustment part 83 work together to facilitate the operation of the adjustment process and ensure that the ideal coaxiality can be finally adjusted. When the motor base 5 and the second bearing box 4 are integrally formed, the third adjustment part does not need to be provided.
进一步地,第三调整部83包括多个第三固定件和多个第五调节件,第三固定件固定连接在切割框架1上,第五调节件可调节地安装在第三固定件上且与电机座5直接或间接地抵接。并且,多个第五调节件沿电机座5的外圆周分布。进一步地,多个第五调节件的中心线位于同一平面上且彼此之间具有夹角。Further, the third adjustment part 83 includes a plurality of third fixing parts and a plurality of fifth adjusting parts. The third fixing parts are fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1. The fifth adjusting parts are adjustably installed on the third fixing parts. It contacts the motor base 5 directly or indirectly. Moreover, a plurality of fifth adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the motor base 5 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of fifth adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
进一步地,在上述调整组件8的具体实施方式中,第三调整部83包括三个第三固定件和三个第五调节件。并且,其中一个第五调节件的中心线沿竖直方向延伸,其余两个第五调节件的中心线分别沿与竖直方向的夹角为120°的方向延伸。优选地,第三固定件为第五固定块831,第五固定块831上设置有第五螺纹孔,第五调节件为第五螺栓832,第五螺栓832螺接于第五螺纹孔。如此,在安装主辊2或者调整主辊间距后,可以通过调节中心线沿水平方向延伸的第五螺栓832调整第二轴承箱4的上下位置,也可以通过调节其余两个第五螺栓调整第二轴承箱4的左右位置,以调整电机座5的轴线相对于第二轴承箱4的轴线的同轴度偏差。Further, in the specific implementation of the above-mentioned adjustment assembly 8, the third adjustment part 83 includes three third fixing members and three fifth adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the fifth adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two fifth adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction. Preferably, the third fixing member is a fifth fixing block 831, the fifth fixing block 831 is provided with a fifth threaded hole, the fifth adjusting member is a fifth bolt 832, and the fifth bolt 832 is screwed to the fifth threaded hole. In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the distance between the main rollers, the up and down position of the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the fifth bolt 832 whose center line extends in the horizontal direction, or the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two fifth bolts. The left and right positions of the second bearing box 4 are used to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the motor base 5 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4.
继续参见图1至图4,在上述调整组件8的一个可替换实施方式中,第三调整部83包括第三固定环和多个第六调节件(图中未示出),第三固定环固定连接在切割框架1上,第六调节件可调节地安装在第三固定环上且与电机座5直接或间接地抵接。并且,多个第六调节件沿电机座5的外圆周分布。进一步地,多个第六调节件的中心线位于同一平面上且彼此之间具有夹角。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 1 to 4 , in an alternative embodiment of the above-mentioned adjustment assembly 8 , the third adjustment part 83 includes a third fixed ring and a plurality of sixth adjusting members (not shown in the figures). The third fixed ring Fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 , the sixth adjusting member is adjustably mounted on the third fixed ring and directly or indirectly abuts the motor base 5 . Moreover, a plurality of sixth adjusting members are distributed along the outer circumference of the motor base 5 . Further, the center lines of the plurality of sixth adjusting members are located on the same plane and have included angles with each other.
进一步地,第三调整部83包括三个第六调节件。并且,其中一个第六调节件的中心线沿竖直方向延伸,其余两个第六调节件的中心线分别沿与竖直方向的夹角为120°的方向延伸。优选地,第三固定环上设置有第六螺纹孔,第六调节件为第六螺栓,第六螺栓螺接于第六螺纹孔。如此,在安装主辊2或者调整主辊间距后,可以通过调节中心线沿竖直方向延伸的第六螺栓调整电机座5的位置,也可以通过调节其余两个第六螺栓调整电机座5的位置,以调整电机座5的轴线相对于第二轴承箱4的轴线的同轴度偏差。Further, the third adjustment part 83 includes three sixth adjustment members. Moreover, the center line of one of the sixth adjusting members extends along the vertical direction, and the center lines of the remaining two sixth adjusting members extend along the direction of an angle of 120° with the vertical direction. Preferably, the third fixing ring is provided with a sixth threaded hole, the sixth adjusting member is a sixth bolt, and the sixth bolt is screwed to the sixth threaded hole. In this way, after installing the main roller 2 or adjusting the distance between the main rollers, the position of the motor base 5 can be adjusted by adjusting the sixth bolt whose center line extends in the vertical direction, or the position of the motor base 5 can be adjusted by adjusting the remaining two sixth bolts. position to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the motor base 5 relative to the axis of the second bearing box 4.
需要说明的是,上述中,多个第二调节件、第三调节件、第四调节件、第五调节件、第六调节件的中心线也可以不在同一平面上。此外,上述多调节件的中心线也可以沿其他方向设置,各调节件之间也可以为其他夹角。然后,第一调整部81的第一固定环上的第一调节件、第二调整部82的第二固定件和第三调节件、第二调整部82的第二固定环上的第四调节件、第三调整部83的第三固定件和第五调节件、第三固定环上的第六调节件也可以为1个、2个、4个、6个等,本领域技术人员可以根据具体应用场景的需求设置。当然,第一固定环上设置第二螺栓、第二固定环上设置第四螺栓等仅为示例性地,其他实施方式中,第一固定环上设置有第二通孔,第二调节件为第二销钉,第二销钉穿设于第二通孔,通过敲击第二销钉来调节第一轴承箱3的位置;第二固定环上设置有第四通孔,第四调节件为第四销钉,第四销钉穿设于第四通孔,通过敲击第四销钉的方式来调节第二轴承箱4的位置;此外,除了第三固定块和第三螺栓第二固定件还可以设置为第四固定块,第四固定块上设置有第三通孔,第三调节件为第三销钉,第三销钉穿设于第三通孔,通过敲击第三销钉的方式来调节第二轴承箱4的位置;除了第五固定块831和第五螺栓832外,第三固定件该可以为第六固定块,第六固定块上设置有第五通孔,第五调节件为第五销钉,第五销钉穿设于第五通孔,通过敲击第五销钉的方式来调节第二轴承箱4的角度。It should be noted that in the above, the center lines of the plurality of second adjustment members, third adjustment members, fourth adjustment members, fifth adjustment members and sixth adjustment members may not be on the same plane. In addition, the center lines of the above-mentioned multiple adjusting members can also be set in other directions, and the angles between the adjusting members can also be other. Then, the first adjusting piece on the first fixing ring of the first adjusting part 81, the second fixing piece and the third adjusting piece on the second adjusting part 82, and the fourth adjusting piece on the second fixing ring of the second adjusting part 82. The number of parts, the third fixing part and the fifth adjusting part of the third adjusting part 83, and the sixth adjusting part on the third fixing ring can also be 1, 2, 4, 6, etc. Those skilled in the art can adjust according to Requirements settings for specific application scenarios. Of course, the second bolts provided on the first fixed ring, the fourth bolts provided on the second fixed ring, etc. are only exemplary. In other embodiments, the first fixed ring is provided with a second through hole, and the second adjusting member is The second pin passes through the second through hole, and the position of the first bearing box 3 is adjusted by knocking the second pin; the second fixed ring is provided with a fourth through hole, and the fourth adjusting member is the fourth pin, the fourth pin is passed through the fourth through hole, and the position of the second bearing box 4 is adjusted by knocking the fourth pin; in addition, in addition to the third fixing block and the third bolt, the second fixing member can also be provided as The fourth fixed block is provided with a third through hole. The third adjusting member is a third pin. The third pin is passed through the third through hole. The second bearing is adjusted by knocking the third pin. The position of the box 4; in addition to the fifth fixing block 831 and the fifth bolt 832, the third fixing member can be a sixth fixing block, the sixth fixing block is provided with a fifth through hole, and the fifth adjusting member is a fifth pin. , the fifth pin passes through the fifth through hole, and the angle of the second bearing box 4 is adjusted by knocking the fifth pin.
如图6至图9所示,本申请的切割总成包括切割框架1、第一轴承箱2、第二轴承箱3、主辊4、第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6、电机座7和驱动电机8。切割框架1的两相对侧分别设置有第一内孔11和第二内孔12,第一轴承箱2设置于第一内孔11,第二轴承箱3设置于第二内孔12。主辊4的一端(图8中主辊4的左端)连接于第一轴承箱2,另一端(图8中主辊4的右端)连接于第二轴承箱3。第一偏心套5套设于第一轴承箱2。第二偏心套6设置于第二内孔12的第一端处(图8中第二内孔12的左端),并且第二偏心套6套设于第二轴承箱3的第一端的外周(图8中第二轴承箱3的左端)。电机座7为偏心结构,电机座7设置于第二内孔12的第二端处(图8中第二内孔12的右端),并且电机座7部分套设于第二轴承箱3的第二端的外周(图8中第二轴承箱3的右端)。驱动电机8安装在电机座7上并且驱动电机8的输出轴与第二轴承箱3连接。As shown in Figures 6 to 9, the cutting assembly of the present application includes a cutting frame 1, a first bearing box 2, a second bearing box 3, a main roller 4, a first eccentric sleeve 5, a second eccentric sleeve 6, and a motor base. 7 and drive motor 8. The two opposite sides of the cutting frame 1 are respectively provided with a first inner hole 11 and a second inner hole 12. The first bearing box 2 is arranged in the first inner hole 11, and the second bearing box 3 is arranged in the second inner hole 12. One end of the main roller 4 (the left end of the main roller 4 in FIG. 8 ) is connected to the first bearing box 2 , and the other end (the right end of the main roller 4 in FIG. 8 ) is connected to the second bearing box 3 . The first eccentric sleeve 5 is sleeved on the first bearing box 2 . The second eccentric sleeve 6 is disposed at the first end of the second inner hole 12 (the left end of the second inner hole 12 in Figure 8 ), and the second eccentric sleeve 6 is sleeved on the outer periphery of the first end of the second bearing box 3 (The left end of the second bearing box 3 in Figure 8). The motor base 7 has an eccentric structure. The motor base 7 is arranged at the second end of the second inner hole 12 (the right end of the second inner hole 12 in Figure 8), and the motor base 7 is partially sleeved on the second end of the second bearing box 3. The outer circumference of the two ends (the right end of the second bearing box 3 in Figure 8). The driving motor 8 is installed on the motor base 7 and the output shaft of the driving motor 8 is connected to the second bearing box 3 .
本申请中图6和图7示出了切割框架1上装配有两个主辊4的情况,两个主辊4的设置方式相同。在切割准备阶段,两个主辊4之间缠绕切割线形成线网。切割总成在工作时,驱动电机8正反交替转动,驱动电机8的输出轴带动第二轴承箱3转动,第二轴承箱3带动主辊4转动,主辊4带动第一轴承箱2转动。线网做往复运动形成线锯,对待切割材料进行切割。Figures 6 and 7 in this application show the situation where the cutting frame 1 is equipped with two main rollers 4, and the two main rollers 4 are arranged in the same manner. In the cutting preparation stage, the cutting wire is wound between the two main rollers 4 to form a wire mesh. When the cutting assembly is working, the driving motor 8 rotates forward and reverse alternately. The output shaft of the driving motor 8 drives the second bearing box 3 to rotate. The second bearing box 3 drives the main roller 4 to rotate. The main roller 4 drives the first bearing box 2 to rotate. . The wire net makes reciprocating motion to form a wire saw, which cuts the material to be cut.
一种可能的实施方式中,当需要调节两个主辊4之间的轴距时,先将主辊4拆卸,再分别拆卸驱动电机8,并解除第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6和电机座7与切割框架1之间的连接,然后转动第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6和电机座,将三者调节至需要的偏心角度,然后将第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6和电机座7固定。接下来安装驱动电机8并将驱动电机8的输出轴与第二轴承箱3连接。最后将主辊4安装在第一轴承箱2与第二轴承箱3之间,至此完成主辊4的轴距调节。可见,通过将电机座7设置为偏心结构且套设在第二轴承箱3的第二端,使得电机座7与第二偏心套6一起对第二轴承箱3的两端进行支撑,同时还可以实现第二轴承箱3的位置调节,有利于节约第二偏心套6的制造成本,减少物料浪费和装配难度。In a possible implementation, when it is necessary to adjust the axis distance between the two main rollers 4, the main rollers 4 are first disassembled, and then the driving motors 8 are disassembled respectively, and the first eccentric sleeve 5 and the second eccentric sleeve 6 are released. and the connection between the motor base 7 and the cutting frame 1, then rotate the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base to adjust the three to the required eccentric angle, and then turn the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 5 The eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base 7 are fixed. Next, the drive motor 8 is installed and the output shaft of the drive motor 8 is connected to the second bearing box 3 . Finally, the main roller 4 is installed between the first bearing box 2 and the second bearing box 3, and the wheelbase adjustment of the main roller 4 is completed. It can be seen that by arranging the motor base 7 as an eccentric structure and being sleeved on the second end of the second bearing box 3, the motor base 7 and the second eccentric sleeve 6 together support both ends of the second bearing box 3, and at the same time, The position adjustment of the second bearing box 3 can be realized, which is beneficial to saving the manufacturing cost of the second eccentric sleeve 6 and reducing material waste and assembly difficulty.
如图6至图8所示,一种优选实施方式中,切割总成包括切割框架1、第一轴承箱2、第二轴承箱3、主辊4、第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6、电机座7、驱动电机8、拉杆9和锁紧组件10。参见图6和图9,切割框架1为一体铸件,其一侧形成有第一内孔11,另一侧形成有第二内孔12,第一内孔11和第二内孔12彼此同轴设置。优选地,切割框架1上设置有两个第一内孔11和两个第二内孔12,两个第一内孔11沿水平方向并排排列,两个第二内孔12沿水平方向并排排列。As shown in Figures 6 to 8, in a preferred embodiment, the cutting assembly includes a cutting frame 1, a first bearing box 2, a second bearing box 3, a main roller 4, a first eccentric sleeve 5, and a second eccentric sleeve. 6. Motor base 7, drive motor 8, pull rod 9 and locking assembly 10. Referring to Figures 6 and 9, the cutting frame 1 is an integral casting with a first inner hole 11 formed on one side and a second inner hole 12 formed on the other side. The first inner hole 11 and the second inner hole 12 are coaxial with each other. set up. Preferably, the cutting frame 1 is provided with two first inner holes 11 and two second inner holes 12. The two first inner holes 11 are arranged side by side in the horizontal direction, and the two second inner holes 12 are arranged side by side in the horizontal direction. .
参见图8和图9,第一偏心套5包括筒体51和第四法兰52。筒体51上开设有第一偏心孔53,第一偏心孔53能够套设于第一轴承箱2的外周。第四法兰52位于筒体51的一端(图9中筒体51的右端),且第四法兰52固定连接于第一内孔11外的切割框架1上。优选地,第四法兰52通过螺栓固定连接于切割框架1的内侧壁,安装好后,筒体51插设于第一内孔11中并与第一内孔11过渡配合。通过第四法兰52固定连接在第一内孔11外的切割框架1上,可以提升第一偏心套5的安装稳定性。通过筒体51与第一内孔11之间过渡配合,有利于降低第一偏心套5的装拆难度。Referring to FIGS. 8 and 9 , the first eccentric sleeve 5 includes a cylinder 51 and a fourth flange 52 . The cylinder 51 is provided with a first eccentric hole 53 , and the first eccentric hole 53 can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the first bearing box 2 . The fourth flange 52 is located at one end of the cylinder 51 (the right end of the cylinder 51 in FIG. 9 ), and the fourth flange 52 is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the first inner hole 11 . Preferably, the fourth flange 52 is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the cutting frame 1 through bolts. After installation, the cylinder 51 is inserted into the first inner hole 11 and transitionally matches the first inner hole 11 . By having the fourth flange 52 fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the first inner hole 11 , the installation stability of the first eccentric sleeve 5 can be improved. The transitional fit between the cylinder 51 and the first inner hole 11 is helpful to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the first eccentric sleeve 5 .
继续参见图8和图9,第一轴承箱2位于第一偏心套5中,优选地,第一轴承箱2可推拉地连接于第一偏心套5。具体地,第一轴承箱2外周面与第一偏心孔53间隙配合,通过向第一轴承箱2施加预设的推力或拉力可实现第一轴承箱2推进第一偏心套5或从第一偏心套5拉出。第一轴承箱2的具体结构为本领域的常规手段,本申请中不再赘述。通过第一轴承箱2可推拉地连接于第一偏心套5,方便第一偏心套5的拆装和位置调整。Continuing to refer to Figures 8 and 9, the first bearing box 2 is located in the first eccentric sleeve 5. Preferably, the first bearing box 2 is connected to the first eccentric sleeve 5 in a push-pull manner. Specifically, the outer peripheral surface of the first bearing box 2 has a clearance fit with the first eccentric hole 53. By applying a preset thrust or pulling force to the first bearing box 2, the first bearing box 2 can push the first eccentric sleeve 5 or move the first eccentric sleeve 5 from the first bearing box 2. Pull out the eccentric sleeve 5. The specific structure of the first bearing box 2 is a conventional method in the art, and will not be described again in this application. The first bearing box 2 is connected to the first eccentric sleeve 5 in a push-pull manner, which facilitates the disassembly, assembly and position adjustment of the first eccentric sleeve 5 .
参见图8至图10,第二偏心套6包括第三法兰61和第二环形凸台62。第三法兰61通过螺栓固定连接于第二内孔12的第一端(图9中左端)外的切割框架1上,并且第三法兰61形成第二偏心孔63,第二偏心孔63能够套设于第二轴承箱3的一端的外周(图8中的左端)。第二环形凸台62由第三法兰61的一侧向外延伸形成,且第二环形凸台62的内环面与第二偏心孔63的边缘齐平。第二环形凸台62嵌设在第二内孔12的第一端(图8中的左端),且第二环形凸台62与第二内孔12之间过渡配合。通过第三法兰61固定连接在第二内孔12的第一端外的切割框架1上,可以提升第二偏心套6的安装稳定性。通过设置第二环形凸台62嵌设在第二内孔12的第一端,有利于第二偏心套6的安装定位,提高装配精度。通过第二环形凸台62与第二内孔12之间过渡配合,有利于降低第二偏心套6的装拆难度。Referring to FIGS. 8 to 10 , the second eccentric sleeve 6 includes a third flange 61 and a second annular boss 62 . The third flange 61 is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the first end (the left end in FIG. 9 ) of the second inner hole 12 through bolts, and the third flange 61 forms a second eccentric hole 63. The second eccentric hole 63 It can be sleeved on the outer periphery of one end of the second bearing box 3 (the left end in Figure 8). The second annular boss 62 extends outward from one side of the third flange 61 , and the inner annular surface of the second annular boss 62 is flush with the edge of the second eccentric hole 63 . The second annular boss 62 is embedded in the first end of the second inner hole 12 (the left end in FIG. 8 ), and the second annular boss 62 and the second inner hole 12 are transitionally matched. By having the third flange 61 fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the first end of the second inner hole 12, the installation stability of the second eccentric sleeve 6 can be improved. By arranging the second annular boss 62 embedded in the first end of the second inner hole 12, the installation and positioning of the second eccentric sleeve 6 is facilitated and the assembly accuracy is improved. The transitional fit between the second annular boss 62 and the second inner hole 12 helps to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the second eccentric sleeve 6 .
参见图8、图9和图11,电机座7包括第一法兰71、第二法兰72、连接结构73和第一环形凸台75。第一法兰71通过螺栓固定连接于第二内孔12的第二端(图9中的右端)外的切割框架1上,并且第一法兰71形成有第三偏心孔74,第三偏心孔74与第二偏心孔63大小相等且能够套设于第二轴承箱3的另一端的外围(图8中的右端)。第一环形凸台75由第一法兰71的一侧向外延伸形成,且第一环形凸台75的内环面与第三偏心孔74的边缘齐平。第一环形凸台75嵌设在第二内孔12的第二端(图9中的右端),且第一环形凸台75与第二内孔12之间为过渡配合,安装好后,第一环形凸台75与第二环形凸台62之间具有一定间隔。第二法兰72上开设有通孔76,驱动电机8通过螺栓螺母固定连接在第二法兰72上。优选地,该通孔76为与第三偏心孔74同轴的圆孔。连接好后,驱动电机8的输出轴通过第二法兰72上的通孔76伸出并通过联轴器与第二轴承箱3连接。连接结构73连接于第一法兰71与第二法兰72之间,优选地,连接结构73为连接柱,本申请中连接柱设置有四个,四个连接柱沿周向均布于第一法兰71与第二法兰72之间,且相邻的连接柱之间形成镂空。Referring to Figures 8, 9 and 11, the motor base 7 includes a first flange 71, a second flange 72, a connecting structure 73 and a first annular boss 75. The first flange 71 is fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the second end (right end in Figure 9) of the second inner hole 12 through bolts, and the first flange 71 is formed with a third eccentric hole 74. The hole 74 is equal in size to the second eccentric hole 63 and can be sleeved on the periphery of the other end of the second bearing box 3 (the right end in FIG. 8 ). The first annular boss 75 extends outward from one side of the first flange 71 , and the inner annular surface of the first annular boss 75 is flush with the edge of the third eccentric hole 74 . The first annular boss 75 is embedded in the second end of the second inner hole 12 (the right end in Figure 9), and there is a transition fit between the first annular boss 75 and the second inner hole 12. After installation, the first annular boss 75 There is a certain distance between an annular boss 75 and a second annular boss 62 . The second flange 72 is provided with a through hole 76, and the driving motor 8 is fixedly connected to the second flange 72 through bolts and nuts. Preferably, the through hole 76 is a circular hole coaxial with the third eccentric hole 74 . After the connection is completed, the output shaft of the drive motor 8 extends through the through hole 76 on the second flange 72 and is connected to the second bearing box 3 through the coupling. The connecting structure 73 is connected between the first flange 71 and the second flange 72. Preferably, the connecting structure 73 is a connecting column. In this application, there are four connecting columns, and the four connecting columns are evenly distributed in the first method along the circumferential direction. A hollow is formed between the flange 71 and the second flange 72 and between adjacent connecting columns.
通过第一法兰71固定连接在第二内孔12的第二端外的切割框架1上,可以提升电机座7的安装稳定性。通过第一环形凸台75与第二内孔12之间过渡配合,有利于降低电机座7的装拆难度。通过连接结构73之间形成镂空,有利于降低电机的装配难度。通过设置第一环形凸台75嵌设在第二内孔12的第二端,有利于电机座7的安装定位,提高装配精度。By having the first flange 71 fixedly connected to the cutting frame 1 outside the second end of the second inner hole 12 , the installation stability of the motor base 7 can be improved. The transitional fit between the first annular boss 75 and the second inner hole 12 is helpful to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the motor base 7 . By forming hollows between the connecting structures 73, it is helpful to reduce the difficulty of assembling the motor. By arranging the first annular boss 75 embedded in the second end of the second inner hole 12, the installation and positioning of the motor base 7 is facilitated and the assembly accuracy is improved.
继续参见图8和图9,第二轴承箱3位于第二内孔12中,其两端分别被第二偏心套6和第一法兰71支撑。优选地,第二轴承箱3的一端(图8中的左端)通过螺钉固定连接于第二偏心套6,另一端(图8中的右端)与驱动电机8的输出轴通过联轴器连接。第二轴承箱3的具体结构为本领域的常规手段,本申请中不再赘述。通过第二轴承箱3固定连接于第二偏心套6,有利于第二轴承箱3的连接稳定性。Continuing to refer to Figures 8 and 9, the second bearing box 3 is located in the second inner hole 12, and its two ends are supported by the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the first flange 71 respectively. Preferably, one end of the second bearing box 3 (the left end in Figure 8) is fixedly connected to the second eccentric sleeve 6 through screws, and the other end (the right end in Figure 8) is connected to the output shaft of the drive motor 8 through a coupling. The specific structure of the second bearing box 3 is a conventional method in the art, and will not be described again in this application. The second bearing box 3 is fixedly connected to the second eccentric sleeve 6 , which is beneficial to the connection stability of the second bearing box 3 .
参见图8,拉杆9的两端均形成有外螺纹结构,第一轴承箱2中部和主辊4的中部均形成有过孔,第二轴承箱3的端部形成有内螺纹。拉杆9的一端(图8中的右端)穿过第一轴承箱2和主辊4后,螺接于第二轴承箱3,锁紧组件10包括螺母,螺母螺接在拉杆9的另一端(图8中的左端),从而将主辊4锁紧于第一轴承箱2与第二轴承箱3之间。上述拉杆9和锁紧组件10的具体设置方式和锁紧原理为本领域的常规手段,本申请中不再赘述。Referring to Figure 8, both ends of the tie rod 9 are formed with external thread structures, the middle portion of the first bearing box 2 and the middle portion of the main roller 4 are both formed with through holes, and the end portion of the second bearing box 3 is formed with internal threads. After one end of the tie rod 9 (the right end in Figure 8) passes through the first bearing box 2 and the main roller 4, it is screwed to the second bearing box 3. The locking assembly 10 includes a nut, and the nut is screwed to the other end of the tie rod 9 ( 8), thereby locking the main roller 4 between the first bearing box 2 and the second bearing box 3. The specific arrangement and locking principle of the above-mentioned tie rod 9 and locking assembly 10 are conventional means in this field, and will not be described again in this application.
当需要调节两个主辊4之间的轴距时,先将锁紧组件10的螺母旋松,然后拆卸并拉出拉杆9。然后将第一轴承箱2拉出适当距离,使得主辊4松动。接下来使用吊带把主辊4吊起,防止主辊4掉落,并继续拉出第一轴承箱2至主辊4可以顺利取出。将主辊4取出后,拆下驱动电机8与第二轴承箱3之间的联轴器,然后拆下驱动电机8。将主辊4取出后,拆卸紧固第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6和电机座7的螺栓,然后根据要调整的轴距旋转第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6和电机座7,旋转好后将第一偏心套5、第二偏心套6和电机座7再次固定到切割室框架上。然后重新安装主辊4,最后安装驱动电机8和联轴器,至此完成主辊4的轴距调节。When it is necessary to adjust the wheelbase between the two main rollers 4, first loosen the nut of the locking assembly 10, and then disassemble and pull out the tie rod 9. Then the first bearing box 2 is pulled out to an appropriate distance to make the main roller 4 loose. Next, use a sling to lift the main roller 4 to prevent the main roller 4 from falling, and continue to pull out the first bearing box 2 until the main roller 4 can be taken out smoothly. After taking out the main roller 4, remove the coupling between the drive motor 8 and the second bearing box 3, and then remove the drive motor 8. After taking out the main roller 4, remove the bolts that fasten the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base 7, and then rotate the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base according to the wheelbase to be adjusted. 7. After rotation, fix the first eccentric sleeve 5, the second eccentric sleeve 6 and the motor base 7 to the cutting chamber frame again. Then reinstall the main roller 4, and finally install the drive motor 8 and the coupling. At this point, the wheelbase adjustment of the main roller 4 is completed.
如图12和图13所示,本申请的线切割机包括切割框架20和轴承箱10,轴承箱10包括轴承箱本体11和轴承箱外壳12。轴承箱外壳12可转动地设置于切割框架20,且轴承箱外壳12偏心设置,轴承箱本体11连接于轴承箱外壳12内,并且轴承箱本体11与轴承箱外壳12之间无相对移动。在上述设置方式下,将轴承箱10设置在切割框架20上,然后将主辊安装在轴承箱10上,主辊通过轴承箱10实现转动。轴承箱本体11与轴承箱外壳12之间无相对移动,当需要调节两主辊之间的间距时,只需要旋转轴承箱外壳12来调节轴承箱外壳12的偏心角度,此时轴承箱本体11跟随轴承箱外壳12一同旋转,从而实现对轴承箱本体11的位置调节,也即实现了对两主辊之间的间距调节。As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 , the wire cutting machine of the present application includes a cutting frame 20 and a bearing box 10 . The bearing box 10 includes a bearing box body 11 and a bearing box shell 12 . The bearing box shell 12 is rotatably arranged on the cutting frame 20 , and the bearing box shell 12 is eccentrically arranged. The bearing box body 11 is connected to the bearing box shell 12 , and there is no relative movement between the bearing box body 11 and the bearing box shell 12 . In the above arrangement, the bearing box 10 is arranged on the cutting frame 20, and then the main roller is installed on the bearing box 10, and the main roller rotates through the bearing box 10. There is no relative movement between the bearing box body 11 and the bearing box shell 12. When it is necessary to adjust the distance between the two main rollers, the bearing box shell 12 only needs to be rotated to adjust the eccentric angle of the bearing box shell 12. At this time, the bearing box body 11 Following the rotation of the bearing box shell 12, the position of the bearing box body 11 is adjusted, that is, the distance between the two main rollers is adjusted.
本申请通过在切割框架20上设置轴承箱10,可以通过转动轴承箱外壳12来调整轴承箱本体11的位置,从而实现对轴承箱本体11的位置调节,降低调整难度,提高调整效率。并且,通过轴承箱10来调节主辊位置的方案,在相同主辊直径前提下,更有利于减小主辊间距,提高切割质量和切割效率。In this application, by arranging the bearing box 10 on the cutting frame 20, the position of the bearing box body 11 can be adjusted by rotating the bearing box shell 12, thereby realizing the position adjustment of the bearing box body 11, reducing the difficulty of adjustment and improving the adjustment efficiency. Moreover, the solution of adjusting the position of the main roller through the bearing box 10 is more conducive to reducing the distance between the main rollers and improving the cutting quality and cutting efficiency under the premise of the same main roller diameter.
如图12至图14所示,第一种优选实施方式中,线切割机为切片机,其包括切割框架20,切割框架20的两个相对设置的侧壁上分别开设有多个安装通孔21,轴承箱外壳12设置在该安装通孔21中。优选地,切割框架20上设置有六个安装通孔21,六个安装通孔21分布于切割框架20的两个相对的侧壁上,每个侧壁上开设三个安装通孔21,且两个侧壁上相对应的安装通孔21组成一对。其中,每个侧壁上的三个安装通孔21呈倒三角型排布,即两个安装通孔21设置在上层,另外一个安装通孔21设置在下层且位于上层的两个安装通孔21之间。优选地,三对个安装通孔21内均安装有轴承箱10。轴承箱10包括轴承箱本体11、轴承箱外壳12和连接件。轴承箱本体11包括轴承座和设置于轴承座内的轴承,轴承箱外壳12设置有偏心孔,轴承座连接于该偏心孔中,并与轴承箱外壳12之间通过连接件固定连接。As shown in Figures 12 to 14, in the first preferred embodiment, the wire cutting machine is a slicer, which includes a cutting frame 20. A plurality of mounting through holes are respectively opened on two opposite side walls of the cutting frame 20. 21. The bearing box shell 12 is arranged in the mounting through hole 21. Preferably, the cutting frame 20 is provided with six mounting through holes 21, the six mounting through holes 21 are distributed on two opposite side walls of the cutting frame 20, and three mounting through holes 21 are opened on each side wall, and The corresponding mounting through holes 21 on the two side walls form a pair. Among them, the three installation through holes 21 on each side wall are arranged in an inverted triangle shape, that is, two installation through holes 21 are provided on the upper layer, and the other installation through hole 21 is provided on the lower layer and are located on the two installation through holes on the upper layer. Between 21. Preferably, the bearing housing 10 is installed in each of the three pairs of mounting through holes 21 . The bearing box 10 includes a bearing box body 11, a bearing box shell 12 and connecting parts. The bearing box body 11 includes a bearing seat and a bearing arranged in the bearing seat. The bearing box shell 12 is provided with an eccentric hole. The bearing seat is connected to the eccentric hole and is fixedly connected to the bearing box shell 12 through a connector.
参见图13和图14,连接件优选地为连接块14,连接块14上设置有第一连接孔141和第二连接孔142,轴承箱本体11的端面上设置有第三连接孔(图中未示出),轴承箱外壳12的端面上设置有第四连接孔(图中未示出),第一紧固件穿过第一连接孔141后与第三连接孔连接,第二紧固件穿过第二连接孔142后与第四连接孔连接。本申请中,第一连接孔141和第二连接孔142各设置有两个且均为光孔,第三连接孔和第四连接孔对应地也各设置有两个且均为螺纹孔,第一紧固件和第二紧固件为螺栓。换句话说,两个螺栓穿过第一连接孔141后螺接于第三连接孔,另外两个螺栓穿过第二连接孔142后螺接于第四连接孔,从而实现轴承箱本体11与轴承箱外壳12之间的固定连接。Referring to Figures 13 and 14, the connecting member is preferably a connecting block 14. The connecting block 14 is provided with a first connecting hole 141 and a second connecting hole 142. The end surface of the bearing box body 11 is provided with a third connecting hole (in the figure (not shown), the end surface of the bearing box shell 12 is provided with a fourth connection hole (not shown in the figure), the first fastener passes through the first connection hole 141 and is connected to the third connection hole, and the second fastener The component passes through the second connection hole 142 and is connected to the fourth connection hole. In this application, the first connection hole 141 and the second connection hole 142 are each provided with two optical holes, and the third connection hole and the fourth connection hole are also respectively provided with two corresponding threaded holes. The first fastener and the second fastener are bolts. In other words, two bolts pass through the first connection hole 141 and then are screwed to the third connection hole, and the other two bolts pass through the second connection hole 142 and then are screwed to the fourth connection hole, thereby realizing the connection between the bearing box body 11 and The fixed connection between the bearing housing shell 12.
返回参见图12,在应用过程中,轴承箱10安装在切割框架20上,每个轴承箱10与一个主辊连接。在需要调节主辊之间的间距时,通过转动两个轴承箱10中的轴承箱外壳12,来带动轴承箱本体11做偏心转动,调节过程中,通过轴承箱外壳12上的盲孔来控制调节角度,最终实现主辊之间的间距精确调节。Referring back to Figure 12, during application, the bearing boxes 10 are mounted on the cutting frame 20, and each bearing box 10 is connected to one main roller. When it is necessary to adjust the spacing between the main rollers, the bearing box body 11 is driven to rotate eccentrically by rotating the bearing box shells 12 of the two bearing boxes 10. During the adjustment process, it is controlled through the blind holes in the bearing box shells 12. Adjust the angle to ultimately achieve precise adjustment of the spacing between the main rollers.
通过轴承箱本体11与轴承箱外壳12之间固定连接,可以保证二者之间的相对位置始终保持不变,有利于提高轴承箱10的整体装配精度,极大地降低轴承箱的加工难度和加工成本。并且,在二者之一损坏时,只需要单独更换损坏的部件即可,这还有利于降低维修时间和维修成本。通过设置轴承箱外壳12的长度小于等于轴承箱本体11的长度,有利于降低对主辊拆装过程的影响,提高主辊的拆装效率。通过设置角度标识结构121,可以在调节轴承箱10的时候通过该角度标识结构121来辅助调节,提高调节效率和调节精度。The fixed connection between the bearing box body 11 and the bearing box shell 12 can ensure that the relative position between the two remains unchanged, which is beneficial to improving the overall assembly accuracy of the bearing box 10 and greatly reducing the processing difficulty and processing of the bearing box. cost. Moreover, when one of the two is damaged, only the damaged component needs to be replaced separately, which also helps reduce repair time and cost. By setting the length of the bearing box shell 12 to be less than or equal to the length of the bearing box body 11, it is beneficial to reduce the impact on the main roller disassembly and assembly process and improve the main roller disassembly and assembly efficiency. By providing the angle marking structure 121, the angle marking structure 121 can be used to assist the adjustment when adjusting the bearing box 10, thereby improving the adjustment efficiency and accuracy.
如图15至图17所示,第二种优选实施方式与第一种优选实施方式的主要区别在于:线切割机还包括箱套13,箱套13设置在切割框架20上,该箱套13具有通孔(图中未示出),轴承箱外壳12安装于通孔中。As shown in Figures 15 to 17, the main difference between the second preferred embodiment and the first preferred embodiment is that the wire cutting machine also includes a box cover 13, which is arranged on the cutting frame 20. The box cover 13 There is a through hole (not shown in the figure), and the bearing housing 12 is installed in the through hole.
具体地,箱套13包括法兰131和筒体132,筒体132的长度小于等于轴承箱外壳12的长度,轴承箱外壳12可抽拉地设置于箱套13的筒体132中,优选地轴承箱外壳12与箱套13之间过渡配合或间隙配合。法兰131位于筒体132的前端(图16示出的一端),且法兰131上开设有多个安装结构1311。优选地,安装结构1311为安装孔,安装孔设置有六个,六个安装结构1311沿法兰131的周向均匀排布。 Specifically, the box sleeve 13 includes a flange 131 and a cylinder 132. The length of the cylinder 132 is less than or equal to the length of the bearing box shell 12. The bearing box shell 12 is pullably provided in the cylinder 132 of the box sleeve 13. Preferably There is a transition fit or clearance fit between the bearing box shell 12 and the box sleeve 13 . The flange 131 is located at the front end of the cylinder 132 (the end shown in FIG. 16 ), and a plurality of mounting structures 1311 are provided on the flange 131 . Preferably, the mounting structures 1311 are mounting holes, and there are six mounting holes. The six mounting structures 1311 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the flange 131 .
参见图15,轴承箱10安装在切割框架20上,每个主辊的两端分别通过轴承箱10安装于切割框架20上。其中,切割框架20上开设有安装通孔21,箱套13设置在该安装通孔21中,并且通过紧固件穿过法兰131的安装孔的方式紧固在切割框架20上,轴承箱外壳12可抽拉地设置在箱套13的筒体132中。在需要调节主辊之间的间距时,通过转动两个轴承箱10中的轴承箱外壳12,来带动轴承箱本体11做偏心转动,调节过程中,通过轴承箱外壳12上的盲孔来控制调节角度,最终实现主辊之间的间距精确调节。Referring to Figure 15, the bearing box 10 is installed on the cutting frame 20, and both ends of each main roller are installed on the cutting frame 20 through the bearing box 10. Among them, the cutting frame 20 is provided with a mounting through hole 21, and the box sleeve 13 is arranged in the mounting through hole 21, and is fastened to the cutting frame 20 by fasteners passing through the mounting holes of the flange 131. The bearing box The outer shell 12 is pullably disposed in the barrel 132 of the box cover 13 . When it is necessary to adjust the spacing between the main rollers, the bearing box body 11 is driven to rotate eccentrically by rotating the bearing box shells 12 of the two bearing boxes 10. During the adjustment process, it is controlled through the blind holes in the bearing box shells 12. Adjust the angle to ultimately achieve precise adjustment of the spacing between the main rollers.
切割设备中,主辊需要经常拆卸,因此轴承箱也需要经常拆卸,而常规技术中,轴承箱直接与切割框架20上的安装通孔21连接,经常拆装轴承箱将导致切割框架20与轴承箱之间的间隙扩大,进而导致主辊工作时跳动较大,且无法修复,严重影响设备的切割精度和使用寿命。本申请通过设置箱套13,有利于避免轴承箱外壳12与切割框架20的直接接触,不会造成切割框架20的损伤,并且在多次抽拉轴承箱10时,即使造成箱套13的损伤,也只需要更换箱套13即可,维保成本低。此外,通过设置法兰131,方便箱套13在切割框架20上的安装固定,有利于降低安装难度。通过设置筒体132的长度小于等于轴承箱外壳12的长度,有利于降低对主辊拆装过程的影响,提高主辊的拆装效率。In cutting equipment, the main roller needs to be frequently disassembled, so the bearing box also needs to be frequently disassembled. In conventional technology, the bearing box is directly connected to the installation through hole 21 on the cutting frame 20. Frequent disassembly and assembly of the bearing box will cause the cutting frame 20 to be disconnected from the bearing. The gap between the boxes expands, which causes the main roller to jump greatly during operation and cannot be repaired, seriously affecting the cutting accuracy and service life of the equipment. By arranging the box cover 13 in this application, it is helpful to avoid direct contact between the bearing box shell 12 and the cutting frame 20, which will not cause damage to the cutting frame 20, and when the bearing box 10 is pulled out multiple times, even if the box cover 13 is damaged , you only need to replace the box cover 13, and the maintenance cost is low. In addition, by providing the flange 131, it is convenient to install and fix the box cover 13 on the cutting frame 20, which is helpful to reduce the difficulty of installation. By setting the length of the cylinder 132 to be less than or equal to the length of the bearing box shell 12, it is beneficial to reduce the impact on the main roller disassembly and assembly process and improve the main roller disassembly and assembly efficiency.
如图18至图20所示,第三种优选实施方式与第二种优选实施方式的主要区别在于:轴承箱10还包括定位部15,定位部15设置于箱套13上并与轴承箱外壳12连接。与此同时,省略了轴承箱外壳12上的角度标识结构121。As shown in FIGS. 18 to 20 , the main difference between the third preferred embodiment and the second preferred embodiment is that the bearing box 10 also includes a positioning part 15 , and the positioning part 15 is provided on the box sleeve 13 and connected with the bearing box shell. 12 connections. At the same time, the angle marking structure 121 on the bearing housing casing 12 is omitted.
具体地,定位部15包括固定块151和定位件152。固定块151上设置有第七连接孔(未示出),箱套13上设置有第八连接孔(未示出),第四紧固件穿过第七连接孔连接于第八连接孔,使得固定块151固定连接于箱套13的前端法兰131面上。优选地,第七连接孔设置有两个且为光孔,第八连接孔对称地设置有两个且为螺纹孔,第四紧固件为螺栓,螺栓穿过第七连接孔后螺接在第八连接孔上,实现固定块151与箱套13的前端法兰131面之间的固定连接。固定块151上还设置有过孔,定位件152可沿箱套13的径向滑动地安装在固定块151的过孔上。优选地,定位件152为杆状,杆状的定位件152与过孔之间过渡配合。Specifically, the positioning part 15 includes a fixing block 151 and a positioning piece 152 . The fixing block 151 is provided with a seventh connection hole (not shown), the box cover 13 is provided with an eighth connection hole (not shown), and the fourth fastener passes through the seventh connection hole and is connected to the eighth connection hole. The fixing block 151 is fixedly connected to the front flange 131 of the box cover 13 . Preferably, the seventh connection hole is provided with two smooth holes, the eighth connection hole is symmetrically provided with two threaded holes, the fourth fastener is a bolt, and the bolt passes through the seventh connection hole and is then screwed on. The eighth connection hole realizes a fixed connection between the fixing block 151 and the front flange 131 surface of the box sleeve 13 . The fixed block 151 is also provided with a through hole, and the positioning member 152 is slidably installed on the through hole of the fixed block 151 along the radial direction of the box sleeve 13 . Preferably, the positioning member 152 is in the shape of a rod, and the rod-shaped positioning member 152 is in transitional fit with the via hole.
进一步地,定位件152靠近轴承箱外壳12一端的端部设置有第一定位结构1521,轴承箱外壳12上的外周面端部设置有第二定位结构122,第一定位结构1521与第二定位结构122连接。优选地,第一定位结构1521为楔形结构、第二定位结构122为楔形槽,定位件152的楔形结构与轴承箱外壳12上的楔形槽配合连接,从而实现对轴承箱外壳12的定位。本实施方式中,在安装好的状态下,轴承箱外壳12的前端(图19示出的一端)稍稍凸出箱套13,以便第一定位结构1521与第二定位结构122配合连接。Furthermore, the positioning member 152 is provided with a first positioning structure 1521 at an end close to one end of the bearing box shell 12, and a second positioning structure 122 is provided at the end of the outer circumferential surface of the bearing box shell 12. The first positioning structure 1521 is connected with the second positioning structure 1521. Structure 122 connection. Preferably, the first positioning structure 1521 is a wedge-shaped structure and the second positioning structure 122 is a wedge-shaped groove. The wedge-shaped structure of the positioning member 152 is connected with the wedge-shaped groove on the bearing box shell 12 to achieve positioning of the bearing box shell 12 . In this embodiment, in the installed state, the front end of the bearing box shell 12 (the end shown in FIG. 19 ) slightly protrudes from the box sleeve 13 so that the first positioning structure 1521 and the second positioning structure 122 are cooperatively connected.
本申请中,定位部15设置有多个,多个定位部15沿箱套13的周向分布。定位部15中的定位件152设置有多个,每个定位件152上设置有一个第一定位结构1521。第二定位结构122沿轴承箱外壳12的周向设置有多组,每组中包括与一个定位部15中的定位件152数量相同的多个第二定位结构122。优选地,定位部15设置有三个,三个定位部15沿周向分布在法兰131面上,每个定位部15中的过孔和定位件152均设置有两个,定位件152相对于固定块151对称设置。第二定位结构122设置有八组,八组第二定位结构122沿轴承箱外壳12的周向均布,每组中包括两个第二定位结构122,两个第二定位结构122与两个第一定位结构1521对应设置。In this application, multiple positioning parts 15 are provided, and the multiple positioning parts 15 are distributed along the circumferential direction of the box cover 13 . There are multiple positioning parts 152 in the positioning part 15 , and each positioning part 152 is provided with a first positioning structure 1521 . Multiple groups of second positioning structures 122 are provided along the circumferential direction of the bearing housing shell 12 , and each group includes a plurality of second positioning structures 122 with the same number of positioning pieces 152 in one positioning part 15 . Preferably, three positioning parts 15 are provided, and the three positioning parts 15 are distributed circumferentially on the surface of the flange 131 . Each positioning part 15 is provided with two through holes and two positioning parts 152 , and the positioning parts 152 are relative to each other. The fixed blocks 151 are arranged symmetrically. The second positioning structures 122 are provided with eight groups. The eight groups of the second positioning structures 122 are evenly distributed along the circumferential direction of the bearing housing shell 12 . Each group includes two second positioning structures 122 , the two second positioning structures 122 and the two first positioning structures 122 . The positioning structure 1521 is set accordingly.
参见图18,轴承箱10安装在切割框架20上,每个轴承箱10与一个主辊连接。其中,切割框架20上开设有安装通孔21,箱套13设置在该安装通孔21中,并且通过紧固件穿过法兰131的安装孔的方式紧固在切割框架20上。在需要调节主辊之间的间距时,首先使每个定位部15上的两个定位件152沿远离轴承箱外壳12的方向滑动以便第一定位结构1521脱离第二定位结构122,然后通过转动两个轴承箱10中的轴承箱外壳12,来带动轴承箱本体11做偏心转动,转动至目标位置后,使每个定位部15上的两个定位件152沿靠近轴承箱外壳12的方向滑动,以便第一定位结构1521与第二定位结构122定位连接,最终实现主辊之间的间距精确调节。 Referring to Figure 18, the bearing boxes 10 are installed on the cutting frame 20, and each bearing box 10 is connected to one main roller. The cutting frame 20 is provided with a mounting through hole 21 , and the box sleeve 13 is disposed in the mounting through hole 21 , and is fastened to the cutting frame 20 by fasteners passing through the mounting holes of the flange 131 . When it is necessary to adjust the spacing between the main rollers, first slide the two positioning parts 152 on each positioning part 15 in the direction away from the bearing box shell 12 so that the first positioning structure 1521 is separated from the second positioning structure 122, and then rotate The bearing box shells 12 in the two bearing boxes 10 drive the bearing box body 11 to rotate eccentrically. After rotating to the target position, the two positioning parts 152 on each positioning part 15 slide in the direction close to the bearing box shell 12 , so that the first positioning structure 1521 and the second positioning structure 122 are positioned and connected, and finally achieve precise adjustment of the spacing between the main rollers.
需要更换主辊时,首先使每个定位部15上的两个定位件152沿远离轴承箱外壳12的方向滑动,以使第一定位结构1521脱离第二定位结构122,然后断开轴承箱10与主辊之间的连接,拉出轴承箱10,将主辊拆卸下来并更换新的主辊。更换好后,将轴承箱10推入,并调整合适的角度,转动至目标位置后,使每个定位部15上的两个定位件152沿靠近轴承箱外壳12的方向滑动,以使第一定位结构1521与第二定位结构122定位连接,最后连接轴承箱10和主辊。至此更换完成。When it is necessary to replace the main roller, first slide the two positioning parts 152 on each positioning part 15 in the direction away from the bearing box shell 12 to make the first positioning structure 1521 disengage from the second positioning structure 122 , and then disconnect the bearing box 10 To connect with the main roller, pull out the bearing box 10, disassemble the main roller and replace it with a new one. After replacement, push the bearing box 10 in and adjust the appropriate angle. After rotating to the target position, make the two positioning parts 152 on each positioning part 15 slide in the direction close to the bearing box shell 12 so that the first The positioning structure 1521 is positioned and connected with the second positioning structure 122, and finally connects the bearing box 10 and the main roller. The replacement is now complete.
上述设置方式,通过设置定位部15,可以防止轴承箱外壳12的偏转,并有利于提高轴承箱外壳12的安装效率,同时提高轴承箱外壳12的定位精度。通过轴承箱外壳12外周面设置第二定位结构122与定位件152的第一定位结构1521连接,有利于提高轴承箱外壳12的定位精度,通过定位件152可沿轴承的径向移动安装,有利于降低轴承箱外壳12的安装难度。通过设置楔形结构与楔形槽、相配合,可以在安装过程中实现轴承箱外壳12的安装导向,降低安装难度。通过每个定位部15中设置两个定位件152,有利于提高定位强度,通过设置多组第二定位结构122,有利于实现轴承箱外壳12在各个不同旋转角度的定位。通过设置三个定位部15,可以从多个方向对轴承箱外壳12进行定位,有利于提高轴承箱外壳12与箱套13之间的同心度。In the above arrangement, by providing the positioning portion 15, the deflection of the bearing box shell 12 can be prevented, and it is beneficial to improve the installation efficiency of the bearing box shell 12, and at the same time improve the positioning accuracy of the bearing box shell 12. The second positioning structure 122 provided on the outer peripheral surface of the bearing box shell 12 is connected to the first positioning structure 1521 of the positioning member 152, which is beneficial to improving the positioning accuracy of the bearing box shell 12. The positioning member 152 can be moved and installed along the radial direction of the bearing. It is beneficial to reduce the installation difficulty of the bearing box shell 12. By arranging a wedge-shaped structure and a wedge-shaped groove to match, the installation guide of the bearing box shell 12 can be achieved during the installation process, thereby reducing the difficulty of installation. By arranging two positioning parts 152 in each positioning part 15, it is helpful to improve the positioning strength. By arranging multiple sets of second positioning structures 122, it is helpful to realize the positioning of the bearing box shell 12 at different rotation angles. By providing three positioning parts 15 , the bearing box shell 12 can be positioned from multiple directions, which is beneficial to improving the concentricity between the bearing box shell 12 and the box sleeve 13 .
如图21至图24所示,为本申请的一个实施例提供的喷淋装置。该喷淋装置包括喷淋组件1和位置调整组件2。喷淋组件1用于向待切割件提供喷淋液例如切割液。位置调整组件2连接于喷淋组件1与切割框架3之间,用于调整喷淋组件1相对于待切割件的位置。如此,可以通过位置调整组件2调整喷淋组件1与待切割件之间的相对位置,使待切割件的切割区域获得良好的喷淋,以保证切割质量。As shown in Figures 21 to 24, a sprinkler device is provided according to an embodiment of the present application. The spray device includes a spray component 1 and a position adjustment component 2. The spray assembly 1 is used to provide spray liquid, such as cutting liquid, to the parts to be cut. The position adjustment component 2 is connected between the spray component 1 and the cutting frame 3 and is used to adjust the position of the spray component 1 relative to the piece to be cut. In this way, the relative position between the spray assembly 1 and the piece to be cut can be adjusted through the position adjustment assembly 2, so that the cutting area of the piece to be cut can receive good spray to ensure cutting quality.
继续参见图21,在本申请的一个优选实施例提供的喷淋装置中,位置调整组件2包括第一固定座21。第一固定座21连接于喷淋组件1与切割框架3之间,用于调整喷淋组件1相对于待切割件在X方向和/或Y方向的位置(X方向为竖直方向,Y方向为垂直于X方向的第一水平方向,例如图21所示,Y方向为垂直于主辊轴向的水平方向)。Continuing to refer to FIG. 21 , in the sprinkler device provided by a preferred embodiment of the present application, the position adjustment assembly 2 includes a first fixed base 21 . The first fixed seat 21 is connected between the spray assembly 1 and the cutting frame 3 and is used to adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the piece to be cut in the X direction and/or the Y direction (the X direction is the vertical direction, the Y direction is the first horizontal direction perpendicular to the X direction, for example, as shown in Figure 21, the Y direction is the horizontal direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the main roller).
进一步地,第一固定座21包括第一竖板211。第一竖板211上设置有第一连接结构,第一固定座21通过第一连接结构与喷淋组件1连接。并且,喷淋组件1能够通过第一连接结构调整喷淋组件1相对于第一竖板211在X方向的位置。优选地,第一连接结构为多个第一过孔组2111,第一过孔组2111包括多个沿Y方向设置的第一过孔,多个第一过孔组2111沿X方向排列。更优选地,第一过孔组2111为两个对称设置的第一过孔,第一过孔组2111的数量为两个。Further, the first fixed base 21 includes a first vertical plate 211 . The first vertical plate 211 is provided with a first connection structure, and the first fixed base 21 is connected to the spray assembly 1 through the first connection structure. Moreover, the shower assembly 1 can adjust the position of the shower assembly 1 in the X direction relative to the first vertical plate 211 through the first connection structure. Preferably, the first connection structure is a plurality of first via groups 2111, the first via group 2111 includes a plurality of first via holes arranged along the Y direction, and the plurality of first via groups 2111 are arranged along the X direction. More preferably, the first via hole group 2111 is two symmetrically arranged first via holes, and the number of the first via hole group 2111 is two.
进一步地,第一竖板211上还设置有第二连接结构,第一固定座21通过第二连接结构与切割框架3连接。并且,第一固定座21能够通过第二连接结构调整第一固定座21相对于切割框架3在Y方向的位置。优选地,第二连接结构为第二长条孔2112,第二长条孔2112沿Y方向延伸设置。更优选地,第二长条孔2112为腰孔,其数量为一个。Furthermore, the first vertical plate 211 is also provided with a second connection structure, and the first fixed base 21 is connected to the cutting frame 3 through the second connection structure. Moreover, the first fixed base 21 can adjust the position of the first fixed base 21 in the Y direction relative to the cutting frame 3 through the second connection structure. Preferably, the second connection structure is a second elongated hole 2112, and the second elongated hole 2112 extends along the Y direction. More preferably, the second elongated hole 2112 is a waist hole, and the number thereof is one.
如此,在喷淋组件1与切割区域的相对位置发生变化时,可以通过调整喷淋组件1相对于第一固定座21在X方向的位置,或者调整第一固定座21相对于切割框架3在Y方向的位置。进而,使得喷淋组件1与待切割件之间相对位置调整至最佳位置,以保证良好的喷淋效果,使待切割件的切割区域获得较好的冷却效果,同时润滑切割件和切割线(例如金刚线),并带走切割区域的杂质。而且,第一过孔组2111设置有两个对称设置的第一过孔,可以使喷淋组件1与第一固定座21的连接更加稳固,还避免因偏载导致喷淋组件1的位置偏移。而且,第二长条孔2112设置为一个,在满足调整喷淋组件1与待切割件的位置调整的同时,结构设计紧凑。In this way, when the relative position of the spray assembly 1 and the cutting area changes, you can adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the first fixed base 21 in the X direction, or adjust the first fixed base 21 relative to the cutting frame 3 in the X direction. The position in the Y direction. Furthermore, the relative position between the spray component 1 and the piece to be cut is adjusted to the optimal position to ensure a good spray effect, so that the cutting area of the piece to be cut can obtain a better cooling effect, and at the same time lubricate the cutting piece and the cutting line. (such as diamond wire), and take away impurities in the cutting area. Moreover, the first via hole group 2111 is provided with two symmetrically arranged first via holes, which can make the connection between the spray component 1 and the first fixed base 21 more stable and avoid the position deviation of the spray component 1 due to eccentric load. shift. Moreover, one second elongated hole 2112 is provided, which satisfies the position adjustment of the spray assembly 1 and the piece to be cut, and at the same time has a compact structural design.
需要说明的是,第一连接结构和第二连接结构的设置方式并非唯一,例如,第一连接结构还可以为多个第一长条孔,第一长条孔沿X方向延伸设置。优选地,第一长条孔为腰孔,其数量为两个。再例如,第一连接结构为多个沿X方向排列的第一过孔。第二连接结构还可以为多个第二过孔,多个第二过孔沿Y方向排列。此外,第一过孔组2111的数量也可以为1个、3个或4个等,第一过孔组2111的设置的第一过孔的数量也可以为1个、3个或4个等。或者,第一长条孔的数量也可以为1个、3个或4个等,本领域技术人员可以根据实际应用场景的需要具体设置。而且,第一过孔也可以非对称设置。此外,第二长条孔2112的数量也可以为2个、3个或者其他数量。另外,多个第一过孔组2111之间可以等间距设置,也可以不等间距设置。多个第一过孔之间也可以等间距设置或者不等间距设置。多个第二过孔也可以等间距设置或者不等间距设置。It should be noted that the arrangement manner of the first connection structure and the second connection structure is not unique. For example, the first connection structure may also be a plurality of first elongated holes, and the first elongated holes extend along the X direction. Preferably, the first elongated holes are waist holes, the number of which is two. For another example, the first connection structure is a plurality of first via holes arranged along the X direction. The second connection structure may also be a plurality of second via holes, and the plurality of second via holes are arranged along the Y direction. In addition, the number of the first via hole group 2111 may also be 1, 3, or 4, etc., and the number of first via holes provided in the first via hole group 2111 may also be 1, 3, or 4, etc. . Alternatively, the number of the first elongated holes may also be 1, 3, or 4, etc., and those skilled in the art may set it specifically according to the needs of the actual application scenario. Moreover, the first via holes may also be arranged asymmetrically. In addition, the number of the second long holes 2112 can also be 2, 3 or other numbers. In addition, the plurality of first via groups 2111 may be arranged at equal intervals or at unequal intervals. The plurality of first via holes may also be arranged at equal intervals or at unequal intervals. The plurality of second via holes may also be arranged at equal intervals or at unequal intervals.
继续参见图21,在本申请的一个优选实施例提供的喷淋装置中,位置调整组件2还包括第二固定座22。第二固定座22接于喷淋组件1与第一固定座21之间,用于调整喷淋组件1相对于待切割件在X方向和/或Z方向的位置(Z方向为垂直于X方向的第二水平方向,且Z方向垂直于所述Y方向,例如图21所示,Z方向为平行于主辊轴向的方向)。进一步地,第二固定座22包括第二竖板221。第二竖板221上设置第三连接结构,第二固定座22通过第三连接结构与第一固定座21连接。而且,第二固定座22能够通过第三连接结构调整第二固定座22相对于第一固定座21在X方向的位置。优选地,第三连接结构为多个第三长条孔2211,第三长条孔2211沿X方向延伸设置。更优选地,第三长条孔2211为腰孔,其数量为2个,2个第三长条孔2211沿Y方向排列。Continuing to refer to FIG. 21 , in the sprinkler device provided by a preferred embodiment of the present application, the position adjustment assembly 2 further includes a second fixed seat 22 . The second fixed seat 22 is connected between the spray assembly 1 and the first fixed base 21 and is used to adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the piece to be cut in the X direction and/or the Z direction (the Z direction is perpendicular to the X direction). the second horizontal direction, and the Z direction is perpendicular to the Y direction. For example, as shown in Figure 21, the Z direction is a direction parallel to the axial direction of the main roller). Further, the second fixed base 22 includes a second vertical plate 221 . A third connection structure is provided on the second vertical plate 221, and the second fixed base 22 is connected to the first fixed base 21 through the third connection structure. Moreover, the second fixed base 22 can adjust the position of the second fixed base 22 in the X direction relative to the first fixed base 21 through the third connection structure. Preferably, the third connection structure is a plurality of third elongated holes 2211, and the third elongated holes 2211 extend along the X direction. More preferably, the third elongated holes 2211 are waist holes, the number of which is two, and the two third elongated holes 2211 are arranged along the Y direction.
进一步地,第二固定座22还包括横板222。优选地,第二竖板221与横板222之间设置有连接筋223。横板222与第二竖板221连接,横板222上设置有第四连接结构,第二固定座22通过第四连接结构与喷淋组件1连接,喷淋组件1能够通过第四连接结构调整喷淋组件1相对于第二固定座22在Z方向的位置。优选地,第四连接结构为第四长条孔2221,第四长条孔2221沿Z方向延伸设置。更优选地,在第四连接结构为第四长条孔2221时,第四长条孔2221设置有多个,多个第四长条孔2221沿Y方向排列。再优选地,在第四连接结构为第四长条孔2221时,第四长条孔2221为腰孔,其数量为3个且等间距设置;进一步地,第一竖板211设置有第一连接板212,第二竖板221设置有第二连接板224,第一连接板212与第二连接板224连接。如此,第二固定座22上的第三长条孔2211与第一固定座21上的第一过孔组2111连接,可以通过调整第二固定座22的第三长条孔2211与第一固定座21的不同第一过孔组2111连接,来调整第二固定座22相对于第一固定座21在X方向的位置。此外,可以通过调整喷淋组件1相对于第二固定座22上设置的第四长条孔2221在Z向的连接位置,调整喷淋组件1相对于第二固定座22在Z向的位置。进而,使得喷淋组件1与待切割件的相对位置可以获得良好的喷淋效果。而且,在第二竖板221与横板222之间设置连接筋223,可以使第二固定座22的整体结构稳固,提升第二固定座22的结构强度。Further, the second fixed base 22 further includes a horizontal plate 222 . Preferably, connecting ribs 223 are provided between the second vertical plate 221 and the horizontal plate 222 . The horizontal plate 222 is connected to the second vertical plate 221. A fourth connection structure is provided on the horizontal plate 222. The second fixed seat 22 is connected to the spray assembly 1 through the fourth connection structure. The spray assembly 1 can be adjusted through the fourth connection structure. The position of the sprinkler assembly 1 in the Z direction relative to the second fixed base 22 . Preferably, the fourth connection structure is a fourth elongated hole 2221, and the fourth elongated hole 2221 extends along the Z direction. More preferably, when the fourth connection structure is a fourth elongated hole 2221, a plurality of fourth elongated holes 2221 are provided, and the plurality of fourth elongated holes 2221 are arranged along the Y direction. Preferably, when the fourth connecting structure is the fourth elongated hole 2221, the fourth elongated hole 2221 is a waist hole, the number of which is three and is arranged at equal intervals; further, the first vertical plate 211 is provided with a first The connecting plate 212 and the second vertical plate 221 are provided with a second connecting plate 224, and the first connecting plate 212 is connected to the second connecting plate 224. In this way, the third elongated hole 2211 on the second fixing base 22 is connected to the first via hole group 2111 on the first fixing base 21, and the third elongated hole 2211 of the second fixing base 22 can be connected with the first fixing base by adjusting the third elongated hole 2211 of the second fixing base 22. Different first via hole groups 2111 of the base 21 are connected to adjust the position of the second fixed base 22 relative to the first fixed base 21 in the X direction. In addition, the Z-direction position of the sprinkler assembly 1 relative to the second fixed base 22 can be adjusted by adjusting the Z-direction connection position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the fourth elongated hole 2221 provided on the second fixed base 22 . Furthermore, the relative position of the spray component 1 and the piece to be cut can achieve a good spray effect. Moreover, the connecting ribs 223 are provided between the second vertical plate 221 and the horizontal plate 222, which can stabilize the overall structure of the second fixed base 22 and improve the structural strength of the second fixed base 22.
继续参见图21,在本申请的一个优选实施例提供的喷淋装置中,位置调整组件2还包括横向调节块23。横向调节块23连接于第四连接结构与喷淋组件1之间。进一步地,横向调节块23设置有多个第五过孔231,多个第五过孔231沿Y方向排列。优选地,第五过孔231的数量为3个。如此,可以通过调节第四连接结构与不同的第五过孔231连接,调整喷淋组件1相对于第二固定座22在Y方向的位置。进而,使喷淋组件1与待切割件之间所处的相对位置可以使待切割件的切割区域获得良好的喷淋效果。当然,横向调节块23上还可以开设沿Y方向延伸设置第五长条孔来替代第五过孔231,同样可以实现喷淋组件1的Y方向位置。Continuing to refer to FIG. 21 , in the sprinkler device provided by a preferred embodiment of the present application, the position adjustment assembly 2 also includes a transverse adjustment block 23 . The transverse adjustment block 23 is connected between the fourth connection structure and the spray assembly 1 . Further, the transverse adjustment block 23 is provided with a plurality of fifth via holes 231 , and the plurality of fifth via holes 231 are arranged along the Y direction. Preferably, the number of fifth via holes 231 is three. In this way, the position of the sprinkler assembly 1 relative to the second fixing base 22 in the Y direction can be adjusted by adjusting the fourth connection structure to connect to different fifth through holes 231 . Furthermore, the relative position between the spray assembly 1 and the piece to be cut can achieve a good spray effect in the cutting area of the piece to be cut. Of course, the transverse adjustment block 23 can also be provided with a fifth elongated hole extending along the Y direction to replace the fifth through hole 231, and the Y direction position of the spray assembly 1 can also be realized.
继续参见图21,在本申请的一个优选实施例提供的喷淋装置中,喷淋组件1包括挂耳11。挂耳11设置有第五连接结构,第五连接结构与横向调节块23连接,喷淋组件1能够通第五连接结构调整喷淋组件1相对于横向调节块23在Y方向的位置。优选地,第五连接结构为长条形豁口111,长条形豁口111沿Y方向延伸设置。如此,可以通过调整横向调节块23与长条形豁口111,调节喷淋组件1相对于第二固定座22在Y向的位置关系,进而使待切割件的切割区域获得良好的喷淋效果。Continuing to refer to FIG. 21 , in the sprinkler device provided by a preferred embodiment of the present application, the sprinkler assembly 1 includes a hanging ear 11 . The hanging ear 11 is provided with a fifth connection structure. The fifth connection structure is connected to the transverse adjustment block 23. The spray assembly 1 can adjust the position of the spray assembly 1 in the Y direction relative to the transverse adjustment block 23 through the fifth connection structure. Preferably, the fifth connection structure is a long slot 111, and the long slot 111 extends along the Y direction. In this way, by adjusting the transverse adjustment block 23 and the elongated notch 111, the Y-direction positional relationship of the spray assembly 1 relative to the second fixed base 22 can be adjusted, thereby achieving a good spray effect in the cutting area of the piece to be cut.
当然,第五连接结构的形式并非唯一,例如其还可以为第六长条孔,第六长条孔为腰孔,其沿Y方向延伸设置。又或者,第五连接结构为多个第六过孔,多个第六过孔沿Y方向排列。 Of course, the form of the fifth connection structure is not unique. For example, it can also be a sixth elongated hole. The sixth elongated hole is a waist hole extending along the Y direction. Alternatively, the fifth connection structure is a plurality of sixth via holes, and the plurality of sixth via holes are arranged along the Y direction.
参见图22至图24,在本申请的一个优选实施例提供的喷淋装置中,喷淋组件1包括接液盒12和喷淋管13。接液盒12上形成有进液口和第一出液口121,挂耳11连接于接液盒12。喷淋管13设置在接液盒12中,喷淋管13设置有第二进液口131进液口131和第二出液口132,第二进液口131进液口131与切割液源连通,第二出液口132与接液盒12连通。喷淋管13的下部设置有支撑块133,支撑块133设置于第一导流板14和第二导流板15之间。同时,喷淋管13的上部设置有夹紧块134,夹紧块134与支撑块133连接,喷淋管13穿设在夹紧块134与支撑块133之间。Referring to Figures 22 to 24, in the sprinkler device provided by a preferred embodiment of the present application, the sprinkler assembly 1 includes a liquid box 12 and a sprinkler pipe 13. A liquid inlet and a first liquid outlet 121 are formed on the liquid contact box 12 , and the hanging ear 11 is connected to the liquid contact box 12 . The spray pipe 13 is provided in the liquid box 12. The spray pipe 13 is provided with a second liquid inlet 131 and a second liquid outlet 132. The second liquid inlet 131 is connected to the cutting liquid source. Communicated, the second liquid outlet 132 is connected with the liquid receiving box 12 . A support block 133 is provided at the lower part of the spray pipe 13 , and the support block 133 is disposed between the first guide plate 14 and the second guide plate 15 . At the same time, a clamping block 134 is provided on the upper part of the spray pipe 13. The clamping block 134 is connected to the support block 133, and the spray pipe 13 is inserted between the clamping block 134 and the support block 133.
进一步地,喷淋组件1还包括第一导流板14、第二导流板15和第三导流板16。第一导流板14设置在接液盒12中,与接液盒12的第一侧壁的内部连接,且延伸至第二出液口132下方的区域。第二导流板15设置在接液盒12中,与接液盒12的与第一侧壁相对设置的第二侧壁的内部连接。第一出液口121开设于第二侧壁的中部,第二导流板15延伸至接液盒12的下部。第三导流板16与设置在第二侧壁上的第一出液口121连接,位于接液盒12的外部且由第一出液口121斜向下延伸,用于将切割液引流至线网的切割区域。Further, the spray assembly 1 also includes a first baffle 14 , a second baffle 15 and a third baffle 16 . The first baffle 14 is disposed in the liquid receiving box 12 , is connected to the inside of the first side wall of the liquid receiving box 12 , and extends to an area below the second liquid outlet 132 . The second baffle 15 is disposed in the liquid contact box 12 and is connected to the interior of the second side wall of the liquid contact box 12 that is opposite to the first side wall. The first liquid outlet 121 is opened in the middle of the second side wall, and the second baffle 15 extends to the lower part of the liquid box 12 . The third guide plate 16 is connected to the first liquid outlet 121 provided on the second side wall, is located outside the liquid box 12 and extends obliquely downward from the first liquid outlet 121, for guiding the cutting fluid to The cutting area of the wire mesh.
进一步地,喷淋组件1还包括压杆17。压杆17可移动地穿设在固定于接液盒12端部内侧的安装座18上。压杆17的一端设置有握持部171,另一端连接有密封块172。此外,压杆17上还套设有弹簧173。弹簧173的一端抵接于安装座18,弹簧173的另一端抵接于密封块172,接液盒12上开设有排液孔,密封块172压接于排液孔(图中未示出)。优选地,密封块172为聚氨酯密封块,握持部171为红球。如此,切割液从喷淋管13的第二进液口131进液口131进入喷淋管13,经喷淋管13的第二出液口132流入接液盒12,然后经过第一导流板14缓冲后,存储在接液盒12的底部,随着液位升高,切割液在流经第二导流板15,经第二导流板15稳流后,由接液盒12的第一出液口121溢流并经第三导流板16引流至线网的切割区域,对待切割件进行冷却。而且经过缓流后的切割液可以减轻对线网的冲击,避免切割液冲击线网造成的切割尺寸偏差。此外,喷淋管13卡设在支撑块133与夹紧块134之间,可以避免喷淋管13因浮力作用移动位置,扰乱液流。Further, the spray assembly 1 also includes a pressure rod 17 . The pressure rod 17 is movably installed on the mounting seat 18 fixed on the inner side of the end of the liquid contact box 12 . One end of the pressure rod 17 is provided with a holding portion 171, and the other end is connected with a sealing block 172. In addition, the pressure rod 17 is also provided with a spring 173 . One end of the spring 173 is in contact with the mounting base 18, and the other end of the spring 173 is in contact with the sealing block 172. A drain hole is provided on the liquid box 12, and the sealing block 172 is press-fitted to the drain hole (not shown in the figure). . Preferably, the sealing block 172 is a polyurethane sealing block, and the holding part 171 is a red ball. In this way, the cutting fluid enters the spray pipe 13 from the second liquid inlet 131 of the spray pipe 13 , flows into the liquid contact box 12 through the second liquid outlet 132 of the spray pipe 13 , and then passes through the first diversion After the plate 14 is buffered, it is stored at the bottom of the liquid contact box 12. As the liquid level rises, the cutting fluid flows through the second guide plate 15 and stabilizes the flow through the second guide plate 15. The first liquid outlet 121 overflows and is directed to the cutting area of the wire mesh through the third guide plate 16 to cool the parts to be cut. Moreover, the slow-flow cutting fluid can reduce the impact on the wire mesh and avoid the cutting size deviation caused by the impact of the cutting fluid on the wire mesh. In addition, the spray pipe 13 is clamped between the support block 133 and the clamping block 134, which can prevent the spray pipe 13 from moving due to buoyancy and disturbing the liquid flow.
而且,在喷淋组件1工作时,在接液盒12两端设置的压杆17底部(如图23所示)的聚氨酯密封块在弹簧173的弹力作用下,可以密封接液盒12底部的排液孔。在需要将接液盒12中的水排出时,例如拆卸喷淋组件1时,可以握持红球向上抬压杆17。此时,施加在聚氨酯密封块上的弹力减小,聚氨酯密封块在浮力等的作用下克服弹力向上抬升,接液盒12中的切割液可以方便的从排液孔中流出。Moreover, when the spray assembly 1 is working, the polyurethane sealing blocks at the bottom of the pressure rods 17 (as shown in Figure 23) provided at both ends of the liquid contact box 12 can seal the bottom of the liquid contact box 12 under the elastic force of the spring 173. Drain hole. When it is necessary to drain the water in the liquid receiving box 12, for example when disassembling the sprinkler assembly 1, you can hold the red ball and lift the pressure rod 17 upward. At this time, the elastic force exerted on the polyurethane sealing block decreases, and the polyurethane sealing block overcomes the elastic force and lifts upward under the action of buoyancy, etc., and the cutting fluid in the liquid contact box 12 can easily flow out from the drain hole.
参见图21,另一方面,本申请提供一种切割总成,该切割总成包括切割框架3和上述的喷淋装置。其中,位置调整组件2连接于喷淋组件1与切割框架3之间。具体地,切割框架3上设置有第六连接结构,第六连接结构与位置调整组件2的第一固定座21连接,喷淋装置能够通过第六连接结构调整喷淋装置相对于切割框架3在X方向和/或Y方向的位置。优选地,第六连接结构为阵列的多个固定孔31。图21中示出了4×3阵列的固定孔31,固定孔31与第二长条孔2112通过螺栓螺母连接。如此,可以通过喷淋装置的位置调整组件2调整喷淋组件1相对于待切割件的位置,同时结合喷淋装置与切割框架3上设置的固定孔31的连接位置的调整,可以实现更大范围的调整,使调节后的喷淋组件1与待切割件所处的相对位置可以获得良好的喷淋效果。Referring to Figure 21, on the other hand, the present application provides a cutting assembly, which includes a cutting frame 3 and the above-mentioned spray device. Among them, the position adjustment component 2 is connected between the spray component 1 and the cutting frame 3 . Specifically, the cutting frame 3 is provided with a sixth connection structure. The sixth connection structure is connected to the first fixed seat 21 of the position adjustment assembly 2. The spray device can adjust the position of the spray device relative to the cutting frame 3 through the sixth connection structure. Position in X and/or Y direction. Preferably, the sixth connection structure is a plurality of fixing holes 31 in an array. Figure 21 shows a 4×3 array of fixing holes 31. The fixing holes 31 and the second elongated holes 2112 are connected through bolts and nuts. In this way, the position of the spray assembly 1 relative to the piece to be cut can be adjusted through the position adjustment assembly 2 of the spray device, and at the same time, combined with the adjustment of the connection position of the spray device and the fixing hole 31 provided on the cutting frame 3, greater precision can be achieved. The adjustment of the range enables the adjusted relative position of the spray component 1 and the part to be cut to obtain a good spray effect.
下面结合图25至图31对本申请的碎片盒进行描述。如图25至图31所示,为本申请的一个实施例提供的一种碎片盒1,该碎片盒1包括主体11和导流部33。主体11设置有出液口,导流部33与出液口连接。导流部33用于将出液口排出的液体引流至线网3的下方。如此,可以通过导流部33将碎片盒1中的废液引流至线网3的下方,避免废液溅落在线网3和主辊2上造成断线、跳线和主辊2磨损。The debris box of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 25 to 31. As shown in FIGS. 25 to 31 , a debris box 1 is provided according to an embodiment of the present application. The debris box 1 includes a main body 11 and a flow guide 33 . The main body 11 is provided with a liquid outlet, and the flow guide 33 is connected to the liquid outlet. The flow guide part 33 is used to guide the liquid discharged from the liquid outlet to the bottom of the wire network 3 . In this way, the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can be guided to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 through the guide part 33 to avoid the waste liquid from splashing on the wire mesh 3 and the main roller 2, causing wire breakage, jumpers and wear of the main roller 2.
在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,导流部33设置有彼此连通的引液口和排液口,引液口与出液口连通,排液口能够延伸至线网3的下方。如此,可以通过与出液口连通的引液口将废液通过排液口排至线网3下方。In the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned fragment box 1 , the flow guide portion 33 is provided with a liquid inlet and a liquid outlet that communicate with each other. The liquid inlet and the liquid outlet are connected, and the liquid outlet can extend to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 . In this way, the waste liquid can be discharged to the bottom of the wire network 3 through the liquid outlet through the liquid inlet connected to the liquid outlet.
参见图25和图26,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,导流部33包括第一导流组件331,第一导流组件331连接于主体11沿其长度方向的第一端(图25示出的左端),主体11在第一端设置有第一出液口121,第一导流组件331形成有第一引液口3311和第一排液口3312,第一引液口3311与第一出液口121连通,第一排液口3312能够延伸至线网3的下方。进一步地,第一导流组件331包括第一本体3315,第一本体3315的上部形成第一引液口3311,第一本体3315的下部形成有两个第一排液口3312,第一引液口3311与两个第一排液口3312之间各形成一个第一通道。此外,第一本体3315的上部敞开且与主体11的第一端的形状相匹配。Referring to Figures 25 and 26, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned debris box 1, the flow guide portion 33 includes a first flow guide assembly 331, and the first flow guide assembly 331 is connected to the first end of the main body 11 along its length direction (Fig. 25), the main body 11 is provided with a first liquid outlet 121 at the first end. The first flow guide assembly 331 is formed with a first liquid introduction opening 3311 and a first liquid discharge opening 3312. The first liquid introduction opening 3311 Communicated with the first liquid outlet 121 , the first liquid outlet 3312 can extend to the bottom of the wire network 3 . Further, the first flow guide assembly 331 includes a first body 3315. The upper part of the first body 3315 forms a first liquid inlet 3311. The lower part of the first body 3315 forms two first liquid drain ports 3312. The first liquid inlet 3312 is formed in the lower part of the first body 3315. A first channel is formed between the port 3311 and the two first liquid discharge ports 3312. In addition, the upper part of the first body 3315 is open and matches the shape of the first end of the main body 11 .
如此,碎片盒1中的废液可以经碎片盒1第一端设置的第一出液口121进入第一引液口3311,然后通过两个第一通道分别引流至线网3下方的两个第一排液口3312。这样,可以避免废液溅落在网线和主辊2上导致跳线、断线和磨损主辊2。而且,第一引液口3311与第一出液口121连通的部位设置的第一密封垫3313可以防止第一引液口3311与第一出液口121连通部位的切削液外溢,溅落在线网3上,而导致线网3跳线、断线和磨损主辊2。本领域技术人员能够理解的是,第一本体3315下方也可以设置其他数量的第一排液口3312,例如1个、3个、4个等。此外,主体11在第一端也可以设置有两个第一出液口121,第一引液口3311同时可以与两个第一出液口121连通。再者,第一密封垫3313也可以为其他材质,例如橡胶和橡塑复合材料。当然,也可以不设置第一密封垫3313。In this way, the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can enter the first liquid inlet 3311 through the first liquid outlet 121 provided at the first end of the debris box 1, and then be directed to the two channels below the wire network 3 through the two first channels. The first drain port 3312. In this way, waste liquid can be avoided from splashing on the screen wire and the main roller 2, causing wire jumps, disconnections and wear of the main roller 2. Moreover, the first sealing gasket 3313 provided at the location where the first liquid introduction port 3311 communicates with the first liquid outlet 121 can prevent the cutting fluid from overflowing and splashing onto the online network. 3, causing the wire network 3 to jump, break and wear the main roller 2. Those skilled in the art can understand that other numbers of first drain ports 3312 can also be provided below the first body 3315, such as 1, 3, 4, etc. In addition, the main body 11 may also be provided with two first liquid outlets 121 at the first end, and the first liquid inlet 3311 may be connected to the two first liquid outlets 121 at the same time. Furthermore, the first sealing gasket 3313 can also be made of other materials, such as rubber and rubber-plastic composite materials. Of course, the first sealing gasket 3313 may not be provided.
在上述碎片盒1的可替代实施方式中,第一导流组件331包括:两个第二本体,第二本体的上部形成有一个第一引液口3311,第二本体的下部形成有一个第一排液口3312,第二本体上的第一引液口3311与第二本体上的第一排液口3312之间形成第二通道;主体11在第一端设置有两个第一出液口121,两个第二本体上的第一引液口3311分别与两个第一出液口121中的一个第一出液口121连通。如此,碎片盒1中的废液可以分别从主体11的两个第一出液口121经每个第二本体上的第一引液口3311与第一排液口3312之间形成的第二通道引流至线网3下方,避免溅落在线网3和主辊2上。In an alternative embodiment of the above debris box 1, the first flow guide assembly 331 includes: two second bodies, a first liquid inlet 3311 is formed on the upper part of the second body, and a first liquid inlet 3311 is formed on the lower part of the second body. A liquid discharge port 3312, a second channel is formed between the first liquid introduction port 3311 on the second body and the first liquid discharge port 3312 on the second body; the main body 11 is provided with two first liquid outlets at the first end. Port 121, the first liquid inlet 3311 on the two second bodies are respectively connected with one of the two first liquid outlets 121. In this way, the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can be discharged from the two first liquid outlets 121 of the main body 11 through the second liquid inlet 3311 formed between the first liquid inlet 3311 and the first liquid discharge port 3312 on each second body. The channel guides the flow to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 to avoid splashing on the wire mesh 3 and the main roller 2.
此外,碎片盒1第一端设置的第一出液口121的数量也可以为3个、4个等,此时第一导流组件331的第二本体与第一出液口121的连通方式也需要进行适应性调整,例如一个第二本体可以与2个第一出液口121连通。然后第二本体的数量也可以为3个、4个、5个等,此时第一出液口121与第二本体的连通方式也需要进行适应性调整,例如一个第一出液口121连通2个第二本体,本领域技术人员可以根据具体应用场景的需要选择设置。In addition, the number of first liquid outlets 121 provided at the first end of the debris box 1 can also be 3, 4, etc., in this case, the second body of the first flow guide assembly 331 and the first liquid outlet 121 are connected in a manner that Adaptive adjustments are also required. For example, one second body can be connected to two first liquid outlets 121 . Then the number of the second body can also be 3, 4, 5, etc. At this time, the connection method between the first liquid outlet 121 and the second body also needs to be adaptively adjusted, for example, one first liquid outlet 121 is connected For the two second ontologies, those skilled in the art can choose and set them according to the needs of specific application scenarios.
参见图25和图27,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,在上述碎片盒1的具体实施方式中,导流部33还包括第二导流组件332,第二导流组件332连接于主体11沿其长度方向的第二端(图25示出的右端),主体11在第二端设置有第二出液口122,第二导流组件332形成有第二引液口3321和第二排液口3322,第二引液口3321与第二出液口122连通,第二排液口3322能够延伸至线网3的下方。Referring to Figures 25 and 27, in a preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned debris box 1, in a specific embodiment of the above-mentioned debris box 1, the flow guide part 33 further includes a second flow guide assembly 332, and the second flow guide assembly 332 is connected to The main body 11 is provided with a second liquid outlet 122 at the second end along its length direction (the right end shown in FIG. 25 ), and the second flow guide assembly 332 is formed with a second liquid inlet 3321 and a second liquid outlet 122 . The second liquid discharge port 3322 and the second liquid introduction port 3321 are connected with the second liquid outlet 122 , and the second liquid discharge port 3322 can extend to the bottom of the wire network 3 .
进一步地,第二导流组件332包括:两个第三本体3325,第三本体3325的上部形成第二引液口3321,第三本体3325的下部形成有第二排液口3322,第二引液口3321与第二排液口3322之间形成第三通道;主体11在第二端设置有两个第二出液口122,两个第三本体3325上的第二引液口3321分别与两个第二出液口122中的一个第二出液口122连通。此外,第三本体3325的上部敞开(如图27所示,第三本体3325的侧面和上部敞开)且与第二出液口122的形状相匹配。Further, the second flow guide assembly 332 includes: two third bodies 3325, the upper part of the third body 3325 forms a second liquid inlet 3321, and the lower part of the third body 3325 forms a second liquid outlet 3322. A third channel is formed between the liquid port 3321 and the second liquid discharge port 3322; the main body 11 is provided with two second liquid outlets 122 at the second end, and the second liquid introduction ports 3321 on the two third bodies 3325 are respectively connected with One of the two second liquid outlets 122 is connected. In addition, the upper part of the third body 3325 is open (as shown in FIG. 27 , the side and upper part of the third body 3325 are open) and matches the shape of the second liquid outlet 122 .
如此,碎片盒1中的废液可以经碎片盒1第二端设置的两个第二出液口122分别进入两个第二引液口3321,然后通过两个第三通道分别引流至线网3下方的两个第二排液口3322。这样,可以避免废液溅落在网线和主辊2上导致跳线、断线和磨损主辊2。而且,第二引液口3321与第二出液口122连通的部位设置的第二密封垫3323可以防止第二引液口3321与第二出液口122连通部位的切削液外溢,溅落在线网3上,而导致线网3跳线、断线和磨损主辊2。In this way, the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can enter the two second liquid inlets 3321 respectively through the two second liquid outlets 122 provided at the second end of the debris box 1, and then be directed to the wire network through the two third channels. The two second drain ports 3322 below 3. In this way, waste liquid can be avoided from splashing on the screen wire and the main roller 2, causing wire jumps, disconnections and wear of the main roller 2. Moreover, the second sealing gasket 3323 provided at the location where the second liquid introduction port 3321 communicates with the second liquid outlet 122 can prevent the cutting fluid from overflowing and splashing onto the online network. 3, causing the wire network 3 to jump, break and wear the main roller 2.
在上述碎片盒1的可替代实施方式中,第二导流组件332包括第四本体,第四本体的上部形成第二引液口3321,第四本体的下部形成有两个第二排液口3322,第二引液口3321与两个第二排液口3322之间各形成一个第四通道。进一步地,第四本体的上部敞开且与第二出液口122的形状相匹配。如此,碎片盒1中的废液可以通过第四本体上部形成的第二引液口3321进入两个第四通道,然后由第二排液口3322排至线网3下方。这样,可以避免废液溅落在线网3和主辊2上造成跳线、断线和主辊2磨损。In an alternative embodiment of the above debris box 1, the second flow guide assembly 332 includes a fourth body, the upper part of the fourth body forms a second liquid introduction port 3321, and the lower part of the fourth body forms two second liquid discharge ports. 3322, a fourth channel is formed between the second liquid introduction port 3321 and the two second liquid discharge ports 3322. Further, the upper part of the fourth body is open and matches the shape of the second liquid outlet 122 . In this way, the waste liquid in the fragment box 1 can enter the two fourth channels through the second liquid inlet 3321 formed on the upper part of the fourth body, and then be discharged to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 through the second liquid outlet 3322. In this way, it is possible to avoid waste liquid from splashing on the wire mesh 3 and the main roller 2, causing wire jumps, disconnections and wear of the main roller 2.
此外,主体11在第二端可以设置有两个第二出液口122,第二引液口3321同时可以与两个第二出液口122连通。参见图28和图29所示,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,主体11内设置有过滤装置22。In addition, the main body 11 may be provided with two second liquid outlets 122 at the second end, and the second liquid inlet 3321 may be connected to the two second liquid outlets 122 at the same time. Referring to Figures 28 and 29, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned debris box 1, a filtering device 22 is provided in the main body 11.
进一步地,过滤装置22包括:支撑板221、过滤网222和盖板223。支撑板221设置于主体11的底部。并且,过滤网222位于支撑板221的上部,盖板223位于过滤网222的上部,过滤网222夹设在支撑板221与盖板223之间。Further, the filtering device 22 includes: a support plate 221, a filter screen 222 and a cover plate 223. The support plate 221 is provided at the bottom of the main body 11 . Moreover, the filter screen 222 is located on the upper part of the support plate 221 , the cover plate 223 is located on the upper part of the filter screen 222 , and the filter screen 222 is sandwiched between the support plate 221 and the cover plate 223 .
进一步地,滤网还包括挂耳侧板224,挂耳侧板224与支撑板221连接,且挂设在主体11的第一端侧壁上。优选地,挂耳侧板224上也设置有过滤网222。Further, the filter also includes a hanging ear side plate 224. The hanging ear side plate 224 is connected to the support plate 221 and hung on the first end side wall of the main body 11. Preferably, a filter 222 is also provided on the side plate 224 of the hanging ear.
优选地,滤网还包括合页转轴225,挂耳侧板224与支撑板221通过合页转轴225连接。更优选地,支撑板221包括多块,相邻的支撑板221之间通过合页转轴225连接。如此,碎片盒1中的废液可以经滤网过滤后再经导流部33引流液至线网3下方,可以避免堵塞导流部33,同时可以避免杂物沉积在切割装置中。而且,过滤网222夹设在支撑板221与盖板223之间,可以避免过滤网222翘曲等影响过滤效果。此外,设置挂耳,且支撑板221设置为多块,挂耳侧板224与支撑板221之间,相邻支撑板221之间通过合页转轴225连接,可以方便的进行过滤装置22的拆装。再者,挂耳侧板224上设置过滤网222,可以避免杂物从主体11第一端的开口进入导流部33。参见图25、图29-图31所示,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,主体11包括底板123,底板123为弧形。Preferably, the filter screen also includes a hinge rotating shaft 225, and the hanging ear side plate 224 and the support plate 221 are connected through the hinge rotating shaft 225. More preferably, the support plates 221 include multiple pieces, and adjacent support plates 221 are connected through hinge shafts 225 . In this way, the waste liquid in the fragment box 1 can be filtered by the filter and then directed to the bottom of the wire mesh 3 through the guide part 33, thereby avoiding clogging of the guide part 33 and preventing debris from being deposited in the cutting device. Moreover, the filter screen 222 is sandwiched between the support plate 221 and the cover plate 223, which can prevent the filter screen 222 from being warped and affecting the filtering effect. In addition, hanging ears are provided, and the supporting plates 221 are provided in multiple pieces. The hanging ear side plates 224 and the supporting plates 221 are connected by hinge shafts 225 between adjacent supporting plates 221, so that the filter device 22 can be easily disassembled. Pack. Furthermore, a filter 222 is provided on the ear-hanging side plate 224 to prevent debris from entering the flow guide 33 from the opening at the first end of the main body 11 . Referring to Figures 25, 29-31, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned debris box 1, the main body 11 includes a bottom plate 123, and the bottom plate 123 is arc-shaped.
进一步地,主体11还包括:第一壁体111、第二壁体112、第三壁体113和第四壁体114。第二壁体112与第一壁体111相对设置。第三壁体113的第一侧连接第一壁体111的第一侧,第三壁体113的第二侧连接第二壁体112的第一侧。第四壁体114与第三壁体113相对设置。第四壁体114的第一侧连接第一壁体111的第二侧,第四壁体114的第二侧连接第二壁体112的第二侧。并且,第一壁体111的下端、第二壁体112的下端、第三壁体113的下端、所第四壁体114的下端均与底板123连接,第一壁体111、第二壁体112、第三壁体113、所第四壁体114与底板123之间形成碎片盒1的容纳空间。如此,主体11底板123的弧形可以与壁体之间形成容纳空间,在废液较多时,可以容纳一定废液。此外,第一壁体111的上端的第一弧形与第一主辊2同心,第二壁体112的上端的第二弧形与第二主辊2同心,可以方便碎片盒1的安装,在主体11与主辊2距离较近时,更容易避免主体11与主辊2发生干涉,便于碎片盒1的对中安装。然后,第三壁体113外侧与第四壁体114外侧设置的第一限位板115和第二限位板117可以方便地将主体11设置在切割框架4上,并且第一支撑板116和第二支撑板118可以支撑碎片盒1的主体11,使结构稳固。再者,第三壁体113上设置的第一抓孔119和第四壁体114上设置的第二抓孔120可以在安拆碎片盒1时,便于抓握碎片盒1主体11。Further, the main body 11 also includes: a first wall 111 , a second wall 112 , a third wall 113 and a fourth wall 114 . The second wall 112 is arranged opposite to the first wall 111 . The first side of the third wall 113 is connected to the first side of the first wall 111 , and the second side of the third wall 113 is connected to the first side of the second wall 112 . The fourth wall 114 is opposite to the third wall 113 . The first side of the fourth wall 114 is connected to the second side of the first wall 111 , and the second side of the fourth wall 114 is connected to the second side of the second wall 112 . Moreover, the lower end of the first wall 111 , the lower end of the second wall 112 , the lower end of the third wall 113 , and the lower end of the fourth wall 114 are all connected to the bottom plate 123 . 112. A receiving space for the debris box 1 is formed between the third wall 113 , the fourth wall 114 and the bottom plate 123 . In this way, the arc shape of the bottom plate 123 of the main body 11 can form a receiving space with the wall, which can accommodate a certain amount of waste liquid when there is a large amount of waste liquid. In addition, the first arc shape at the upper end of the first wall 111 is concentric with the first main roller 2, and the second arc shape at the upper end of the second wall 112 is concentric with the second main roller 2, which can facilitate the installation of the fragment box 1. When the distance between the main body 11 and the main roller 2 is close, it is easier to avoid interference between the main body 11 and the main roller 2 , which facilitates the centered installation of the fragment box 1 . Then, the first limiting plate 115 and the second limiting plate 117 provided outside the third wall 113 and the fourth wall 114 can conveniently set the main body 11 on the cutting frame 4, and the first supporting plate 116 and The second support plate 118 can support the main body 11 of the debris box 1 to make the structure stable. Furthermore, the first grabbing hole 119 provided on the third wall 113 and the second grabbing hole 120 provided on the fourth wall 114 can facilitate grasping the main body 11 of the debris box 1 when the debris box 1 is installed and disassembled.
当然,本领域技术人员能够理解的是,主体11底板123也可以为其他形状,比如平板。另外,第一壁体111上端和第二壁体112的上端也可以不设置弧形。然后,第一限位板115和第一支撑板116可以一体成型,第二限位板117和第二限位板117可以一体成型。再者,也可以不设置第一抓孔119和第二抓孔120。Of course, those skilled in the art can understand that the bottom plate 123 of the main body 11 can also be in other shapes, such as a flat plate. In addition, the upper ends of the first wall body 111 and the upper ends of the second wall body 112 may not be provided with arc shapes. Then, the first limiting plate 115 and the first supporting plate 116 can be integrally formed, and the second limiting plate 117 and the second limiting plate 117 can be integrally formed. Furthermore, the first gripping hole 119 and the second gripping hole 120 may not be provided.
如图32所示,本申请提供一种切割总成,该切割总成包括切割框架4、主辊2、线网3和上述的碎片盒1。一种实施方式中,主体11通过第一限位板115和第二限位板117连接在所述切割框架4上,切割框架4上相应地设置有与第一限位板115和第二限位板117配合的凹槽、滑槽等。As shown in Figure 32, this application provides a cutting assembly, which includes a cutting frame 4, a main roller 2, a wire mesh 3 and the above-mentioned fragment box 1. In one embodiment, the main body 11 is connected to the cutting frame 4 through a first limiting plate 115 and a second limiting plate 117. The cutting frame 4 is correspondingly provided with a first limiting plate 115 and a second limiting plate. The grooves, slides, etc. that the position plate 117 matches.
下面结合图33至图38对本申请的漏斗装置进行描述。参见图33和图38,本申请提供一种为了解决现有技术中的上述问题,第一方面,本申请提供一种漏斗装置1,包括漏斗本体11、第一过滤部和第二过滤部。第一过滤部与第二过滤部依次设置在漏斗本体11中的上部和下部,第二过滤部的过滤精度大于第一过滤部的过滤精度。第一过滤部用于对进入漏斗本体11的液体进行初次过滤。第二过滤部用于对经过第一过滤部过滤后的液体进行二次过滤。这样,可以通过第一过滤部对再次进入液路循环系统的液体进行初次过滤,然后通过第二过滤部对再次经第一过滤部过滤后的液体进行再次过滤,过滤效果较好。如此,在对回收液体进行充分利用的同时,减少和避免杂质进入液路循环系统造成设备故障。The funnel device of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 33 to 38. Referring to Figures 33 and 38, this application provides a method to solve the above problems in the prior art. In the first aspect, this application provides a funnel device 1, which includes a funnel body 11, a first filter part and a second filter part. The first filter part and the second filter part are sequentially arranged at the upper part and the lower part of the funnel body 11, and the filtration accuracy of the second filter part is greater than the filtration accuracy of the first filter part. The first filtering part is used for primary filtering of the liquid entering the funnel body 11 . The second filtering part is used for secondary filtering of the liquid filtered by the first filtering part. In this way, the liquid that re-enters the liquid circuit circulation system can be filtered for the first time through the first filtering part, and then the liquid filtered by the first filtering part can be filtered again through the second filtering part, and the filtering effect is better. In this way, while making full use of the recovered liquid, it can reduce and avoid impurities entering the liquid circulation system and causing equipment failure.
继续参见图33和图34,在上述漏斗装置1的优选实施方式中,第一过滤部为第一滤网14,漏斗本体11上设置有第一连接结构,第一滤网14通过第一连接结构设置在漏斗本体11上。进一步地,第一连接结构为第一卡接部111,第一滤网14卡设在第一卡接部111上。优选地,第一卡接部111为环形安装槽,环形安装槽位于漏斗本体11的引流部113(漏斗的圆锥部分)和通道部114(漏斗的直筒部分)之间,第一滤网14卡设在环形安装槽上。这样,第一滤网14卡设在环形安装槽上,可以对再次进入循环系统的含有杂质的液体进行初步的过滤,减少和避免较大尺寸的杂质进入液路循环系统造成设备故障。Continuing to refer to Figures 33 and 34, in the preferred embodiment of the above funnel device 1, the first filter part is the first filter screen 14, the funnel body 11 is provided with a first connection structure, and the first filter screen 14 is connected through the first connection structure. The structure is arranged on the funnel body 11. Further, the first connection structure is a first snap-in part 111, and the first filter screen 14 is stuck on the first snap-in part 111. Preferably, the first clamping part 111 is an annular installation groove. The annular installation groove is located between the drainage part 113 (the cone part of the funnel) and the channel part 114 (the straight part of the funnel) of the funnel body 11. The first filter screen 14 is stuck Located on the annular installation groove. In this way, the first filter screen 14 is stuck on the annular installation groove, which can perform preliminary filtration of the liquid containing impurities that enters the circulation system again, reducing and avoiding larger-sized impurities from entering the liquid circulation system and causing equipment failure.
当然,第一卡接部111也可以设置为其他形式。例如,第一卡接部111为设置在漏斗本体11的通道部内壁上的第一环台,第一滤网14卡设在第一环台上。或者,第一卡接部111为间隔设置在漏斗本体11的通道部内壁上的多个第一凸台,第一滤网14卡设在第一凸台上。Of course, the first clamping portion 111 can also be provided in other forms. For example, the first clamping portion 111 is a first ring platform provided on the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the first filter screen 14 is clamped on the first ring platform. Alternatively, the first clamping portion 111 is a plurality of first bosses arranged at intervals on the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the first filter screen 14 is clamped on the first bosses.
再者,第一过滤部也可以为过滤棉、滤芯、海绵等,此时第一过滤部的结构需要进行相应的调整,具体结构设置为本领域的常规设置,在此不再赘述。Furthermore, the first filter part can also be filter cotton, filter element, sponge, etc. In this case, the structure of the first filter part needs to be adjusted accordingly. The specific structural settings are conventional ones in this field and will not be described again here.
参见图35和图36,第一滤网14包括第一滤网本体141、第一压板142和第二压板145。第一压板142设置在第一滤网本体141的上部,第二压板145设置在第一滤网本体141的下部,第一压板142与第二压板145通过第一螺钉144固定在第一滤网本体141上。优选地,第一压板142中部的十字结构与第一压板142的边缘连接,十字结构的交叉位置设置有第一拉杆143。优选地,第一滤网本体141的过滤精度为20目。如此,第一压板142和第二压板145可以对第一滤网本体141进行固定和张紧,使第一滤网14方便顺畅地进行杂质的过滤,提高第一滤网14的过滤稳定性。而且,便于将第一滤网14卡设在漏斗本体11上。然后,可以通过第一拉杆143方便地将第一滤网14取下或者进行安装,便于第一滤网14的安装、维护和更换。Referring to FIGS. 35 and 36 , the first filter screen 14 includes a first filter screen body 141 , a first pressure plate 142 and a second pressure plate 145 . The first pressure plate 142 is arranged on the upper part of the first filter body 141, and the second pressure plate 145 is arranged on the lower part of the first filter body 141. The first pressure plate 142 and the second pressure plate 145 are fixed on the first filter through the first screws 144. On body 141. Preferably, the cross structure in the middle of the first pressure plate 142 is connected to the edge of the first pressure plate 142, and a first tie rod 143 is provided at the intersection position of the cross structure. Preferably, the filtration precision of the first filter body 141 is 20 mesh. In this way, the first pressure plate 142 and the second pressure plate 145 can fix and tighten the first filter body 141, so that the first filter 14 can filter impurities conveniently and smoothly, and improve the filtration stability of the first filter 14. Moreover, it is convenient to lock the first filter screen 14 on the funnel body 11 . Then, the first filter screen 14 can be easily removed or installed through the first pull rod 143 to facilitate the installation, maintenance and replacement of the first filter screen 14 .
返回参见图33和图34,在上述漏斗装置1的具体实施方式中,第二过滤部为第二滤网15,漏斗本体11上设置有第二连接结构,第二滤网15通过第二连接结构设置在漏斗本体11上。进一步地,第二连接结构为第二卡接部112,第二滤网15卡设在第二卡接部112上。优选地,第二卡接部112为设置在漏斗本体11的通道部内壁上的第二环台,第二滤网15卡设在第二环台上。如此,可以通过第二卡接部112将第二滤网15卡设在漏斗本体11上,以对经过第一滤网14过滤的液体进行进一步的过滤,减少和避免较小尺寸的杂质进入液路循环系统造成设备故障。Referring back to Figures 33 and 34, in the specific implementation of the above funnel device 1, the second filter part is the second filter screen 15, and the funnel body 11 is provided with a second connection structure, and the second filter screen 15 is connected through the second connection structure. The structure is arranged on the funnel body 11. Further, the second connection structure is a second clamping part 112, and the second filter screen 15 is clamped on the second clamping part 112. Preferably, the second clamping portion 112 is a second ring platform provided on the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the second filter screen 15 is clamped on the second ring platform. In this way, the second filter screen 15 can be clamped on the funnel body 11 through the second clamping portion 112 to further filter the liquid filtered by the first filter screen 14 to reduce and prevent smaller-sized impurities from entering the liquid. The circuit circulation system causes equipment failure.
当然,第二卡接部112也可以为间隔设置在漏斗本体11上的通道部内壁的多个第二凸台,第二滤网15卡设在第二凸台上。然后,第而过滤部也可以为过滤棉、滤芯、海绵等,此时第二过滤部的结构需要进行相应的调整,具体结构设置为本领域的常规设置,在此不再赘述。Of course, the second clamping portion 112 can also be a plurality of second bosses spaced apart from the inner wall of the channel portion of the funnel body 11 , and the second filter screen 15 is clamped on the second bosses. Then, the second filter part can also be a filter cotton, a filter element, a sponge, etc. In this case, the structure of the second filter part needs to be adjusted accordingly. The specific structural settings are conventional ones in this field and will not be described again here.
参见图37和图38,第二滤网15包括第二滤网本体151、第三压板152和第四压板155。第三压板152设置在第二滤网本体151的上部,第四压板155设置在第二滤网本体151的下部,第三压板152与第四压板155通过第二螺钉154固定在第一滤网本体141上。优选地,第三压板152中部的十字结构与第三压板152的边缘连接,十字结构的交叉位置设置有第二拉杆153。优选地,第二滤网本体151的过滤精度为40目。这样,可以通过第三压板152和第四压板155对第二滤网本体151进行固定张紧,使第二滤网15方便顺畅地进行杂质的过滤,提高第二滤网15的过滤稳定性。而且,便于将第二滤网15卡设在漏斗本体11上。然后,可以通过第二拉杆153方便地将第二滤网15取下或者进行安装,便于第二滤网15的安装、维护和更换。Referring to FIGS. 37 and 38 , the second filter screen 15 includes a second filter screen body 151 , a third pressure plate 152 and a fourth pressure plate 155 . The third pressure plate 152 is provided on the upper part of the second filter body 151 , and the fourth pressure plate 155 is provided on the lower part of the second filter body 151 . The third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155 are fixed to the first filter through second screws 154 On body 141. Preferably, the cross structure in the middle of the third pressure plate 152 is connected to the edge of the third pressure plate 152 , and a second tie rod 153 is provided at the intersection position of the cross structure. Preferably, the filtration precision of the second filter body 151 is 40 mesh. In this way, the second filter screen body 151 can be fixed and tightened through the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155, so that the second filter screen 15 can filter impurities conveniently and smoothly, and improve the filtration stability of the second filter screen 15. Moreover, it is convenient to lock the second filter screen 15 on the funnel body 11 . Then, the second filter screen 15 can be easily removed or installed through the second pull rod 153 to facilitate the installation, maintenance and replacement of the second filter screen 15 .
需要说明的是,第二拉杆153也可以设置在第三压板152的其他位置,或者也可以不设置第二拉杆153。当然,第三压板152也可以不设置十字结构。此外第三压板152和第四压板155可以一体成型,或者不设置第三压板152和/或第四压板155,此时,第三压板152和第四压板155与第二滤网本体151的设置方式,第二滤网15在漏斗本体11上的设置方式需要进行相应调整。此外,第二滤网本体151的过滤精度也可以根据具体应用场景的需要设置为其他过滤精度,例如30目,35目,45目,50目,60目等。It should be noted that the second pull rod 153 may also be provided at other positions on the third pressure plate 152, or the second pull rod 153 may not be provided. Of course, the third pressure plate 152 may not be provided with a cross structure. In addition, the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155 can be integrally formed, or the third pressure plate 152 and/or the fourth pressure plate 155 are not provided. In this case, the third pressure plate 152 and the fourth pressure plate 155 and the second filter body 151 are arranged In this way, the arrangement of the second filter screen 15 on the funnel body 11 needs to be adjusted accordingly. In addition, the filtering precision of the second filter body 151 can also be set to other filtering precisions according to the needs of specific application scenarios, such as 30 mesh, 35 mesh, 45 mesh, 50 mesh, 60 mesh, etc.
返回参见图33,在上述漏斗装置1的优选实施方式中,漏斗装置1还包括溢流部12,溢流部12设置在漏斗本体11上。溢流部12包括溢流管123,溢流管123竖直设置在漏斗本体11上,且位于第一过滤部的外侧。溢流管123的顶部的进液口122高于第一过滤部的高度,溢流管123的顶部设置有盖帽121,多个进液口122设置在溢流管123的上部与盖帽121之间。此外,溢流管123的下部与漏斗本体11位于第二过滤部以下的部分连通。这样,漏斗装置1中的液体较多时(例如,漏斗装置1内的液体超过一定高度时),可以通过溢流管123及时排出,防止漏斗装置1中的液体排出不及时,导致切割室内液体例如切削液过多,损坏设备例如损害轴承箱。并且溢流管123的顶部设置有盖帽121,多个进液口122设置在溢流管123的上部与盖帽121之间,可以在便于溢流的同时,可以对进入溢流管123的液体中的杂质进行粗过滤。Referring back to FIG. 33 , in the preferred embodiment of the above funnel device 1 , the funnel device 1 further includes an overflow portion 12 , and the overflow portion 12 is provided on the funnel body 11 . The overflow part 12 includes an overflow pipe 123, which is vertically installed on the funnel body 11 and located outside the first filter part. The liquid inlet 122 on the top of the overflow pipe 123 is higher than the height of the first filter part. A cap 121 is provided on the top of the overflow pipe 123. A plurality of liquid inlets 122 are provided between the upper part of the overflow pipe 123 and the cap 121. . In addition, the lower part of the overflow pipe 123 is connected with the part of the funnel body 11 located below the second filter part. In this way, when there is a lot of liquid in the funnel device 1 (for example, when the liquid in the funnel device 1 exceeds a certain height), it can be discharged in time through the overflow pipe 123 to prevent the liquid in the funnel device 1 from not being discharged in time, resulting in liquid in the cutting chamber, such as Too much cutting fluid can damage equipment such as bearing housings. And the top of the overflow pipe 123 is provided with a cap 121, and a plurality of liquid inlets 122 are provided between the upper part of the overflow pipe 123 and the cap 121, which can facilitate overflow and at the same time control the liquid entering the overflow pipe 123. The impurities are coarsely filtered.
需要说明的是,溢流管123也可以以其他角度设置在漏斗本体11上。溢流管123的下部也可以不与漏斗本体11连通直接引流至其他预设位置。此外,溢流管123也可以位于第一过滤部的内测。溢流管123上的进液口122也可以根据应用场景的需要设置在其他合适的位置,进液口122也可以为一个。然后,溢流管123也可以不设置盖帽121。当然,也可以不设置溢流管123。继续返回参见图33,在上述漏斗装置1的优选实施方式中,漏斗装置还包括注液管13,注液管13与漏斗本体11的内部连通。It should be noted that the overflow pipe 123 can also be arranged on the funnel body 11 at other angles. The lower part of the overflow pipe 123 may also be directed to other preset positions without being connected to the funnel body 11 . In addition, the overflow pipe 123 may also be located inside the first filter part. The liquid inlet 122 on the overflow pipe 123 can also be set at other suitable positions according to the needs of the application scenario, and there can also be one liquid inlet 122 . Furthermore, the overflow pipe 123 does not need to be provided with the cap 121 . Of course, the overflow pipe 123 may not be provided. Continuing to refer back to FIG. 33 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned funnel device 1 , the funnel device further includes a liquid injection pipe 13 , and the liquid injection pipe 13 is connected with the inside of the funnel body 11 .
具体地,注液管13与溢流管123连通,并且注液管13远离漏斗本体11的一端(图33中左端)设置有活接头131。这样,可以通过注液管13向液路循环系统补充液体例如纯水或切割液,还可以简化漏斗装置1的结构。而且,注液管13上设置有活接头131,可以根据使用需要方便的与其他管路例如液源的管路连通和拆卸。需要说明的是,也可以不设置活接头131,或者根据具体应用场景的需要设置为其他形式的接头。当然,也可以不设置注液管13。Specifically, the liquid injection pipe 13 is connected with the overflow pipe 123, and an end of the liquid injection pipe 13 away from the funnel body 11 (the left end in Figure 33) is provided with a union 131. In this way, liquid such as pure water or cutting fluid can be replenished into the liquid circuit circulation system through the liquid injection pipe 13, and the structure of the funnel device 1 can also be simplified. Moreover, the liquid injection pipe 13 is provided with a union 131, which can be easily connected and disassembled with other pipelines such as the pipeline of the liquid source according to the needs of use. It should be noted that the movable joint 131 may not be provided, or may be provided with other forms of joints according to the needs of specific application scenarios. Of course, the liquid injection pipe 13 does not need to be provided.
在上述漏斗装置1的一种可替换实施方式中,漏斗装置1还包括注液管13,注液管13与漏斗本体11的内部连通。具体地,注液管13与漏斗本体11位于第二过滤部以下的部分连通。并且,注液管13远离漏斗本体11的一端设置有活接头131。如此,可以通过注液管13向液路循环系统补充液体例如纯水或切割液。此外,注液管13上设置有活接头131,可以根据使用需要方便的与其他管路例如液源的管路连通和拆卸。In an alternative embodiment of the above funnel device 1 , the funnel device 1 further includes a liquid injection pipe 13 , and the liquid injection pipe 13 is connected with the interior of the funnel body 11 . Specifically, the liquid injection pipe 13 communicates with the portion of the funnel body 11 located below the second filter part. Furthermore, an end of the liquid injection pipe 13 away from the funnel body 11 is provided with a union 131 . In this way, liquid such as pure water or cutting fluid can be replenished into the liquid circulation system through the liquid injection pipe 13 . In addition, the liquid injection pipe 13 is provided with a union 131, which can be easily connected and disassembled with other pipelines such as the pipeline of the liquid source according to the needs of use.
本申请提供一种切割总成,该切割总成包括切割室、供液系统和上述第一方面的的漏斗装置1。漏斗装置1连接在切割室与供液系统之间。如此,切割总成中设置的漏斗装置1可以对再次进入液路循环系统的液体进行二次过滤,过滤效果较好,减少和避免杂质进入液路循环系统,造成设备故障。The present application provides a cutting assembly, which includes a cutting chamber, a liquid supply system and the funnel device 1 of the first aspect. The funnel device 1 is connected between the cutting chamber and the liquid supply system. In this way, the funnel device 1 provided in the cutting assembly can perform secondary filtration of the liquid that enters the liquid circulation system again, with better filtration effect, reducing and preventing impurities from entering the liquid circulation system and causing equipment failure.
如图39和图40所示,本申请的进刀总成包括滑板箱1和护罩2。滑板箱1用于安装待切割件并带动待切割件进给运动,护罩2包括具有多个侧平面的罩体21,罩体21围设于滑板箱1的外周侧,并且与滑板箱1无相对运动。As shown in Figures 39 and 40, the tool feed assembly of this application includes a skateboard box 1 and a guard 2. The skateboard box 1 is used to install the parts to be cut and drive the feeding movement of the parts to be cut. The guard 2 includes a cover body 21 with multiple side planes. The cover body 21 is surrounding the outer peripheral side of the skateboard box 1 and is connected with the skateboard box 1 No relative motion.
应用时,滑板箱1带动其上安装的待切割件做进给运动,例如沿竖直方向向下移动,待切割件因此被设置于滑板箱1下方的切割线切割为片状。切割过程中,产生大量切割粉末和碎屑,同时为避免待切割件和切割线温度过高,冷却液一直对待切割件和切割线进行喷淋冷却,冷却液溅射在待切割件和切割线上变为污水。粉末、碎屑和污水同时溅射在护罩2的罩体21外侧,由于罩体21外侧为多个侧平面,因此粉末、碎屑和污水无法停留和堆积,也无法穿过侧平面进入滑板箱1内部。When used, the skateboard box 1 drives the parts to be cut installed thereon to perform a feeding motion, for example, moving downward in the vertical direction, so that the parts to be cut are cut into pieces by the cutting lines provided below the skateboard box 1 . During the cutting process, a large amount of cutting powder and debris are generated. At the same time, in order to prevent the parts to be cut and the cutting line from being too hot, coolant is sprayed and cooled on the parts to be cut and the cutting line. The coolant splashes on the parts to be cut and the cutting line. turns into sewage. Powder, debris and sewage are splashed on the outside of the cover body 21 of the guard 2 at the same time. Since the outside of the cover body 21 has multiple side planes, the powder, debris and sewage cannot stay and accumulate, nor can they enter the skateboard through the side planes. Inside box 1.
通过护罩2设置具有多个侧平面的罩体21,且罩体21围设在滑板箱1的外周侧,使得护罩2的外侧不存在褶皱,从而罩体21外侧不容易积存脏污,有利于提高整体的切割质量和切割效率。The shield 2 is provided with a cover 21 with multiple side planes, and the cover 21 is arranged around the outer peripheral side of the skateboard box 1 so that there are no wrinkles on the outside of the guard 2 and dirt is not easily accumulated on the outside of the cover 21. It is helpful to improve the overall cutting quality and cutting efficiency.
如图39至图42所示,一种优选实施方式中,本申请的进刀总成包括滑板箱1、护罩2、刮擦件3、安装部(图中未示出)、固定框5、安装座6和驱动机构7。具体地,参见图39和图41,滑板箱1包括本体11和装夹座12,装夹座12通过螺接等方式固定连接于本体11的一端。本申请中,装夹座12位于本体11的底端,装夹座12的底面中部设置有连接结构,用于与承载待切割件的晶托配合连接。其中,连接结构为本领域常规手段,不再赘述。As shown in Figures 39 to 42, in a preferred embodiment, the knife feed assembly of the present application includes a skateboard box 1, a guard 2, a scraper 3, a mounting part (not shown in the figure), and a fixed frame 5 , mounting base 6 and driving mechanism 7. Specifically, referring to Figures 39 and 41, the skateboard box 1 includes a body 11 and a clamping base 12. The clamping base 12 is fixedly connected to one end of the body 11 through screwing or other means. In this application, the clamping base 12 is located at the bottom end of the body 11, and a connecting structure is provided in the middle of the bottom surface of the clamping base 12 for cooperative connection with the crystal support carrying the piece to be cut. The connection structure is a conventional means in this field and will not be described again.
参见图39,安装部包括进刀基座、前基座41、后基座42和侧立板,本申请为清楚示出护罩2结构,图39中将进刀基座和侧立板隐藏。其中,进刀基座的两侧面分别与前基座41和后基座42连接,侧立板连接于前基座41和后基座42之间,换言之,进刀基座、前基座41、后基座42和侧立板围设形成一个环形的框架,且进刀基座、前基座41、后基座42和侧立板的底部基本齐平,从而围设形成环形的安装面。Referring to Figure 39, the installation part includes the feed base, the front base 41, the rear base 42 and the side risers. In order to clearly show the structure of the guard 2 in this application, the feed base and the side risers are hidden in Figure 39. . Among them, both sides of the feed base are connected to the front base 41 and the rear base 42 respectively, and the side risers are connected between the front base 41 and the rear base 42. In other words, the feed base, the front base 41 , the rear base 42 and the side risers are surrounded to form a ring-shaped frame, and the feed base, the front base 41, the rear base 42 and the bottoms of the side risers are basically flush, thereby forming a ring-shaped mounting surface .
参见图39和图41,驱动机构7用于驱动滑板箱1做进给运动,其固定连接在进刀基座上,且与滑板箱1传动连接。滑板箱1可移动地连接于安装部,并且滑板箱1可升降地设置在安装部形成的环形空间内,在驱动机构7的驱动下实现升降运动。本申请中,滑板箱1下降为进给方向,滑板箱1上升为退刀方向。驱动机构7的具体结构和连接方式为本领域的常规手段,此处不再赘述。Referring to Figures 39 and 41, the driving mechanism 7 is used to drive the skateboard box 1 to perform the feed movement. It is fixedly connected to the feed base and is drivingly connected to the skateboard box 1. The skateboard box 1 is movably connected to the mounting part, and is elevatingly disposed in the annular space formed by the mounting part, and is driven by the driving mechanism 7 to realize the lifting movement. In this application, the skateboard box 1 descends in the feeding direction, and the skateboard box 1 rises in the retraction direction. The specific structure and connection method of the driving mechanism 7 are conventional means in this field and will not be described again here.
当然,上述滑板箱1、安装座6和驱动机构7的具体结构并非唯一,本领域技术人员可以进行调整,以便本申请适用于更加具体的应用场景。举例而言,在可以实现带动待切割件做进给运动的前提下,本领域技术人员可以调整滑板箱1的具体结构,例如将装夹座12与本体11一体成型,或采用焊接、粘接等方式连接等。再如,装夹座12除设置在本体11底端外,还可以根据本体11的具体进给方向进行位置调整,如在本体11向上进给时,可以将装夹座12设置于本体11顶部,在侧向进给时,可以将装夹座12设置在本体11侧部等。再如,安装座6的具体组成方式本领域技术人员也可以进行调整,如安装座6只包括上述进刀基座、前基座41、后基座42和侧立板中的一部分,或者将其中一部分基座设置为一体结构、或者还可以更改其中部分基座的结构等。Of course, the specific structures of the above-mentioned skateboard box 1, mounting base 6 and driving mechanism 7 are not unique, and those skilled in the art can make adjustments so that the present application is suitable for more specific application scenarios. For example, on the premise that the parts to be cut can be driven to perform a feeding motion, those skilled in the art can adjust the specific structure of the skateboard box 1, such as integrating the clamping seat 12 and the body 11, or using welding or bonding. Connect in other ways. For another example, in addition to being arranged at the bottom of the body 11, the clamping seat 12 can also be positioned according to the specific feeding direction of the body 11. For example, when the body 11 is fed upward, the clamping seat 12 can be arranged at the top of the body 11. , during lateral feeding, the clamping seat 12 can be arranged on the side of the body 11, etc. For another example, those skilled in the art can also adjust the specific composition of the mounting base 6. For example, the mounting base 6 only includes part of the above-mentioned feed base, the front base 41, the rear base 42 and the side risers, or it may be Some of the bases are set as an integrated structure, or the structure of some of the bases can be changed.
参见图39和图40,护罩2包括罩体21和底框23。其中,罩体21由多块围板211围设形成。本申请中,罩体21由两块结构相同的围板211围设形成,并且每块围板211均由不锈钢钣金件折弯形成,成型好后每块围板211的截面均呈直角C形。需要说明的是,本申请中的直角C形指的是将一块长条形钣金两端弯折后,弯折的两钣金面与中间的钣金面之间的角度大致为直角。安装时,两块C形围板211由滑板箱1的两个相对的侧面相向安装,直至两个围板211相对应的弯折的钣金面彼此抵接,从而量块围板211围设形成一个具有四个侧平面的罩体21。围设好后,将两块围板211分别固定连接在滑板箱1上。优选地,将每个侧平面通过螺接的方式固定连接在装夹座12的一个外侧面,从而实现罩体21与滑板箱1之间的位置相对固定。此外,两块围板211之间的缝隙可以使用密封胶密封,从而提升防护效果。Referring to FIGS. 39 and 40 , the shield 2 includes a cover body 21 and a bottom frame 23 . The cover body 21 is surrounded by a plurality of enclosure plates 211 . In this application, the cover body 21 is surrounded by two enclosure plates 211 with the same structure, and each enclosure plate 211 is formed by bending stainless steel sheet metal parts. After forming, the cross section of each enclosure plate 211 is at a right angle C shape. It should be noted that the right-angled C shape in this application means that after bending both ends of a long strip of sheet metal, the angle between the two bent sheet metal surfaces and the middle sheet metal surface is approximately a right angle. During installation, two C-shaped hoardings 211 are installed toward each other from two opposite sides of the skateboard box 1 until the corresponding bent sheet metal surfaces of the two hoardings 211 abut each other, so that the gauge block hoardings 211 surround A cover 21 is formed with four side planes. After the enclosure is set up, the two enclosure panels 211 are fixedly connected to the skateboard box 1 respectively. Preferably, each side plane is fixedly connected to an outer surface of the clamping base 12 by screwing, so that the position between the cover body 21 and the skateboard box 1 is relatively fixed. In addition, the gap between the two hoardings 211 can be sealed with sealant to improve the protection effect.
通过多块围板211围设形成罩体21,可以降低罩体21的制造和安装难度。通过设置两个直角C形围板211,可以提高围板211的制造效率,提高安装效率。通过围板211由钣金件折弯形成,可以简化制造工艺,提高制造和安装效率。通过罩体21固定连接在滑板箱1上,可以提高罩体21的连接稳定性。通过不锈钢制成护罩2,可以提高护罩2的强度和使用寿命。The cover body 21 is formed by a plurality of enclosure panels 211, which can reduce the difficulty of manufacturing and installing the cover body 21. By arranging two right-angled C-shaped hoardings 211, the manufacturing efficiency of the hoardings 211 can be improved, and the installation efficiency can be improved. By forming the enclosure 211 by bending sheet metal parts, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the manufacturing and installation efficiency can be improved. By fixedly connecting the cover body 21 to the skateboard box 1, the connection stability of the cover body 21 can be improved. By making the shield 2 from stainless steel, the strength and service life of the shield 2 can be improved.
当然,罩体21的具体设置方式并非唯一,本领域技术人员可以对其进行调整,以便本申请适用于更加具体的应用场景。举例而言,组成罩体21的围板211数量不唯一,结构也可以不相同,其最少可以由一块完整的环形围板211围设形成,也可以由三块、四块或更多块围板211围设形成,如罩体21的四个面分别使用一块围板211,四块围板211彼此之间固定连接或粘接等。总之,本领域技术人员可以根据滑板箱1的具体结构合理选择围板211的数量和形状,只要能够围设形成罩体21即可。再如,虽然上述实施方式是结合罩体21采用不锈钢材料制成为例进行说明的,但是罩体21的材料不只限于此,本领域技术人员还可以采用其他金属或合金材料制成罩体21。再如,虽然罩体21是以固定连接在装夹座12的外侧面为例说明的,但是罩体21的具体连接方式本领域技术人员可以进行调整,举例而言,罩体21还可以通过粘接、焊接等方式连接在装夹座12上,还可以将罩体21的每个侧平面或部分侧平面固定连接在滑板箱1的本体11上。当然罩体21也可以不与滑板箱1连接,而是通过其他结构保持与滑板箱1之间的位置相对固定,如通过与下文中的固定连接在装夹座12上的底框23固定连接。Of course, the specific arrangement method of the cover body 21 is not unique, and those skilled in the art can adjust it so that the present application is suitable for more specific application scenarios. For example, the number of hoardings 211 that make up the cover body 21 is not unique, and the structures may also be different. It can be formed by at least one complete annular hoarding 211, or it can be surrounded by three, four or more hoardings. The board 211 is formed around the cover. For example, each of the four sides of the cover 21 uses one enclosure plate 211, and the four enclosure plates 211 are fixedly connected or bonded to each other. In short, those skilled in the art can reasonably select the number and shape of the enclosures 211 according to the specific structure of the skateboard box 1, as long as they can be surrounded to form the cover 21. For another example, although the above embodiment is described with the example that the cover 21 is made of stainless steel, the material of the cover 21 is not limited thereto. Those skilled in the art can also use other metal or alloy materials to make the cover 21 . For another example, although the cover body 21 is illustrated as being fixedly connected to the outer side of the clamping base 12, the specific connection method of the cover body 21 can be adjusted by those skilled in the art. For example, the cover body 21 can also be connected by It is connected to the clamping base 12 by bonding, welding, etc., and each side plane or part of the side planes of the cover 21 can also be fixedly connected to the body 11 of the skateboard box 1 . Of course, the cover body 21 may not be connected to the skateboard box 1, but may be kept relatively fixed to the skateboard box 1 through other structures, such as being fixedly connected to the bottom frame 23 fixedly connected to the clamping base 12 as described below. .
继续参照图39至图41,底框23位于滑板箱1的底端且与罩体21连接。具体地,底框23为由不锈钢一体成型的封闭框体,该框体螺接在装夹座12的下侧面外缘上。固定好后,底框23的外侧缘与罩体21的下端部抵接,底框23的内侧缘沿水平方向向罩体21的内侧延伸。优选地,底框23与罩体21抵接后通过密封胶粘接。通过设置环形底框23,可以提高护罩2的整体防护范围,提高防护效果。底框23一体成型,可以提高安装效率。通过底框23内侧缘延伸至罩体21内侧,可以提高防护效果。通过底框23外侧缘与罩体21端部连接,可以提高护罩2的整体性,进一步提高对防护效果。通过底框23与罩体21密封连接,可以保证罩体21与底框23之间的密封性,进一步提高密封效果。通过将底框23固定在滑板箱1上,可以提高底框23的连接稳定性。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 39 to 41 , the bottom frame 23 is located at the bottom end of the skateboard box 1 and is connected to the cover body 21 . Specifically, the bottom frame 23 is a closed frame integrally formed of stainless steel, and the frame is screwed to the outer edge of the lower side of the clamping base 12 . After being fixed, the outer edge of the bottom frame 23 is in contact with the lower end of the cover body 21 , and the inner edge of the bottom frame 23 extends in the horizontal direction toward the inside of the cover body 21 . Preferably, the bottom frame 23 and the cover body 21 are bonded through sealant after being in contact with each other. By providing the annular bottom frame 23, the overall protection range of the shield 2 can be increased and the protection effect can be improved. The bottom frame 23 is formed in one piece, which can improve the installation efficiency. By extending the inner edge of the bottom frame 23 to the inner side of the cover body 21, the protective effect can be improved. By connecting the outer edge of the bottom frame 23 to the end of the cover body 21, the integrity of the shield 2 can be improved and the protective effect can be further improved. Through the sealing connection between the bottom frame 23 and the cover body 21, the sealing performance between the cover body 21 and the bottom frame 23 can be ensured, and the sealing effect can be further improved. By fixing the bottom frame 23 to the skateboard box 1, the connection stability of the bottom frame 23 can be improved.
参见图39和图42,刮擦件3连接于安装部,安装好后,刮擦件3抵接在护罩2的外侧面上,用于刮除护罩2的外侧面上的脏污。具体地,刮擦件3为橡胶材质且一体成型的环形件,其包括位于外侧的连接段31和位于内侧的刮擦段32,连接段31设置于安装部形成的安装面,刮擦段32由连接段31的一端向护罩2的方向延伸并抵接在护罩2上。连接好后,刮擦段32相对于罩体21的侧平面倾斜设置,且优选地,刮擦段32的倾斜方向与滑板箱1的退刀方向相同。Referring to Figures 39 and 42, the scraping member 3 is connected to the installation portion. After installation, the scraping member 3 abuts against the outer surface of the guard 2 to scrape dirt on the outer surface of the guard 2. Specifically, the scraping member 3 is an annular piece made of rubber and formed in one piece. It includes a connecting section 31 located on the outside and a scraping section 32 located on the inside. The connecting section 31 is provided on the mounting surface formed by the mounting part, and the scraping section 32 One end of the connecting section 31 extends toward the shield 2 and abuts against the shield 2 . After being connected, the scraping section 32 is inclined relative to the side plane of the cover body 21 , and preferably, the tilting direction of the scraping section 32 is the same as the retracting direction of the skateboard box 1 .
切割过程中,滑板箱1在驱动机构7的驱动下向下做进给运动,切割过程中的粉末和污水溅到罩体21侧平面上但无法聚集,并且在刮擦件3的阻挡下这些粉末和污水无法穿过罩体21与安装部之间的缝隙。当切割完毕时,滑板箱1在驱动机构7的驱动下向上做退刀运动,此时刮擦件3对残留在罩体21侧平面上的粉末和污水进行刮除,避免粉末和污水在罩体21上堆积。During the cutting process, the skateboard box 1 feeds downwards driven by the driving mechanism 7. The powder and sewage during the cutting process splash onto the side plane of the cover body 21 but cannot gather, and are blocked by the scraper 3. Powder and sewage cannot pass through the gap between the cover body 21 and the mounting part. When the cutting is completed, the skateboard box 1 makes an upward retraction movement driven by the driving mechanism 7. At this time, the scraping member 3 scrapes off the powder and sewage remaining on the side plane of the cover body 21 to prevent the powder and sewage from being trapped in the cover. accumulated on body 21.
通过设置刮擦件3,还能在罩体21的侧平面上堆积脏污时,随着滑板箱1的运动及时对脏污进行清理,进一步提高切割质量和切割效率。通过将刮擦件3设置在安装部上,可以实现在护罩2附近安装刮擦件3,提高刮擦效果。通过将刮擦件3设置在安装面且呈环形,可以实现对罩体21外侧面的全面刮擦,提高挂擦效果。通过设置刮擦段32与连接段31之间具有一定夹角,可以更好的实现对罩体21的挂擦,提高脏污去除效果。通过刮擦段32与滑板箱1的退刀方向相同设置,可以在滑板箱1退刀的时候对滑板箱1进行高效挂擦,实现脏污的高效去除。刮擦件3一体成型,可以提高安装效率。通过软质材料制成刮擦件3,可以避免损坏罩体21,延长护罩2的使用寿命。通过设置固定框5,可以对刮擦件3进行固定,提高刮擦件3的挂擦稳定性和刮擦效果。固定框5由多个压条51围设形成,可以降低安装难度。通过设置安装座6,可以借助安装座6提高刮擦件3安装位置精度,使得刮擦件3尽可能靠近罩体21,提高刮擦效果。By providing the scraper 3, when dirt accumulates on the side plane of the cover body 21, the dirt can be cleaned in time with the movement of the skateboard box 1, further improving the cutting quality and cutting efficiency. By arranging the scraping part 3 on the mounting part, the scraping part 3 can be installed near the shield 2 to improve the scraping effect. By arranging the scraping member 3 on the mounting surface and in an annular shape, the outer surface of the cover body 21 can be fully scraped and the scraping effect can be improved. By arranging a certain angle between the scraping section 32 and the connecting section 31, the cover body 21 can be better scraped and the dirt removal effect can be improved. By setting the scraping section 32 in the same direction as the retracting direction of the skateboard box 1, the skateboard box 1 can be efficiently wiped when the skateboard box 1 is retracted, thereby achieving efficient dirt removal. The scraping part 3 is formed in one piece, which can improve the installation efficiency. By making the scraping member 3 of soft material, damage to the cover body 21 can be avoided and the service life of the cover 2 can be extended. By providing the fixed frame 5, the scraping element 3 can be fixed, thereby improving the scratching stability and scraping effect of the scraping element 3. The fixed frame 5 is surrounded by a plurality of pressure bars 51, which can reduce the difficulty of installation. By arranging the mounting base 6, the installation position accuracy of the scraping element 3 can be improved by means of the mounting base 6, so that the scraping element 3 can be as close as possible to the cover body 21, thereby improving the scraping effect.
如图46所示,本申请第一方面提供一种护罩14,该护罩14包括护罩本体141和护罩安装部142。护罩本体141安装在护罩安装部142上,护罩安装部142与护罩本体141之间形成能够收集粉尘和/或液体的容纳部。如此,在护罩本体141对进刀机构进行防护的同时,护罩安装部142与护罩本体141之间的容纳部可以收集从护罩本体141掉落的粉尘和液体,以免掉落下来的粉尘和液体再次进入到线网区,污染线网,进而影响切割质量。继续参见图46,在上述护罩14的优选实施方式中,护罩安装部142为具有容纳空间的敞口结构,敞口结构的内侧与护罩本体141外侧之间形成容纳部。As shown in FIG. 46 , the first aspect of the present application provides a shield 14 , which includes a shield body 141 and a shield mounting part 142 . The shield body 141 is installed on the shield mounting part 142, and a receiving part capable of collecting dust and/or liquid is formed between the shield mounting part 142 and the shield body 141. In this way, while the guard body 141 protects the knife feeding mechanism, the accommodating portion between the guard installation part 142 and the guard body 141 can collect dust and liquid falling from the guard body 141 to prevent falling dust. Dust and liquid enter the wire mesh area again, contaminating the wire mesh and thus affecting the cutting quality. Continuing to refer to FIG. 46 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned shield 14 , the shield installation part 142 is an open structure with a receiving space, and a receiving part is formed between the inner side of the open structure and the outer side of the shield body 141 .
进一步地,护罩安装部142包括安装板本体1421,安装板本体1421的中部形成有镂空结构,安装板本体1421的四周向上延伸形成有围板1422,护罩本体141的下端连接在安装板本体1421上,围板1422、安装板本体1421以及护罩本体141之间形成容纳部。进一步地,护罩安装部142上设置有引流口1423。优选地,引流口1423为设置在围板1422上的豁口。优选地,护罩安装部142的安装板本体1421与围板1422一体加工成型。如此,通过在安装本体的四周设置围板1422,与安装本体和护罩本体141形成容纳部,可以方便地收集从护罩本体141掉落的粉尘和液体,并通过护罩安装部142上设置的引流口1423将容纳部收集的粉尘和液体及时排出,以免掉落下来的粉尘和液体再次进入到线网区,污染线网,进而影响切割质量。而且,护罩安装部142一体加工成型,节省安装步骤。Further, the shield mounting part 142 includes a mounting plate body 1421. A hollow structure is formed in the middle of the mounting plate body 1421. A surrounding plate 1422 extends upward around the mounting plate body 1421. The lower end of the shield body 141 is connected to the mounting plate body. 1421, a receiving portion is formed between the enclosure 1422, the mounting plate body 1421 and the shield body 141. Further, the shield installation part 142 is provided with a drainage opening 1423. Preferably, the drainage opening 1423 is a gap provided on the enclosure 1422 . Preferably, the mounting plate body 1421 of the shield mounting portion 142 and the enclosure plate 1422 are integrally formed. In this way, by setting the enclosure 1422 around the mounting body and forming a receiving portion with the mounting body and the shield body 141, the dust and liquid falling from the shield body 141 can be conveniently collected and passed through the shield mounting portion 142. The drainage port 1423 discharges the dust and liquid collected in the receiving part in time to prevent the fallen dust and liquid from entering the wire mesh area again, contaminating the wire mesh, and thus affecting the cutting quality. Moreover, the shield mounting portion 142 is integrally formed to save installation steps.
继续参见图46,在上述护罩14的优选实施方式中,护罩14还包括导流部143。导流部143与护罩安装部142设置有引流口1423的部分连接,引流口1423与导流部143连通,导流部143能够将流体引流至预设区域,导流部143上设置有导流口1433。优选地,导流部143包括底板1435、第一侧板1431、第二侧板1432和第三侧板1434,导流部143焊接在护罩安装部142上。第一侧板1431弯折形成于底板1435的第一侧,第二侧板1432形成于底板1435的第二侧,第三侧板1434弯折形成于底板1435的第三侧,第一侧板1431和第三侧板1434分别位于第二侧板1433的两端,导流口1433设置在第二侧板1433上。优选地,第一侧板1431、第二侧板1432和第三侧板1434与底板1435一体加工成型为导流部143。第一侧板1431的弯折部位、第三侧板1434的弯折部位和底板1435敞开的一侧与护罩安装部142上设置有引流口1423的位置连接,底板1435部分延伸至安装板本体1421的底部。Continuing to refer to FIG. 46 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned shield 14 , the shield 14 further includes a flow guide portion 143 . The guide part 143 is connected to the part of the shield installation part 142 where the guide opening 1423 is provided. The guide part 1423 is connected with the guide part 143. The guide part 143 can guide the fluid to a preset area. The guide part 143 is provided with a guide part 143. Liukou1433. Preferably, the air guide part 143 includes a bottom plate 1435, a first side plate 1431, a second side plate 1432 and a third side plate 1434, and the air guide part 143 is welded to the shield mounting part 142. The first side plate 1431 is bent and formed on the first side of the bottom plate 1435. The second side plate 1432 is formed on the second side of the bottom plate 1435. The third side plate 1434 is bent and formed on the third side of the bottom plate 1435. The first side plate 1431 and the third side plate 1434 are respectively located at both ends of the second side plate 1433, and the flow guide opening 1433 is provided on the second side plate 1433. Preferably, the first side plate 1431 , the second side plate 1432 and the third side plate 1434 are integrally formed with the bottom plate 1435 to form the air guide 143 . The bent portion of the first side plate 1431, the bent portion of the third side plate 1434 and the open side of the bottom plate 1435 are connected to the position where the drainage opening 1423 is provided on the shield mounting portion 142, and the bottom plate 1435 partially extends to the mounting plate body. The bottom of 1421.
如此,容纳部收集的粉尘和液体可以进一步通过导流部143将收集的粉尘和液体引流至预设区域,以免影响设备的运行。而且导流部143一体加工成型,节省安装步骤。In this way, the dust and liquid collected in the accommodating part can be further directed to the preset area through the guide part 143 to avoid affecting the operation of the equipment. Moreover, the flow guide part 143 is integrally processed and formed, saving installation steps.
当然,导流部143的各个部分也可以分体成型后连接在一起形成导流部143。此外,导流部143也可以设置为其他形式。例如,导流部143为导流管,导流管与护罩安装部142设置有引流口1423的部分连接,引流口1423与导流管连通,导流口1433设置在导流管上。或者,导流部143为导流槽,导流槽与护罩安装部142设置有引流口1423的部分连接,引流口1423与导流槽连通,导流口1433设置在导流槽上。又或者,导流部143为导流板,导流板与护罩安装部142设置有引流口1423的部分连接,引流口1423与导流板连通。此外,也可以不设置导流口1433。Of course, various parts of the flow guide portion 143 can also be formed separately and then connected together to form the flow guide portion 143 . In addition, the flow guide part 143 may also be provided in other forms. For example, the flow guide part 143 is a flow guide pipe, the flow guide pipe is connected to the part of the shield mounting part 142 where the flow guide opening 1423 is provided, the flow guide opening 1423 is connected with the flow guide pipe, and the flow guide opening 1433 is provided on the flow guide pipe. Alternatively, the guide portion 143 is a guide groove, the guide groove is connected to the portion of the shield mounting portion 142 where the guide opening 1423 is provided, the guide opening 1423 is connected with the guide groove, and the guide opening 1433 is provided on the guide groove. Alternatively, the flow guide portion 143 is a flow guide plate, and the flow guide plate is connected to the portion of the shield mounting portion 142 where the flow guide opening 1423 is provided, and the flow guide opening 1423 is connected with the flow guide plate. In addition, the guide port 1433 may not be provided.
然后,导流部143与护罩安装部142也可以通过其他方式连接。例如,导流部143与护罩安装部142一体成型。或者,导流部143通过第二连接件(例如螺栓螺母)连接在护罩安装部142上。又或者,导流部143铆接在护罩安装部142上。又或者,导流部143通过第二连接件连接在护罩安装部142上。又或者,导流部143上设置有第一卡接结构(例如卡板),护罩安装部142上设置有与第一卡接结构相配合的第二卡接结构(例如卡槽),第一卡接结构与第二卡接结构卡接。再或者,导流部143上设置有第一挂接结构(例如挂钩),护罩安装部142上设置有与第一挂接结构配合的第二挂接结构(例如挂孔),导流部143挂设在护罩安装部142上(当然,也可以不设置第二连接结构,通过挂钩直接挂设在护罩安装部142上)。再或者,导流部143通过胶体粘接在护罩安装部142上。再者,底板1435也可以部分延伸至安装板本体1421的上部,或者底板1435还可以直接与安装板本体1421对接。Then, the flow guide part 143 and the shield mounting part 142 can also be connected in other ways. For example, the flow guide part 143 and the shield mounting part 142 are integrally formed. Alternatively, the flow guide part 143 is connected to the shield mounting part 142 through a second connector (such as a bolt and nut). Alternatively, the flow guide part 143 is riveted to the shield mounting part 142 . Alternatively, the flow guide part 143 is connected to the shield mounting part 142 through a second connector. Alternatively, the air guide part 143 is provided with a first locking structure (such as a clamping plate), and the shield mounting part 142 is provided with a second locking structure (such as a clamping slot) that matches the first locking structure. One snap-in structure is snap-connected with the second snap-in structure. Alternatively, the flow guide part 143 is provided with a first hooking structure (such as a hook), and the shield mounting part 142 is provided with a second hooking structure (such as a hanging hole) that cooperates with the first hooking structure. 143 is hung on the shield mounting part 142 (of course, the second connection structure may not be provided, and the shield mounting part 142 may be hung directly on the hook). Or, the flow guide part 143 is bonded to the shield mounting part 142 through colloid. Furthermore, the bottom plate 1435 can also partially extend to the upper part of the mounting plate body 1421, or the bottom plate 1435 can also be directly connected to the mounting plate body 1421.
继续参见图46,在上述护罩14的优选实施方式中,护罩本体141为可伸缩结构。优选地,护罩本体141为风琴式伸缩护罩14,该风琴式伸缩护罩14粘接在护罩安装部142上。这样,在切割过程中,风琴式伸缩护罩14可以方便的随着进刀机构进行伸缩,提高防护效果。此外,护罩本体141也可以设置为钢板式伸缩护罩14、盔甲式伸缩护罩14或圆筒式伸缩护罩14等可伸缩结构。然后,护罩本体141也可以通过其他方式设置在护罩安装部142上。例如,护罩本体141通过第一连接件(例如螺栓螺母)密封连接在护罩安装部142上,或者护罩本体141焊接在护罩安装部142上。Continuing to refer to Figure 46, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned shield 14, the shield body 141 is a retractable structure. Preferably, the shield body 141 is an accordion-type telescopic shield 14, and the accordion-type telescopic shield 14 is bonded to the shield mounting portion 142. In this way, during the cutting process, the accordion-type telescopic shield 14 can conveniently expand and contract along with the knife feeding mechanism, thereby improving the protective effect. In addition, the shield body 141 can also be configured as a retractable structure such as a steel plate telescopic shield 14, an armor-type telescopic shield 14, or a cylindrical telescopic shield 14. Then, the shield body 141 can also be arranged on the shield mounting portion 142 in other ways. For example, the shield body 141 is sealingly connected to the shield mounting part 142 through a first connector (such as a bolt and nut), or the shield body 141 is welded to the shield mounting part 142 .
如图46至图46所示,第二方面,本申请提供一种进刀总成1,包括箱体安装部、滑板箱12和上述的护罩14。滑板箱12可移动地连接于箱体安装部,护罩本体141连接于箱体安装部,护罩安装部142连接于滑板箱12。如此,安装有上述护罩14的进刀总成1,可以避免在切割过程中从护罩本体141上掉落下来的粉尘和液体进入线网区影响切割质量。As shown in Figures 46 to 46, in a second aspect, the present application provides a knife feed assembly 1, which includes a box mounting part, a slide box 12 and the above-mentioned guard cover 14. The skateboard box 12 is movably connected to the box installation part, the guard body 141 is connected to the box installation part, and the guard installation part 142 is connected to the skateboard box 12 . In this way, the knife feed assembly 1 equipped with the above-mentioned shield 14 can prevent dust and liquid falling from the shield body 141 from entering the wire mesh area during the cutting process and affecting the cutting quality.
继续参见图46至图46,在上述进刀总成1的优选实施方式中,护罩本体141的上部与箱体安装部连接。箱体安装部包括进刀基座11、前基座13、后基座16和侧立板15,进刀基座11的两侧面分别与前基座13和后基座16连接,侧立板15连接于前基座13和后基座16之间,护罩本体141的上部与进刀基座11的下端面、前基座13的下端面、后基座16的下端面和侧立板15的下端面连接。滑板箱12与进刀基座11可滑动连接,滑板箱12位于前基座13、后基座16和侧立板15之间围设形成的容纳空间。这样,护罩本体141的上部与进刀基座11的下端面、前基座13的下端面、后基座16的下端面和侧立板15的下端面连接,护罩本体141的下部固定在安装板本体1421上,在切割过程中,护罩本体141随着进刀机构的进给运动伸缩,从护罩14上掉落下的粉尘和液体可以收纳在围板1422、安装板本体1421和护罩本体141外侧之间的容纳部,避免进入线网区影响切割质量。此外,进刀基座11、前基座13、后基座16和侧立板15之间形成滑板箱12的围护空间,可以防止液体进入,影响设备运行,同时基座可以起到支撑作用,保证运行稳定。当然,箱体安装部也可以为切割框架,此时滑板箱12可滑动的连接于切割框架,护罩本体141的上部与切割框架连接。Continuing to refer to Figures 46 to 46 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned knife feed assembly 1, the upper part of the guard body 141 is connected to the box mounting part. The box installation part includes a feed base 11, a front base 13, a rear base 16 and side risers 15. Both sides of the feed base 11 are connected to the front base 13 and the rear base 16 respectively. The side risers 15 is connected between the front base 13 and the rear base 16. The upper part of the guard body 141 is connected with the lower end surface of the feed base 11, the lower end surface of the front base 13, the lower end surface of the rear base 16 and the side vertical plate. The lower end face of 15 is connected. The skateboard box 12 is slidably connected to the feed base 11 . The skateboard box 12 is located in the accommodation space formed between the front base 13 , the rear base 16 and the side risers 15 . In this way, the upper part of the guard body 141 is connected to the lower end surface of the feed base 11, the lower end surface of the front base 13, the lower end surface of the rear base 16 and the lower end surface of the side riser 15, and the lower part of the guard body 141 is fixed. On the mounting plate body 1421, during the cutting process, the guard body 141 expands and contracts with the feed movement of the feed mechanism, and the dust and liquid falling from the guard 14 can be stored in the enclosure 1422 and the mounting plate body 1421 and the outer side of the guard body 141 to avoid entering the wire mesh area and affecting the cutting quality. In addition, the enclosure space of the skateboard box 12 is formed between the feed base 11, the front base 13, the rear base 16 and the side risers 15, which can prevent liquid from entering and affecting the operation of the equipment. At the same time, the base can play a supporting role. , to ensure stable operation. Of course, the box installation part can also be a cutting frame. In this case, the skateboard box 12 is slidably connected to the cutting frame, and the upper part of the shield body 141 is connected to the cutting frame.
参见图47至图56,本申请提供一种清洗装置1,该清洗装置1包括进液组件11、主清洗组件12和辅助清洗组件13。进液组件11与清洗液源连接,主清洗组件12与进液组件11连通。主清洗组件12用于对切割框架2、和/或线网、和/或主辊、和/或滑板箱的护罩进行清洗。辅助清洗组件13与进液组件11连通,辅助清洗组件13用于对导轮、辅助辊和穿线部中的至少一个进行清洗。Referring to Figures 47 to 56, this application provides a cleaning device 1. The cleaning device 1 includes a liquid inlet component 11, a main cleaning component 12 and an auxiliary cleaning component 13. The liquid inlet assembly 11 is connected with the cleaning liquid source, and the main cleaning assembly 12 is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11 . The main cleaning assembly 12 is used to clean the cutting frame 2, and/or the wire mesh, and/or the main roller, and/or the guard cover of the skateboard box. The auxiliary cleaning component 13 is connected with the liquid inlet component 11 and is used to clean at least one of the guide wheel, the auxiliary roller and the threading part.
参见图47、图48和图49,在上述清洗装置1的优选实施方式中,辅助清洗组件13包括:导轮清洗组件131,导轮清洗组件131与进液组件11连通,导轮清洗组件131用于对导轮进行清洗。具体地,导轮清洗组件131包括两个导轮清洗管路1311(分别用于对收线侧的导轮和放线侧的导轮进行清洗)、第一出液口和固定支架1312。导轮清洗管路1311的首端(图49中的右端)与主清洗组件12连通,第一出液口设置在导轮清洗管路1311的末端(图49中的左端)。优选地,导轮清洗管路1311为柔性管(例如尼龙管、金属软管、橡胶软管等)。第一出液口(图中未示出)设置有第一喷嘴1313。优选地,第一喷嘴1313为60°圆锥实心喷嘴。导轮清洗管路1311固定于固定支架1312上,固定支架1312连接于第一预设安装位置,例如,导轮清洗管路1311的一端通过直通接头安装在固定支架1312的上部,直通接头与固定支架1312上设置的通孔连通,可调接头安装固定支座上设置的通孔的下部,60°圆锥实心喷嘴安装在可调接头上。优选地,第一预设安装位置为导轮安装座。Referring to Figures 47, 48 and 49, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 1, the auxiliary cleaning assembly 13 includes: a guide wheel cleaning assembly 131, which is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11, and the guide wheel cleaning assembly 131 Used to clean the guide wheel. Specifically, the guide wheel cleaning assembly 131 includes two guide wheel cleaning pipes 1311 (respectively used to clean the guide wheel on the take-up side and the guide wheel on the pay-off side), a first liquid outlet and a fixed bracket 1312. The head end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 (the right end in Figure 49) is connected with the main cleaning assembly 12, and the first liquid outlet is provided at the end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 (the left end in Figure 49). Preferably, the guide wheel cleaning pipe 1311 is a flexible pipe (such as nylon pipe, metal hose, rubber hose, etc.). The first liquid outlet (not shown in the figure) is provided with a first nozzle 1313. Preferably, the first nozzle 1313 is a 60° conical solid nozzle. The guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 is fixed on the fixed bracket 1312, and the fixed bracket 1312 is connected to the first preset installation position. For example, one end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 is installed on the upper part of the fixed bracket 1312 through a straight-through joint, and the straight-through joint is connected to the fixed bracket 1312. The through holes provided on the bracket 1312 are connected, the adjustable joint is installed at the lower part of the through hole provided on the fixed support, and the 60° conical solid nozzle is installed on the adjustable joint. Preferably, the first preset installation position is the guide wheel mounting base.
清洗时,清洗液可以通过进液组件11进入导轮清洗管路1311,然后通过第一出液口上设置的60°圆锥实心喷嘴喷出,对导轮进行针对性清洗,进而提高清洗的精细化程度。导轮清洗管路1311为尼龙管,可以根据具体的清洗需要,方便地调整清洗管路。此外,第一出液口设置在清洗管路的末端,可以利用水流本身的特性提高冲洗力,提高清洗效果。然后,固定支架1312将导轮清洗管路1311固定于导轮安装座进行定位,使得第一喷嘴1313与导轮之间的位置相对固定,进一步提高清洗的精准度。而且,设置两个导轮清洗管路,分别用于对收线侧的导轮和放线侧的导轮进行清洗,进一步提高清洗的精细化。During cleaning, the cleaning fluid can enter the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 through the liquid inlet assembly 11, and then be sprayed out through the 60° conical solid nozzle set on the first liquid outlet to perform targeted cleaning of the guide wheel, thereby improving the refinement of cleaning. degree. The guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 is a nylon tube, which can be easily adjusted according to specific cleaning needs. In addition, the first liquid outlet is provided at the end of the cleaning pipeline, which can utilize the characteristics of the water flow itself to increase the flushing power and improve the cleaning effect. Then, the fixing bracket 1312 fixes the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 to the guide wheel mounting seat for positioning, so that the position between the first nozzle 1313 and the guide wheel is relatively fixed, further improving the accuracy of cleaning. Moreover, two guide pulley cleaning pipelines are provided to clean the guide pulley on the take-up side and the guide pulley on the pay-off side respectively, further improving the refinement of cleaning.
参见图47、图50和图51,在上述清洗装置1的优选实施方式中,辅助清洗组件13还包括辅助辊清洗组件132,辅助辊清洗组件132与进液组件11连通,辅助辊清洗组件132用于对辅助辊进行清洗,辅助辊位于主辊的下方。具体地,辅助辊清洗组件132包括辅助辊清洗管路1321、多个第二出液口、第一固定座1322和第一法兰盘1323。辅助辊清洗管路1321的第一端与主清洗组件12连通,多个第二出液口(图中未示出)均匀设置在辅助辊清洗管路1321上。辅助辊清洗管路1321的第一端固定连接第一法兰盘1323并通过第一法兰盘1323连接在第二预设安装位置(例如切割框架2的内壁面)上,第二端插入第一固定座1322并通过第一固定座1322固定在第三预设安装位置(例如切割框架2的内壁面)上。辅助辊清洗管路1321设置有两个,第二出液口上设置有第二喷嘴1324。优选地,第二喷嘴1324为30°实心圆锥喷嘴。Referring to Figure 47, Figure 50 and Figure 51, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 1, the auxiliary cleaning component 13 also includes an auxiliary roller cleaning component 132. The auxiliary roller cleaning component 132 is connected with the liquid inlet component 11. The auxiliary roller cleaning component 132 Used to clean the auxiliary roller, which is located below the main roller. Specifically, the auxiliary roller cleaning assembly 132 includes an auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321, a plurality of second liquid outlets, a first fixed seat 1322 and a first flange 1323. The first end of the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is connected with the main cleaning assembly 12 , and a plurality of second liquid outlets (not shown in the figure) are evenly arranged on the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 . The first end of the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is fixedly connected to the first flange 1323 and connected to the second preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the first flange 1323, and the second end is inserted into the first flange 1323. A fixed base 1322 is fixed on the third preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the first fixed base 1322. There are two auxiliary roller cleaning pipes 1321, and a second nozzle 1324 is provided on the second liquid outlet. Preferably, the second nozzle 1324 is a 30° solid cone nozzle.
清洗时,清洗液可以从辅助辊清洗管路1321上的第二出液口设置的30°实心圆锥喷嘴中喷出,对辅助辊(例如小辊)进行清洗,提高清洗装置1的精细化程度。而且,在设置有一个辅助辊时,辅助辊清洗管路1321设置有两个可以从两侧同时对一个辅助辊进行清洗,或者在设置有两个辅助辊时,分别用于对两个辅助辊的外侧进行清洗,进一步提高清洗效果和清洗的精细化程度。此外,辅助辊清洗管路1321固定在切割框架2上进行定位和固定,有助于提高清洗的精度。During cleaning, the cleaning liquid can be sprayed from the 30° solid cone nozzle provided at the second liquid outlet on the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 to clean the auxiliary roller (such as a small roller) and improve the refinement of the cleaning device 1 . Moreover, when one auxiliary roller is provided, two auxiliary roller cleaning pipes 1321 are provided to clean one auxiliary roller from both sides at the same time, or when two auxiliary rollers are provided, they are used to clean the two auxiliary rollers respectively. Clean the outside of the machine to further improve the cleaning effect and refinement of cleaning. In addition, the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is fixed on the cutting frame 2 for positioning and fixation, which helps to improve the accuracy of cleaning.
参见图47、图51和图52,在上述清洗装置1的优选实施方式中,辅助清洗组件13还包括穿线部清洗组件133,穿线部清洗组件133与进液组件11连通,穿线部清洗组件133用于对穿线部进行清洗。具体地,穿线部清洗组件包括穿线部清洗管1331和第三出液口。穿线部清洗管1331的首端(图52中的上端)与主清洗组件12连通,第三出液口设置在穿线部清洗管1331的末端(图52中的下端)上。优选地,穿线部清洗管1331设置有两个,且穿线部清洗管1331为竹节管。并且,第三出液口处设置有第三喷嘴1332。优选地,第三喷嘴1332为60°圆锥实心喷嘴。Referring to Figure 47, Figure 51 and Figure 52, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 1, the auxiliary cleaning component 13 also includes a threading part cleaning component 133. The threading part cleaning component 133 is connected with the liquid inlet component 11. The threading part cleaning component 133 Used to clean the threading part. Specifically, the threading part cleaning assembly includes a threading part cleaning pipe 1331 and a third liquid outlet. The head end of the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 (the upper end in FIG. 52 ) is connected to the main cleaning assembly 12 , and the third liquid outlet is provided at the end (the lower end in FIG. 52 ) of the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 . Preferably, two threading part cleaning pipes 1331 are provided, and the threading part cleaning pipes 1331 are bamboo tubes. Furthermore, a third nozzle 1332 is provided at the third liquid outlet. Preferably, the third nozzle 1332 is a 60° conical solid nozzle.
清洗时,清洗液通过与主清洗组件12连通的竹节管的首端进入,然后经第三出液口处设置的60°圆锥实心喷嘴喷出,可以对穿线部例如穿线孔进行针对性清洗,提高清洗的精细化程度。此外,两个穿线部清洗管1331可以对两边的穿线部分(收线侧的穿线部和放线侧的穿线部)别进行针对性清洗,进一步提高清洗的精细化程度。然后,第三出液口设置在穿线部清洗管1331的末端,可以借助水流自身的特性提高冲洗力,进而提高冲洗效果和冲洗的精细化程度。而且,可以根据具体需要方便地调整穿线部清洗管1331,进而实现清洗的精细化。During cleaning, the cleaning fluid enters through the head end of the bamboo tube connected to the main cleaning component 12, and then sprays out through the 60° conical solid nozzle set at the third liquid outlet, which can clean the threading parts such as threading holes in a targeted manner. , improve the degree of refinement of cleaning. In addition, the two threading part cleaning pipes 1331 can carry out targeted cleaning of the threading parts on both sides (the threading part on the take-up side and the threading part on the pay-off side), further improving the refinement of cleaning. Then, the third liquid outlet is provided at the end of the threading part cleaning pipe 1331, which can improve the flushing force by virtue of the characteristics of the water flow itself, thereby improving the flushing effect and the refinement of flushing. Moreover, the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 can be easily adjusted according to specific needs, thereby achieving refined cleaning.
需要说明的是,本领域技术人员可以根据具体应用场景的需要选择设置穿线部清洗管1331的数量,而不限于上述的两个。此外,第三出液口液可以根据需要设置在穿线部清洗管1331上的其他位置。然后,第三喷嘴1332也可以根据需要设置为其他形式或者不设置第三喷嘴1332。再者,穿线部清洗管1331也可以设置为其他管,例如波纹管或者伸缩管等,当然,穿线部清洗管1331也可以为刚性管。It should be noted that those skilled in the art can choose the number of threading portion cleaning pipes 1331 according to the needs of specific application scenarios, and are not limited to the two mentioned above. In addition, the third liquid outlet liquid can be provided at other positions on the threading portion cleaning pipe 1331 as needed. Then, the third nozzle 1332 can also be provided in other forms or not provided with the third nozzle 1332 as needed. Furthermore, the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 can also be provided as other tubes, such as corrugated tubes or telescopic tubes. Of course, the threading part cleaning pipe 1331 can also be a rigid pipe.
继续参见图47、图51和图52,在上述清洗装置1的优选实施方式中,主清洗组件12包括主清洗管路121、多个第四出液口(图中未示出)、第二固定座122、第二法兰盘123和前水管124。主清洗管路121与进液组件11连通,用于对主辊、和/或切割框架2、和/或线网进行清洗,多个第四出液口设置在主清洗管路121上。具体地,主清洗管路121设置有两个,主清洗管路121的第一端与进液组件11连通。主清洗管路121上均匀设置有三排第四出液口,多个第四出液口均布在每排上。并且,主清洗管路121的第一端固定连接第二法兰盘12并通过第二法兰盘123连接在第四预设安装位置(例如切割框架2的内壁面)上,主清洗管路121的第二端插入第二固定座122并通过第二固定座122固定在第五预设安装位置(例如切割框架2的内壁面)上。Continuing to refer to Figures 47, 51 and 52, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 1, the main cleaning assembly 12 includes a main cleaning pipeline 121, a plurality of fourth liquid outlets (not shown in the figure), a second Fixed seat 122, second flange 123 and front water pipe 124. The main cleaning pipeline 121 is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11 and is used to clean the main roller, and/or the cutting frame 2, and/or the wire mesh. A plurality of fourth liquid outlets are provided on the main cleaning pipeline 121. Specifically, two main cleaning pipelines 121 are provided, and the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121 is connected with the liquid inlet assembly 11 . The main cleaning pipeline 121 is evenly provided with three rows of fourth liquid outlets, and a plurality of fourth liquid outlets are evenly distributed in each row. Moreover, the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121 is fixedly connected to the second flange 12 and connected to the fourth preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the second flange 123. The main cleaning pipeline The second end of 121 is inserted into the second fixing seat 122 and fixed on the fifth preset installation position (for example, the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2) through the second fixing seat 122.
前水管124设置有两个,且前水管124垂直于主清洗管路121的部分上均匀设置有多个第五出液口(图中未示出)。前水管124与主清洗管路121连通,用于对切割框架2的后部和/或滑板箱的护罩进行清洗。并且,前水管124穿过第二固定座122的一端向外延伸并形成的安装孔。优选地,第四出液口和第五出液口上均设置有第四喷嘴125。更优选地,第四喷嘴125为60°圆锥实心喷嘴。 There are two front water pipes 124 , and a plurality of fifth liquid outlets (not shown in the figure) are evenly provided on the part of the front water pipe 124 that is perpendicular to the main cleaning pipe 121 . The front water pipe 124 is connected with the main cleaning pipe 121 and is used for cleaning the rear part of the cutting frame 2 and/or the guard cover of the skateboard box. Furthermore, the front water pipe 124 passes through the mounting hole formed by extending outward from one end of the second fixing base 122 . Preferably, a fourth nozzle 125 is provided on both the fourth liquid outlet and the fifth liquid outlet. More preferably, the fourth nozzle 125 is a 60° conical solid nozzle.
清洗时,清洗液通过进液组件11进入主清洗管路121和前水管124,并通过主清洗管路121和前水管124上设置的60°圆锥实心喷嘴喷出,对主辊、切割框架2和线网进行清洗。而且,两个主清洗管路121可以分别从两侧对主辊、切割框架2和线网进行清洗,两个前水管124可以分别从两侧对切割框架2的后部(图55所示的左上部)和滑板箱的护罩进行清洗,提高清洗效果和清洗的精细化程度。此外,主清洗管路121进行固定在切割框架2上,可以提高清洗管路的稳固性,进而提高清洗效果和清洗的精细化。During cleaning, the cleaning fluid enters the main cleaning pipeline 121 and the front water pipe 124 through the liquid inlet assembly 11, and is sprayed out through the 60° conical solid nozzles provided on the main cleaning pipeline 121 and the front water pipe 124, and affects the main roller and the cutting frame 2 and wire mesh for cleaning. Moreover, the two main cleaning pipes 121 can clean the main roller, the cutting frame 2 and the wire mesh from both sides respectively, and the two front water pipes 124 can clean the rear part of the cutting frame 2 from both sides (shown in Figure 55 Upper left part) and the protective cover of the skateboard box are cleaned to improve the cleaning effect and the degree of refinement. In addition, the main cleaning pipeline 121 is fixed on the cutting frame 2, which can improve the stability of the cleaning pipeline, thereby improving the cleaning effect and refinement of cleaning.
参见图47、图53和图54,在上述清洗装置1的优选实施方式中,进液组件11包括分流部111、分流管112和喷洗部113。分流部111上设置有3个分流口(图中未示出),分流部111与清洗液源连通。分流管112优选为钢丝软管,且设置有两个,两个分流管112的一端与分流口连通,分流管112的另一端与主清洗组件12和辅助清洗组件13连通。具体地,分流部111包括分流块1111、分流盖板1112和进液件1113。分流块1111上开设有分流口和进液口(图中未示出),进液口上设置有螺纹,分流内部形成有分流通道,分流口和进液口同时与分流通道连通。分流块1111设置在分流盖板1112上,分流盖板1112上与进液口对应的位置开设有通孔(图中未示出),进液件1113上设置有外螺纹,进液件1113穿过通孔螺接在进液口上且与进液口连通,并且进液件与清洗液源连通。进液件1113(例如外螺纹宝塔接头)与清洗液源连通。分流盖板1112通过紧固件固定在第六安装位置上(例如切割框架2)。Referring to Figures 47, 53 and 54, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 1, the liquid inlet assembly 11 includes a diverter part 111, a diverter pipe 112 and a spray cleaning part 113. The diverter part 111 is provided with three diverter openings (not shown in the figure), and the diverter part 111 is connected to the cleaning liquid source. The diverter pipes 112 are preferably steel wire hoses, and there are two diverter pipes 112 . One end of the two diverter pipes 112 is connected to the diverter opening, and the other end of the diverter pipes 112 is connected to the main cleaning assembly 12 and the auxiliary cleaning assembly 13 . Specifically, the diverter part 111 includes a diverter block 1111, a diverter cover 1112 and a liquid inlet 1113. The shunt block 1111 is provided with a shunt opening and a liquid inlet (not shown in the figure). The liquid inlet is provided with threads, and a shunt channel is formed inside the shunt. The shunt opening and the liquid inlet are connected with the shunt channel at the same time. The diverting block 1111 is provided on the diverting cover plate 1112. The diverting cover plate 1112 has a through hole (not shown in the figure) at a position corresponding to the liquid inlet. The liquid inlet part 1113 is provided with an external thread, and the liquid inlet part 1113 passes through it. The through hole is screwed to the liquid inlet and communicates with the liquid inlet, and the liquid inlet part is connected with the cleaning liquid source. The liquid inlet part 1113 (such as an external threaded pagoda joint) is connected to the cleaning liquid source. The diverter cover 1112 is fixed on the sixth installation position (eg cutting frame 2) by fasteners.
喷洗部113与分流块1111连通,喷洗部113用于对切割框架2的前部和/或滑板箱的护罩进行清洗。喷洗部113包括转接头1131和可调接头1132,转接头1131与分流块1111上的一个分流口连通连通,可调接头1132与转接头1131连通,可调接头1132上设置有第六出液口。两个分流管112设置在喷洗部113的两侧。优选地,可调接头1132为可调球接头。第六出液口上设置有第五喷嘴1133。优选地,第五喷嘴1133为30°圆锥实心喷嘴。The spray cleaning part 113 is connected with the diverter block 1111, and the spray cleaning part 113 is used to clean the front part of the cutting frame 2 and/or the guard cover of the skateboard box. The spray cleaning part 113 includes an adapter 1131 and an adjustable joint 1132. The adapter 1131 is connected with a branch port on the diverter block 1111. The adjustable joint 1132 is connected with the adapter 1131. The adjustable joint 1132 is provided with a sixth liquid outlet. mouth. Two diverter pipes 112 are provided on both sides of the spray cleaning part 113 . Preferably, the adjustable joint 1132 is an adjustable ball joint. The sixth liquid outlet is provided with a fifth nozzle 1133. Preferably, the fifth nozzle 1133 is a 30° conical solid nozzle.
清洗时,清洗液源可以通过固定在切割框架2上的进液组件11的进液件1113进入分流块1111,并通过分流块1111上设置的分流口进入各清洗组件,对不同部位进行清洗。而且,可以通过喷洗部113的对切割框架2的前部(图55所示的右下部)和滑板箱的护罩进行清洗,以提高清洗的精细化程度和清洗效果。此外,分流管112设置为钢丝软管,可以方便地根据具体使用情况进行调整,进一步提高清洗的精准度。During cleaning, the cleaning liquid source can enter the diverter block 1111 through the inlet part 1113 of the inlet assembly 11 fixed on the cutting frame 2, and enter each cleaning assembly through the diverter port provided on the diverter block 1111 to clean different parts. Furthermore, the front part of the cutting frame 2 (the lower right part shown in FIG. 55 ) and the protective cover of the skateboard box can be cleaned by the spray cleaning part 113 to improve the refinement and cleaning effect of the cleaning. In addition, the shunt pipe 112 is set as a steel wire hose, which can be easily adjusted according to specific usage conditions, further improving the accuracy of cleaning.
还需要说明的是,本领域技术人员可以根据具体应用场景的需要,在进液组件11的相应位置设置外螺纹宝塔接头、快插宝塔接头、快插接头等,具体设置位置和设置方法为本领域常规设置,在此不再赘述。It should also be noted that those skilled in the art can set external threaded pagoda connectors, quick-insert pagoda connectors, quick-insert connectors, etc. at corresponding positions of the liquid inlet assembly 11 according to the needs of specific application scenarios. The specific setting positions and methods are based on this. The general settings of the domain will not be described in detail here.
进液组件11中的分流块1111设置在分流盖板1112上,通过外螺纹宝塔接头穿过分流盖板1112上的通孔与分流块1111的进液口密封连接,将分流块1111固定在分流盖板1112上,外螺纹宝塔接头与清洗液源连通,同时通过分流块1111内部的分流通道与三个分流口连通。分流块1111上两侧的分流口上设置有外螺纹宝塔接头,外螺纹宝塔接头与钢丝软管的一端连通,钢丝软管的另一端安装有快插接头。分流块1111中间的分流口上设置有转接头1131,转接头1131与可调球接头连接,30°实心圆柱喷嘴安装在可调球接头上。The diverter block 1111 in the liquid inlet assembly 11 is arranged on the diverter cover plate 1112. The external threaded pagoda joint passes through the through hole on the diverter cover plate 1112 and is sealingly connected to the liquid inlet of the diverter block 1111. The diverter block 1111 is fixed on the diverter cover plate 1112. On the cover plate 1112, the externally threaded pagoda connector is connected to the cleaning liquid source and is connected to the three branch openings through the branch channel inside the branch block 1111. The shunt openings on both sides of the shunt block 1111 are provided with externally threaded pagoda connectors. The externally threaded pagoda connectors are connected to one end of the steel wire hose, and the other end of the steel wire hose is equipped with a quick-plug connector. The diverter opening in the middle of the diverter block 1111 is provided with an adapter 1131. The adapter 1131 is connected to an adjustable ball joint, and a 30° solid cylindrical nozzle is installed on the adjustable ball joint.
主清洗组件12的主清洗管路121作为支撑元件,第一端固定连接第二法兰盘123并通过第二法兰盘123连接在切割框架2的内壁面上,第二端插入第二固定座122并通过第二固定座122固定在相对的切割框架2的内壁面上。主清洗管路121的第一端的一侧设置进液管,进液管上安装外螺纹快插接头,该外螺纹快插接头与钢丝软管上的快插接头连接。主清洗管路121的第一端的另一侧设置三通接头,三通接头的下端口通过变径管接头连通竹节管,竹节管的末端设置有60°实心圆锥塑料喷嘴。主清洗管路121上均布三排进液口,进液口上安装30°实心圆锥喷嘴。三通接头的上端口安装有变径管接头且与辅助辊清洗管路1321连通。主清洗管路121的第二端的上部安装有直通接头,直通接头连接尼龙管的一端,尼龙管的另一端通过弯头接头与前水管124连通,前水管124穿过第二固定座122一端的延伸形成的支架上设置的通孔中。前水管124垂直设置,上面设置有第五出液口,第五出液口上安装有30°实心圆锥喷嘴。The main cleaning pipeline 121 of the main cleaning assembly 12 serves as a supporting element. The first end is fixedly connected to the second flange 123 and connected to the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2 through the second flange 123. The second end is inserted into the second fixed The seat 122 is fixed on the inner wall surface of the opposite cutting frame 2 through the second fixing seat 122 . A liquid inlet pipe is provided on one side of the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121, and an external thread quick-insert connector is installed on the liquid inlet pipe. The external thread quick-insert connector is connected to the quick-insert connector on the steel wire hose. A tee joint is provided on the other side of the first end of the main cleaning pipeline 121. The lower port of the tee joint is connected to the bamboo tube through a reducing pipe joint. The end of the bamboo tube is provided with a 60° solid cone plastic nozzle. Three rows of liquid inlets are evenly distributed on the main cleaning pipeline 121, and 30° solid cone nozzles are installed on the liquid inlets. The upper port of the tee joint is equipped with a reducing pipe joint and is connected to the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321. A straight-through joint is installed on the upper part of the second end of the main cleaning pipeline 121. The straight-through joint is connected to one end of the nylon pipe. The other end of the nylon pipe is connected to the front water pipe 124 through an elbow joint. The front water pipe 124 passes through one end of the second fixed seat 122. The extension is provided in the through hole formed on the bracket. The front water pipe 124 is arranged vertically, and a fifth liquid outlet is provided on it, and a 30° solid cone nozzle is installed on the fifth liquid outlet.
主清洗管路121上的三通接头的上端口通过出水管,以及与出水管连通的钢丝软管,依次经不锈钢球阀、与不锈钢球阀连接的第一快插接头、与第一快插接头连接的第二快插接头、与第二快插接头连接的外丝接头、与外丝接头连接的弯通接头、与弯通接头连接的第一宝塔接头,与第一宝塔接头连通的管路、及与管路连接的第二宝塔接头与辅助辊清洗组件132的辅助辊清洗管路1321连通。辅助辊清洗管路1321的第一端固定连接第一法兰盘1323并通过第一法兰盘1323连接在切割框架2的内壁面上,第二端插入第一固定座1322并通过第一固定座1322固定在相对的切割框架2的内壁面上。出水管上设置有直通接头,该直通接头与导轮清洗组件131的导轮清洗管路1311(尼龙管)的一端连通,尼龙管呈倒U型,尼龙管的另一端固定在固定支架1312(导轮固定座)上,导轮固定座上设置有通孔,尼龙管通过直通接头与通孔的上部连通,水孔的下部连接可调接头,可调接头上设置60°实心圆锥喷嘴。The upper port of the tee joint on the main cleaning pipeline 121 passes through the water outlet pipe and the steel wire hose connected to the water outlet pipe, and is connected to the first quick-plug connector through the stainless steel ball valve, the first quick-plug connector connected to the stainless steel ball valve, and The second quick-in connector, the male connector connected to the second quick-in connector, the elbow connector connected to the male connector, the first pagoda connector connected to the elbow connector, the pipeline connected to the first pagoda connector, And the second pagoda joint connected to the pipeline is connected to the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 of the auxiliary roller cleaning assembly 132 . The first end of the auxiliary roller cleaning pipeline 1321 is fixedly connected to the first flange 1323 and connected to the inner wall surface of the cutting frame 2 through the first flange 1323. The second end is inserted into the first fixing seat 1322 and fixed through the first flange 1323. The seat 1322 is fixed on the inner wall surface of the opposite cutting frame 2 . The water outlet pipe is provided with a straight-through joint, which is connected with one end of the guide wheel cleaning pipeline 1311 (nylon tube) of the guide wheel cleaning assembly 131. The nylon tube is in an inverted U shape, and the other end of the nylon tube is fixed on the fixed bracket 1312 ( The guide wheel fixed seat is provided with a through hole, the nylon tube is connected to the upper part of the through hole through a straight joint, the lower part of the water hole is connected to an adjustable joint, and a 60° solid cone nozzle is provided on the adjustable joint.
参见图57至图61,本申请提供一种排线装置1,该排线装置1包括驱动部11、滑移部12、导轮组件13、第一配重件15和第二配重件14。滑移部12与驱动部11连接,导轮组件13可转动地设置在滑移部12上。并且,第一配重件15可调节地设置在导轮组件13的第一位置上,用于调节导轮组件13的重心在第一方向上的位置,第二配重件14可调节地设置在导轮组件13的第二位置上,用于调节导轮组件13的重心在第二方向上的位置。这样,在导轮组件13重心偏离旋转中心时,可以通过第一配重件15和第二配重件14进行调整,使得导轮组件的重心处于其旋转中心线上,以免影响排线效果和切割质量。Referring to Figures 57 to 61, this application provides a cable arrangement device 1. The cable arrangement device 1 includes a driving part 11, a sliding part 12, a guide wheel assembly 13, a first counterweight 15 and a second counterweight 14 . The sliding part 12 is connected to the driving part 11 , and the guide wheel assembly 13 is rotatably disposed on the sliding part 12 . Moreover, the first counterweight 15 is adjustably disposed at the first position of the guide wheel assembly 13 for adjusting the position of the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 in the first direction, and the second counterweight 14 is adjustably disposed. In the second position of the guide wheel assembly 13, it is used to adjust the position of the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 in the second direction. In this way, when the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 deviates from the center of rotation, it can be adjusted by the first counterweight 15 and the second counterweight 14 so that the center of gravity of the guide pulley assembly is on its center line of rotation, so as not to affect the cable arrangement effect and Cutting quality.
继续参见图57至图61,在上述排线装置1的优选实施方式中,第一方向和第二方向均垂直于导轮组件13的旋转轴,且第一方向与第二方向之间具有夹角。优选地,第一方向与第二方向之间的夹角为90°,第一方向为竖直方向,即第一配重件15上下可调节设置在第一位置上,并且第二配重件14前后可调节设置在第二位置上。优选地,第一位置设置有第一螺孔,第一配重件15为第一配重螺栓,第一配重螺栓螺接在第一螺孔中,第二位置设置有第一过孔,第二配重件14为第二配重螺栓,第二配重螺栓穿过第一过孔的部分通过第一螺母固定在第二位置上。这样,在导轮组件13的重心偏离旋转中心时,可以通过第一配重件15上下调节导轮组件13的重心,通过第二配重件14前后调节导轮组件13的重心,使导轮组件13的重心复位至与旋转中心一致。Continuing to refer to Figures 57 to 61, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1, the first direction and the second direction are both perpendicular to the rotation axis of the guide wheel assembly 13, and there is an intermediate direction between the first direction and the second direction. horn. Preferably, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is 90°, and the first direction is the vertical direction, that is, the first counterweight 15 is adjustable up and down in the first position, and the second counterweight 15 14 front and rear adjustable settings in the second position. Preferably, the first position is provided with a first screw hole, the first counterweight member 15 is a first counterweight bolt, the first counterweight bolt is screwed in the first screw hole, and the second position is provided with a first through hole, The second counterweight component 14 is a second counterweight bolt, and the part of the second counterweight bolt that passes through the first through hole is fixed at the second position through a first nut. In this way, when the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 deviates from the center of rotation, the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 can be adjusted up and down through the first counterweight 15, and the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 can be adjusted forward and backward through the second counterweight 14, so that the guide wheel The center of gravity of the assembly 13 is reset to be consistent with the center of rotation.
继续参见图57至图61,在上述排线装置1的优选实施方式中,导轮组件13包括导轮132、旋转机构131,旋转机构131可转动地设置在滑移部12上,导轮132可转动地设置在旋转机构131上。然后,第一配重件15可调节设置在旋转机构131的第一位置上,第二配重件14可调节设置在旋转机构131的第二位置上。Continuing to refer to Figures 57 to 61, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1, the guide wheel assembly 13 includes a guide wheel 132 and a rotating mechanism 131. The rotating mechanism 131 is rotatably provided on the sliding part 12. The guide wheel 132 It is rotatably provided on the rotation mechanism 131. Then, the first counterweight 15 is adjustably positioned at the first position of the rotating mechanism 131 , and the second counterweight 14 is adjustably positioned at the second position of the rotating mechanism 131 .
进一步地,旋转机构131包括固定块134和旋转座。固定块134可移动地设置在滑移部12上,旋转座可转动地设置在固定块134上,导轮132可转动设置在旋转座上。第一位置位于旋转座的上端面,第二位置位于旋转座的左端或右端。Further, the rotating mechanism 131 includes a fixed block 134 and a rotating base. The fixed block 134 is movably disposed on the sliding part 12, the rotating base is rotatably disposed on the fixed block 134, and the guide wheel 132 is rotatably disposed on the rotating base. The first position is located on the upper end surface of the rotating base, and the second position is located on the left or right end of the rotating base.
进一步地,旋转座包括旋转座本体1311、第一旋转臂1312和第一旋转臂1313。第一旋转臂1312由旋转座本体1311的第一侧(例如前侧)向外延伸形成,第二位置位于第一旋转臂1312远离旋转座本体1311的末端。并且,第一旋转臂1313由旋转座本体1311的第二侧(例如后侧)向外延伸形成,导轮132可转动地设置在第一旋转臂1313远离旋转座本体1311的末端。这样,可以通过设置在第一旋转臂1313上导轮132的旋转实现对线的引导,然后通过旋转座的旋转自适应调整导轮132的上下位置进而调整排线的松紧,可以保证线具有最佳的张力。而且,在旋转机构131的重心偏离旋转中心时,可以通过设置在旋转座本体1311上的第一配重件15和第一旋转臂1312上的第二配重件14调节旋转机构131的重心,使导轮132处于平衡静止状态,以免导致导轮132摆动,影响排线效果和切割质量。Further, the rotating base includes a rotating base body 1311, a first rotating arm 1312 and a first rotating arm 1313. The first rotating arm 1312 is formed by extending outward from the first side (eg, the front side) of the rotating base body 1311 , and the second position is located at the end of the first rotating arm 1312 away from the rotating base body 1311 . Moreover, the first rotating arm 1313 is formed by extending outward from the second side (eg, the rear side) of the rotating base body 1311 , and the guide wheel 132 is rotatably provided at the end of the first rotating arm 1313 away from the rotating base body 1311 . In this way, the cable can be guided through the rotation of the guide wheel 132 provided on the first rotating arm 1313, and then the up and down position of the guide wheel 132 can be adaptively adjusted through the rotation of the rotating base to adjust the tightness of the cable, thus ensuring that the cable has the best performance. Good tension. Moreover, when the center of gravity of the rotating mechanism 131 deviates from the center of rotation, the center of gravity of the rotating mechanism 131 can be adjusted through the first counterweight 15 provided on the rotating base body 1311 and the second counterweight 14 provided on the first rotating arm 1312. Keep the guide wheel 132 in a balanced and stationary state to avoid causing the guide wheel 132 to swing and affecting the cable arrangement effect and cutting quality.
然后,本领域技术人员也可以根据具体应用场景的需要,将旋转座设置为其他形式。例如图61中所示,旋转座包括旋转座本体1311、第三旋转臂1314和安装块1315。第三旋转臂1314由旋转座本体1311的第一侧向外延伸形成,安装块1315由旋转座本体1311的第二侧向外延伸形成,安装块上设置有安装孔13151,导轮可转动地设置在安装孔13151中。此时,第一位置位于旋转座本体1311的上端面,第二位置位于第三旋转臂1311远离旋转座本体1311的末端。Then, those skilled in the art can also configure the rotating base into other forms according to the needs of specific application scenarios. For example, as shown in FIG. 61 , the rotating base includes a rotating base body 1311 , a third rotating arm 1314 and a mounting block 1315 . The third rotating arm 1314 is formed by extending outward from the first side of the rotating base body 1311. The mounting block 1315 is formed by extending outward from the second side of the rotating base body 1311. The mounting block is provided with a mounting hole 13151, and the guide wheel can rotate. Set in mounting hole 13151. At this time, the first position is located at the upper end surface of the rotating base body 1311, and the second position is located at the end of the third rotating arm 1311 away from the rotating base body 1311.
参见图58,在上述排线装置1的优选实施方式中,滑移部12包括滑移件122(例如滑座)、固定座123和滑轨模组121。固定座123与滑移件122固定连接,固定块134固定在固定座123上,滑轨模组121与驱动部11(例如驱动电机)连接,滑移件122可移动地设置在滑轨模组121上。这样,可以通过驱动部11驱动滑座在滑轨模组121上移动,进而实现导轮132的左右移动,调整排线位置,进而调整线宽。Referring to FIG. 58 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1 , the sliding part 12 includes a sliding member 122 (such as a sliding seat), a fixed seat 123 and a slide rail module 121 . The fixed base 123 is fixedly connected to the sliding member 122, the fixed block 134 is fixed on the fixed base 123, the slide rail module 121 is connected to the driving part 11 (such as a driving motor), and the sliding member 122 is movably provided on the slide rail module. 121 on. In this way, the driving part 11 can be used to drive the slide seat to move on the slide rail module 121, thereby realizing the left and right movement of the guide wheel 132, adjusting the cable arrangement position, and thereby adjusting the line width.
当然,也可以不设置固定座123,将滑移件122直接与固定块134连接。此外滑移件122也可以为滑板、滑台或滑块。然后,驱动部11也可以为其他形式的驱动,例如液压驱动。Of course, the fixed seat 123 may not be provided, and the sliding member 122 may be directly connected to the fixed block 134 . In addition, the sliding member 122 may also be a sliding plate, a sliding table or a sliding block. Then, the driving part 11 may also be driven in other forms, such as hydraulic driving.
返回参见图57和图58,在上述排线装置1的优选实施方式中,排线装置1还包括限位部,限位部设置在滑移件122的两侧,用于限制导轮组件13的移动位置。优选地,限位部为限位开关17,例如无源接近开关、涡流式接近开关、电容式接近开关、霍尔接近开关、超声波接近开关、微波接近开关或光电式接近开关中的一种。这样,可以通过限位开关17限制导轮组件13的位置,以免导轮组件13的位置偏离预设行程位置,影响排线效果。Referring back to Figures 57 and 58, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1, the cable arrangement device 1 also includes a limiting portion, which is provided on both sides of the sliding member 122 for limiting the guide wheel assembly 13 mobile position. Preferably, the limit part is a limit switch 17, such as one of a passive proximity switch, an eddy current proximity switch, a capacitive proximity switch, a Hall proximity switch, an ultrasonic proximity switch, a microwave proximity switch or a photoelectric proximity switch. In this way, the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 can be limited by the limit switch 17 to prevent the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 from deviating from the preset stroke position and affecting the cable arrangement effect.
在上述排线装置1的可替换实施方式中,限位部为限位块,限位块包括第一限位块和第二限位块,第一限位块与第二限位块分别设置在滑移件122的两侧。这样,可以通过第一限位块和第二限位块限制滑移件122的位置,进而限制导轮组件13的位置,以免导轮组件13的位置偏离预设行程位置,影响排线效果。In an alternative embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1, the limiting part is a limiting block. The limiting block includes a first limiting block and a second limiting block. The first limiting block and the second limiting block are respectively provided. on both sides of the sliding member 122. In this way, the position of the sliding member 122 can be limited by the first limiting block and the second limiting block, thereby limiting the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 to prevent the position of the guide wheel assembly 13 from deviating from the preset stroke position and affecting the cable arrangement effect.
继续参见图57和图58,在上述排线装置1的优选实施方式中,排线装置1还包括护罩17,护罩17罩设在驱动部11和滑移部12的外部,限位部设置在护罩17上。如此,护罩17可以对电机、模组等精密元件进行保护,防止杂物污染。Continuing to refer to Figures 57 and 58, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1, the cable arrangement device 1 also includes a shield 17. The shield 17 is provided on the outside of the driving part 11 and the sliding part 12, and the limiting part Set on the shield 17. In this way, the shield 17 can protect precision components such as motors and modules from contamination by debris.
在上述排线装置1的优选实施方式中,排线装置1还包括传感器133,导轮132设置在传感器133上。具体地,如图58所示,传感器133安装在第二旋转臂1313上的孔中同时作为旋转轴,导轮132安装在传感器133上。这样,可以通过传感器133监测导轮132的张力并反馈给控制装置,并据此调整滑轨模组121上滑移件122的移动速度,以保证导轮132与线辊上的线同步移动。In the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cable arrangement device 1, the cable arrangement device 1 further includes a sensor 133, and the guide wheel 132 is provided on the sensor 133. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 58 , the sensor 133 is installed in the hole on the second rotating arm 1313 and serves as the rotation axis, and the guide wheel 132 is installed on the sensor 133 . In this way, the tension of the guide wheel 132 can be monitored through the sensor 133 and fed back to the control device, and the moving speed of the sliding member 122 on the slide rail module 121 can be adjusted accordingly to ensure that the guide wheel 132 moves synchronously with the line on the line roller.
参见图62,本申请还提供一种收放线总成,包括收放线装置2、上述第一方面的排线装置1、张力装置3和转向装置4。排线装置1用于将收放线装置2释放的切割线引导至张力装置3从而使得所述切割线经过转向装置4然后进入切割机构,或者将离开切割机构并绕经转向装置4和张力装置3的切割线引导并收纳至收放线装置2。这样,在导轮组件13的重心偏离旋转中心时,可以通过调节第一配重件15和第二配重件14使导轮组件13的重心与旋转中心一致,以保证排线效果和切割质量。Referring to Figure 62, this application also provides a wire retracting and unwinding assembly, which includes a wire retracting and unwinding device 2, the wire arrangement device 1 of the first aspect, a tension device 3 and a steering device 4. The wire arrangement device 1 is used to guide the cutting wire released by the wire retracting and unwinding device 2 to the tension device 3 so that the cutting wire passes through the steering device 4 and then enters the cutting mechanism, or leaves the cutting mechanism and goes around the steering device 4 and the tension device The cutting wire of 3 is guided and stored to the wire retracting and unwinding device 2. In this way, when the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 deviates from the center of rotation, the first counterweight 15 and the second counterweight 14 can be adjusted to make the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly 13 consistent with the center of rotation to ensure the wiring effect and cutting quality. .
本申请的技术方案可以通过基准件测量线辊的初始安装位置和绕线长度,然后根据线辊的安装位置和绕线长度,来设定排线装置的初始位置和行程,以实现排线装置的排线过程与收、放线过程同步。本申请的收放线装置可以用于需要收放线的设备,例如线切割机、砂浆机,下面为了描述方便,结合线切割机对本申请的收放线装置进行描述。The technical solution of this application can measure the initial installation position and winding length of the wire roller through the reference piece, and then set the initial position and stroke of the wire arrangement device according to the installation position and winding length of the wire roller to realize the wire arrangement device. The wiring process is synchronized with the retracting and paying-out process. The wire retracting and unwinding device of the present application can be used in equipment that requires wire retracting and unwinding, such as a wire cutting machine and a mortar machine. For convenience of description, the wire retracting and unwinding device of the present application will be described below in conjunction with a wire cutting machine.
参见图63至图67,第一方面,本申请提供一种收放线装置1,该收放线装置1包括支座11、驱动部、支撑部15、线辊16和基准件14。驱动部和支撑部15安装于支座11上,且支撑部15的一端与驱动部传动连接。线辊16与支撑部15的另一端传动连接,用于进行收线或放线。基准件14设置于支撑部15或支座11上,用于辅助测量线辊16的安装位置并据此确定排线装置的导轮的初始位置和行程。这样,可以通过基准件14测量线辊16的初始安装位置和绕线长度,然后根据线辊16的安装位置和绕线长度,来设定排线装置的导轮初始位置和行程,以实现排线装置的导轮的排线过程与收、放线过程同步。Referring to FIGS. 63 to 67 , in the first aspect, the present application provides a wire retracting and unwinding device 1 , which includes a support 11 , a driving part, a supporting part 15 , a wire roller 16 and a reference member 14 . The driving part and the supporting part 15 are installed on the support 11, and one end of the supporting part 15 is drivingly connected to the driving part. The wire roller 16 is drivingly connected to the other end of the support part 15 and is used for taking up or paying out the wire. The reference member 14 is provided on the support part 15 or the stand 11 to assist in measuring the installation position of the wire roller 16 and determine the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the wire arrangement device accordingly. In this way, the initial installation position and winding length of the wire roller 16 can be measured through the reference member 14, and then the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the wire arrangement device can be set according to the installation position and winding length of the wire roller 16 to achieve the arrangement. The cable arrangement process of the guide wheel of the cable device is synchronized with the retracting and paying-out process.
继续参见图63至图67,在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,基准件14固定设置于支撑部15。具体地,支撑部15包括轴承箱151和传动轴152。轴承箱151设置于支座11,基准件14设置于轴承箱151并与轴承箱151的相对位置固定。优选地,轴承箱151的外周面上设置有安装座1512,基准件14固定连接在安装座1512上。本申请中,安装座1512为开设于轴承箱151外周面上的安装平面。传动轴152穿设于轴承箱151,传动轴152的一端与驱动部传动连接,传动轴152的另一端与线辊16传动连接。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 63 to 67 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and unwinding device 1 , the reference member 14 is fixedly provided on the supporting portion 15 . Specifically, the support part 15 includes a bearing box 151 and a transmission shaft 152 . The bearing box 151 is arranged on the support 11 , and the reference member 14 is arranged on the bearing box 151 and is fixed in relative position to the bearing box 151 . Preferably, a mounting seat 1512 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the bearing box 151, and the reference member 14 is fixedly connected to the mounting seat 1512. In this application, the mounting seat 1512 is a mounting plane opened on the outer peripheral surface of the bearing box 151 . The transmission shaft 152 is passed through the bearing box 151 , one end of the transmission shaft 152 is transmission connected to the driving part, and the other end of the transmission shaft 152 is transmission connected to the line roller 16 .
这样,线辊16安装完毕后,可以通过设置在轴承箱151上的基准件14测量线辊16的初始安装位置和绕线长度,然后根据线辊16的安装位置和绕线长度,来设定排线装置的导轮的行程和初始位置,以实现排线装置的排线过程与收、放线过程同步进行。In this way, after the line roller 16 is installed, the initial installation position and winding length of the line roller 16 can be measured through the reference piece 14 provided on the bearing box 151, and then set according to the installation position and winding length of the line roller 16. The stroke and initial position of the guide wheel of the cable arranging device are used to synchronize the cable arranging process of the cable arranging device with the retracting and unwinding processes.
参见图66,在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,基准件14包括安装板142和基准板141。具体地,基准板141由安装板142的中部沿垂直于安装板142的方向延伸形成,基准板141形成有基准面1411,且基准件14的基准面1411与轴承箱151的前端面齐平。安装板142上位于基准件14的两侧的位置对称开设有两个过孔,轴承箱151上的安装面的相应位置开设有螺孔,安装板142通过螺钉连接固定于轴承箱151上。这样,可以通过安装板142将基准件14连接在轴承箱151上,然后以基准板141的基准面1411为测量基准测量线辊16的初始安装位置和绕线长度,并根据线辊16的安装位置和绕线长度,来设定排线装置的导轮的初始位置和行程,以实现排线装置的排线过程与收、放线过程同步进行。而且,基准板141上设置有基准面1411,基准面1411与轴承箱151的前端面齐平,基准板141从安装板142的中部垂直于安装板142形成,便于测量时的对准找正。Referring to Figure 66, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and releasing device 1, the reference member 14 includes a mounting plate 142 and a reference plate 141. Specifically, the reference plate 141 is formed by extending from the middle part of the installation plate 142 in a direction perpendicular to the installation plate 142 . The reference plate 141 is formed with a reference surface 1411 , and the reference surface 1411 of the reference member 14 is flush with the front end surface of the bearing box 151 . The mounting plate 142 is symmetrically provided with two through holes on both sides of the reference member 14 , and the mounting surface of the bearing box 151 is provided with screw holes at corresponding positions. The mounting plate 142 is fixed to the bearing box 151 through screw connections. In this way, the reference piece 14 can be connected to the bearing box 151 through the mounting plate 142, and then the initial installation position and winding length of the line roller 16 can be measured using the reference surface 1411 of the reference plate 141 as a measurement reference, and the line roller 16 can be installed according to the installation position of the line roller 16. The position and winding length are used to set the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the cable arranging device, so as to realize the synchronization of the cable arranging process and the retracting and unwinding process of the cable arranging device. Moreover, the reference plate 141 is provided with a reference surface 1411, which is flush with the front end surface of the bearing box 151. The reference plate 141 is formed perpendicularly to the installation plate 142 from the middle to facilitate alignment during measurement.
当然,本领域技术人员能够理解的是,基准板141也可以不垂直于安装板142。此外,基准板141也可以由安装板142的其他位置形成。然后,也可以不设置安装板142,此时,需要相应调整基准板141与轴承箱151的连接方式。再者,基准板141的基准面1411也可以不与轴承箱151齐平。需要说明的是,安装板142可以与基准板141一体成型,也可以分体成型后连接在一起。Of course, those skilled in the art can understand that the reference plate 141 may not be perpendicular to the mounting plate 142 . In addition, the reference plate 141 may also be formed at other positions of the mounting plate 142 . Then, the mounting plate 142 may not be provided. In this case, the connection method between the reference plate 141 and the bearing box 151 needs to be adjusted accordingly. Furthermore, the reference surface 1411 of the reference plate 141 does not need to be flush with the bearing box 151 . It should be noted that the mounting plate 142 can be integrally formed with the reference plate 141, or can be formed separately and then connected together.
还需要说明的是,安装板142上的两个过孔也可以非对称开设,当然也可以开设其他数量的过孔,例如1个、3个或4个等,此时需相应调整轴承箱151上的安装面上的螺孔的位置和数量。此外,也可以通过其他连接件将安装板142连接固定于轴承箱151上,例如螺栓、铆钉等(连接件为铆钉时,螺孔相应调整为盲孔或过孔)。再者,安装板142也可以通过其他方式连接于轴承箱151上,例如焊接、胶接、卡接(卡接时,需相应调整安装座1512的结构)。It should also be noted that the two via holes on the mounting plate 142 can also be opened asymmetrically. Of course, other numbers of via holes can also be opened, such as 1, 3 or 4, etc. In this case, the bearing box 151 needs to be adjusted accordingly. The location and number of screw holes on the mounting surface. In addition, the mounting plate 142 can also be connected and fixed to the bearing box 151 through other connectors, such as bolts, rivets, etc. (When the connector is a rivet, the screw hole is correspondingly adjusted to a blind hole or a through hole). Furthermore, the mounting plate 142 can also be connected to the bearing box 151 through other methods, such as welding, gluing, and snapping (when snapping, the structure of the mounting base 1512 needs to be adjusted accordingly).
在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,收放线装置1还包括止动件10,轴承箱151的外周面上开设有止动孔1511,轴承箱151的传动轴152上设置有止动槽(图中未示出),止动件10(例如止动销、止动条或止动板等)可拆卸地设置于止动孔1511中,并可穿过止动孔1511插设在止动槽中。如此,可以在停机维护或更换线辊16时,转动传动轴152,使止动槽的位置与止动孔1511对应,然后将止动件10穿过止动孔1511插设在止动槽中,止动件监测机构(例如接近开关、光电传感器)监测到止动件10插入止动孔1511和止动槽时,向线切割机的控制器发送信号,线切割机的控制器根据接收到的监测机构监测的止动销的安放状态,控制设置处于禁止制动状态,此时传动轴152不能转动,便于操作并提高操作的安全性。在设备正常运转时,将止动件10收起或将止动件10设置于线切割机上其他合适的位置上(例如支座11上)设置的止动件存放座中。止动件监测机构的安装连接方式,属于本领域的常规技术手段,在此不再赘述。In the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and unwinding device 1, the wire retracting and releasing device 1 also includes a stopper 10, a stopper hole 1511 is provided on the outer circumferential surface of the bearing box 151, and a stopper is provided on the transmission shaft 152 of the bearing box 151. The stopper 10 (such as a stopper pin, a stopper strip or a stopper plate, etc.) is detachably provided in the stopper hole 1511 and can be inserted through the stopper hole 1511. in the stop groove. In this way, when the line roller 16 is shut down for maintenance or replacement, the transmission shaft 152 can be rotated to make the position of the stop groove correspond to the stop hole 1511, and then the stopper 10 can be inserted into the stop groove through the stop hole 1511. , when the stopper monitoring mechanism (such as proximity switch, photoelectric sensor) detects that the stopper 10 is inserted into the stop hole 1511 and the stop groove, it sends a signal to the controller of the wire cutting machine, and the controller of the wire cutting machine receives the signal The monitoring mechanism monitors the placement status of the stop pin, and the control setting is in a braking prohibited state. At this time, the transmission shaft 152 cannot rotate, which facilitates operation and improves operation safety. When the equipment is operating normally, the stopper 10 is folded up or placed in a stopper storage seat provided at other suitable positions on the wire cutting machine (for example, on the support 11 ). The installation and connection method of the stopper monitoring mechanism belongs to conventional technical means in this field and will not be described in detail here.
继续参见图63、图64和图66,在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,收放线装置1还包括支撑套17,支撑套17套设于传动轴152上,线辊16套设固定于支撑套17上。优选地,支撑套17的材质为尼龙。这样,可以通过支撑套17对线辊16进行支撑,提高线辊16的整体强度,减轻和避免线辊16变形,进而提高线辊16的使用寿命。支撑套16为尼龙材质,在旋转过程中还可以吸收震动,提高切割质量。 Continuing to refer to Figures 63, 64 and 66, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and unwinding device 1, the wire retracting and unwinding device 1 also includes a support sleeve 17, the support sleeve 17 is sleeved on the transmission shaft 152, and the wire roller 16 is set It is fixed on the support sleeve 17. Preferably, the material of the support sleeve 17 is nylon. In this way, the line roller 16 can be supported by the support sleeve 17 , thereby improving the overall strength of the line roller 16 , reducing and avoiding deformation of the line roller 16 , thereby increasing the service life of the line roller 16 . The support sleeve 16 is made of nylon and can absorb vibration during rotation to improve cutting quality.
继续参见图63至图67,在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,收放线装置1还包括压接部,压接部设置于线辊16的端部且至少部分套设于传动轴152上。具体地,压接部包括第一压接件18和第二压接件19。第一压接件18套设于传动轴152上,第一压接件18(例如法兰盘和/或挡套、转接盘等)的第一端(例如图63中的左端)压接于轴承箱151上,第一压接件18的第二端(例如图63中的右端)与线辊16的一端压接。第二压接件19(例如法兰盘和/或挡套等)至少部分套设于传动轴152上,第二压接件19压接固定于线辊16的另一端。Continuing to refer to Figures 63 to 67, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and unwinding device 1, the wire retracting and unwinding device 1 also includes a crimping portion, which is provided at the end of the wire roller 16 and is at least partially sleeved on the transmission. On axis 152. Specifically, the crimping part includes a first crimping part 18 and a second crimping part 19 . The first crimping member 18 is sleeved on the transmission shaft 152, and the first end (eg, the left end in Figure 63) of the first crimping member 18 (eg, flange and/or bushing, adapter plate, etc.) is crimped On the bearing box 151, the second end (for example, the right end in FIG. 63) of the first crimping member 18 is crimped with one end of the line roller 16. The second crimping member 19 (such as a flange and/or a blocking sleeve, etc.) is at least partially sleeved on the transmission shaft 152 , and the second crimping member 19 is crimped and fixed to the other end of the line roller 16 .
如此,可以通过第一压接件18例如转接盘将线辊16的一端固定连接于轴承箱151上,并利用转接盘的结构设计例如转接盘的右端部卡接插设于线辊16的左端,以免线辊16窜动影响收放线过程,进而影响切割质量,并通过第二压接件19例如挡套的左端部卡接插设于线辊16的右端,并通过螺杆及螺杆末端设置的垫片和螺母将线辊16的右端固定压接于传动轴152上,进一步避免线辊16发生窜动而影响收放线过程,进而影响切割质量。In this way, one end of the line roller 16 can be fixedly connected to the bearing box 151 through the first crimping member 18 such as an adapter plate, and the structural design of the adapter plate can be utilized, for example, the right end of the adapter plate can be snap-fitted to the line roller. 16, in order to prevent the movement of the wire roller 16 from affecting the retracting and unwinding process, thereby affecting the cutting quality, and is clamped and inserted into the right end of the wire roller 16 through the second crimping member 19, such as the left end of the baffle, and through the screw and The gasket and nut provided at the end of the screw securely press the right end of the wire roller 16 to the transmission shaft 152, further preventing the wire roller 16 from moving and affecting the wire retracting and unwinding process, thereby affecting the cutting quality.
参见图65和图66,在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,线辊16的外周面上沿轴向设置有切线槽161。优选地,切线槽161设置有两个,且两个切线槽161对称设置。如此,可以从两个切线槽161的位置将废线切断,方便地将废线切断并拆除,以以提高换线效率并重复利用线辊16。Referring to Figures 65 and 66, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and unwinding device 1, a tangential groove 161 is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the wire roller 16 along the axial direction. Preferably, two tangential grooves 161 are provided, and the two tangential grooves 161 are arranged symmetrically. In this way, the waste wires can be cut off from the two cutting slots 161 , and the waste wires can be easily cut and removed to improve the wire changing efficiency and reuse the wire roller 16 .
在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,驱动部包括驱动电机12,驱动电机12固定在支座11上且驱动电机12的输出轴121与传动轴152通过联轴器13传动连接。如此,可以通过稳定固定于支座11上的驱动电机12驱动传动轴152实现收放线动作。In the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned wire retracting and unwinding device 1 , the driving part includes a driving motor 12 . The driving motor 12 is fixed on the support 11 and the output shaft 121 and the transmission shaft 152 of the driving motor 12 are drivingly connected through the coupling 13 . In this way, the driving motor 12 stably fixed on the support 11 can drive the transmission shaft 152 to realize the retracting and unwinding action.
另一方面,本申请提供一种收放线总成,该收放线总成包括上述第一方面的收放线装置1。本申请的收放线总成,具有基准件14,可以根据基准件14测量线辊16的安装位置与绕线长度,并据此确定排线装置的导轮的初始位置和行程,以使排线过程与收、放线过程保持一致。On the other hand, the present application provides a wire retracting and releasing assembly, which includes the wire retracting and releasing device 1 of the first aspect. The wire retracting and unwinding assembly of the present application has a datum component 14. The installation position and winding length of the wire roller 16 can be measured based on the datum component 14, and the initial position and stroke of the guide wheel of the wire arrangement device can be determined based on this, so that the wire arrangement can be achieved. The threading process is consistent with the retracting and unwinding processes.
参见图68,对本申请的液路循环系统进行介绍。本申请的液路循环系统1包括喷淋装置19、供液装置、第一管路16和第二管路17。供液装置包括循环进口和循环出口(图中未示出),循环进口用于收集使用后的喷淋液。第一管路16的第一端与循环出口连通,第一管路16的第二端与喷淋装置19连通,第一管路16上设置有第一控制阀161(例如夹管阀)。第二管路17的第一端与第一控制阀161的进口连通,第二管路17的第二端与循环进口连通。喷淋装置19用于向待喷淋件进行喷淋。这样,在短时停车后,可以通过第二管路17保持切割液的流量,在再次运行时,不需等待流量即可达到使用要求,可以有效提高切割效率。Referring to Figure 68, the liquid circulation system of the present application is introduced. The liquid circulation system 1 of the present application includes a spray device 19, a liquid supply device, a first pipeline 16 and a second pipeline 17. The liquid supply device includes a circulation inlet and a circulation outlet (not shown in the figure), and the circulation inlet is used to collect the used spray liquid. The first end of the first pipeline 16 is connected to the circulation outlet, the second end of the first pipeline 16 is connected to the spray device 19 , and a first control valve 161 (such as a pinch valve) is provided on the first pipeline 16 . The first end of the second pipeline 17 is connected to the inlet of the first control valve 161, and the second end of the second pipeline 17 is connected to the circulation inlet. The spray device 19 is used to spray the parts to be sprayed. In this way, after a short stop, the flow rate of the cutting fluid can be maintained through the second pipeline 17. When running again, the usage requirements can be met without waiting for the flow rate, which can effectively improve the cutting efficiency.
继续参见图68,在上述液路循环系统1的优选实施方式中,第二管路17上设置有第二控制阀171,第二控制阀171用于控制第二管路17的通断。优选地,第二控制阀171为夹管阀。这样,在正常运行时,关闭第二控制阀171,以避免无效循环,节省能耗。同时,可以在短时停车时,打开第二控制阀171,以通过第二管路17保持切割液的流量。在再次运行时,关闭第二控制阀171,不需等待流量即可达到使用要求,可以有效提高切割效率。Continuing to refer to FIG. 68 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid circuit system 1 , a second control valve 171 is provided on the second pipeline 17 , and the second control valve 171 is used to control the opening and closing of the second pipeline 17 . Preferably, the second control valve 171 is a pinch valve. In this way, during normal operation, the second control valve 171 is closed to avoid invalid cycles and save energy consumption. At the same time, during short-term parking, the second control valve 171 can be opened to maintain the flow of cutting fluid through the second pipeline 17 . When running again, the second control valve 171 is closed, and the usage requirements can be met without waiting for the flow rate, which can effectively improve the cutting efficiency.
继续参见图68,在上述液路循环系统1的优选实施方式中,液路循环系统1还包括第三管路18,第三管路18的第一端与换热装置的换热进口连通,第三管路18的第二端与循环进口连通。Continuing to refer to Figure 68, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid circulation system 1, the liquid circulation system 1 also includes a third pipeline 18, the first end of the third pipeline 18 is connected to the heat exchange inlet of the heat exchange device, The second end of the third pipeline 18 is connected with the circulation inlet.
进一步地,第三管路18上设置有第三控制阀181,第三控制阀181的进口与与换热装置的换热进口连通,第三控制阀181的出口与循环进口连通,第三控制阀181用于控制第三管路18的通断。具体地,第三控制阀181的出口与第二管路17连通。优选地,第三控制阀181为夹管阀。这样,在设备长时间停车,例如检修的情况下,可以关闭第一控制阀和第二控制阀,打开第三控制阀,使切割液可以直接通过第三管路回流至供液装置中,避免不必要的换热和过滤,节省能耗。在正常运行和短时停车时,通过关闭第三控制阀181将第三管路18断开,进一步避免不必要的循环。在设备长时间停车时,打开第三控制阀181,避免不必要的换热和过滤,进一步节省能耗。而且,将第三控制阀181的出口与第二管路17连通,可以合理布置和利用管路,避免重复设置,节省成本。Further, a third control valve 181 is provided on the third pipeline 18. The inlet of the third control valve 181 is connected to the heat exchange inlet of the heat exchange device. The outlet of the third control valve 181 is connected to the circulation inlet. The third control valve 181 is connected to the heat exchange inlet of the heat exchange device. The valve 181 is used to control the opening and closing of the third pipeline 18 . Specifically, the outlet of the third control valve 181 is connected with the second pipeline 17 . Preferably, the third control valve 181 is a pinch valve. In this way, when the equipment is parked for a long time, such as for maintenance, the first control valve and the second control valve can be closed, and the third control valve can be opened, so that the cutting fluid can directly flow back to the liquid supply device through the third pipeline to avoid Unnecessary heat exchange and filtration save energy consumption. During normal operation and short-term parking, the third pipeline 18 is disconnected by closing the third control valve 181 to further avoid unnecessary circulation. When the equipment is parked for a long time, the third control valve 181 is opened to avoid unnecessary heat exchange and filtration and further save energy consumption. Moreover, by connecting the outlet of the third control valve 181 with the second pipeline 17, the pipeline can be reasonably arranged and utilized, avoiding repeated installation and saving costs.
继续参见图68,在上述液路循环系统1的优选实施方式中,液路循环系统1还包括收集装置,收集装置安装在预设安装位置(例如切割室下部)上且与循环进口连通,用于回收并过滤使用后的喷淋液。优选地,第二管路的第二端与收集装置连通。具体地,收集装置为漏斗110,漏斗110内设置有滤网,漏斗110安装在切割室底部且漏斗的出口与循环进口连通,用于回收并过滤使用后的喷淋液。这样,可以通过漏斗110将使用后的喷淋液进行回收并过滤后,再次进行循环使用,可以节省成本。而且,第二管路中的切割液可以回收至收集装置,在保证切割液短时停车后的流量满足使用需求的同时,避免浪费。Continuing to refer to Figure 68, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid circuit circulation system 1, the liquid circuit circulation system 1 also includes a collection device. The collection device is installed at a preset installation position (such as the lower part of the cutting chamber) and is connected to the circulation inlet. To recover and filter the spray liquid after use. Preferably, the second end of the second pipeline is connected to the collection device. Specifically, the collection device is a funnel 110, and a filter screen is provided in the funnel 110. The funnel 110 is installed at the bottom of the cutting chamber and the outlet of the funnel is connected with the circulation inlet for recovering and filtering the used spray liquid. In this way, the used spray liquid can be recovered through the funnel 110 and filtered, and then recycled again, which can save costs. Moreover, the cutting fluid in the second pipeline can be recycled to the collection device, which ensures that the flow rate of the cutting fluid after a short-term stoppage meets the usage needs and avoids waste.
继续参见图68,在上述液路循环系统1的优选实施方式中,喷淋装置19包括第一喷淋管191和第二喷淋管192,第一喷淋管191与第二喷淋管192相对设置在待喷淋位置上。这样,可以通过第一喷淋管191和第二喷淋管192对带喷淋位置例如待切割件进行喷淋,以润滑切割线减小摩擦阻力,同时冷却待切割件的切割部位。Continuing to refer to Figure 68, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid circuit system 1, the spray device 19 includes a first spray pipe 191 and a second spray pipe 192. The first spray pipe 191 and the second spray pipe 192 Set relatively at the position to be sprayed. In this way, the belt spraying position, such as the piece to be cut, can be sprayed through the first spray pipe 191 and the second spray pipe 192 to lubricate the cutting line and reduce frictional resistance, while cooling the cutting part of the piece to be cut.
继续参见图68,在上述液路循环系统1的优选实施方式中,供液装置(例如供液缸11)上设置有供液泵(例如砂浆泵12),供液泵与供液装置连通,供液泵上设置有循环出口。这样,可以通过砂浆泵12将供液装装置中的喷淋液泵吸出来并输送至管路中使用。Continuing to refer to Figure 68, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid circuit system 1, a liquid supply pump (such as a mortar pump 12) is provided on the liquid supply device (such as a liquid supply cylinder 11), and the liquid supply pump is connected with the liquid supply device. The liquid supply pump is provided with a circulation outlet. In this way, the spray liquid pump in the liquid supply device can be sucked out by the mortar pump 12 and transported to the pipeline for use.
本申请提供一种液路总成,该液路总成包括上述第一方面的液路循环系统1。本申请的液路总成,包括第一方面的液路循环系统1,可以在通过第二管路17保证短时停车后再次运行时第一管路16中的流量,不必长时等待,有效提高了使用效率。The present application provides a liquid circuit assembly, which includes the liquid circuit circulation system 1 of the above-mentioned first aspect. The liquid circuit assembly of the present application, including the liquid circuit circulation system 1 of the first aspect, can ensure the flow rate in the first pipeline 16 when running again after a short stop through the second pipeline 17 without having to wait for a long time, effectively Improved usage efficiency.
下面结合图68和线切割机对本申请的液路循环系统1的可能的运行方式进行描述。液路循环系统1主要由供液缸11、砂浆泵12、过滤桶13、换热器14、质量流量计、喷淋装置19、夹管阀及相关连管和管件连接组成。主要工作过程为:切削液原液经供液系统例如原液箱,与工厂纯水按照一定配比注入供液缸11混合为切削液。混合好的切削液由砂浆泵12抽取并加压,经过滤桶13过滤,途径板式换热器14进行温度调整。温度调整后的切削液经第一管路16按照设定的流量流速,进入到切割室的喷淋装置19并分流进入第一喷淋管191和第二喷淋管192后,通过两套喷淋管,对切割过程中的金刚线及切削材料进行喷淋。喷淋后的切削液通过漏斗110收集并过滤后再次回流至供液缸11中,进入下一个循环。The possible operating modes of the liquid circulation system 1 of the present application will be described below with reference to Figure 68 and the wire cutting machine. The liquid circulation system 1 is mainly composed of a liquid supply cylinder 11, a mortar pump 12, a filter barrel 13, a heat exchanger 14, a mass flow meter, a spray device 19, a pinch valve and related pipes and fittings. The main working process is as follows: the cutting fluid raw liquid passes through the liquid supply system, such as the raw liquid tank, and is injected into the liquid supply cylinder 11 according to a certain ratio with factory pure water to mix into cutting fluid. The mixed cutting fluid is extracted and pressurized by the mortar pump 12, filtered through the filter barrel 13, and passes through the plate heat exchanger 14 for temperature adjustment. The temperature-adjusted cutting fluid enters the spray device 19 of the cutting chamber according to the set flow rate through the first pipeline 16 and branches into the first spray pipe 191 and the second spray pipe 192, and then passes through the two sets of spray pipes. Spray pipe to spray the diamond wire and cutting materials during the cutting process. The sprayed cutting fluid is collected through the funnel 110 and filtered, and then flows back into the liquid supply cylinder 11 again to enter the next cycle.
在线切割机正常运行过程中,第一管路16中的夹管阀打开,第二管路17中的夹管阀和第三管路18中的夹管阀关闭。在线切割机短时停车,例如更换切割件时,关闭第一管路16中的夹管阀,并将第二管路17中的夹管阀打开,第三管路18中的夹管阀仍保持关闭。这样,线切割再次运行时,可以保证第一管路16中的流量满足使用需要,无需长时间等待,可以提高切割效率。在线切割机长时停车,例如维修保养时,可以将第一管路16中的夹管阀和第二管路17中的夹管阀关闭,将第三管路18中的夹管阀关闭,使得切削液通过第三管路18和第二管路17回流至供液缸11中,便于进行维修操作。During the normal operation of the wire cutting machine, the pinch valve in the first pipeline 16 is opened, the pinch valve in the second pipeline 17 and the pinch valve in the third pipeline 18 are closed. When the wire cutting machine is stopped for a short period of time, such as when replacing cutting parts, the pinch valve in the first pipeline 16 is closed, the pinch valve in the second pipeline 17 is opened, and the pinch valve in the third pipeline 18 remains Stay closed. In this way, when the wire cutting is run again, it can be ensured that the flow rate in the first pipeline 16 meets the usage requirements without waiting for a long time, and the cutting efficiency can be improved. When the wire cutting machine is stopped, for example, during maintenance, the pinch valve in the first pipeline 16 and the pinch valve in the second pipeline 17 can be closed, and the pinch valve in the third pipeline 18 can be closed. The cutting fluid is allowed to flow back into the liquid supply cylinder 11 through the third pipeline 18 and the second pipeline 17 to facilitate maintenance operations.
参见图69和图70,第一方面,本申请提供一种供液装置1,该供液装置1包括供液缸11和溢流盒13。供液缸11用于盛放切割液,溢流盒13设置在供液缸11的缸壁的外侧,溢流盒13的上部与供液缸11的上部连通。这样,可以在供液缸11内的液体过多时,通过与供液缸11的上部连通的溢流盒13及时排出,避免液体浸泡造成设备故障。Referring to Figures 69 and 70, in the first aspect, the present application provides a liquid supply device 1. The liquid supply device 1 includes a liquid supply cylinder 11 and an overflow box 13. The liquid supply cylinder 11 is used to hold cutting fluid. The overflow box 13 is arranged outside the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . The upper part of the overflow box 13 is connected with the upper part of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . In this way, when there is too much liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11, it can be discharged in time through the overflow box 13 connected to the upper part of the liquid supply cylinder 11 to avoid equipment failure caused by liquid immersion.
参见图70,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的底部为斜面,供液缸11第一端(图70中供液缸11的右端)的底部高于的第二端(图70中供液缸11的左端)的底部,优选地,供液缸11的底部与水平方向的夹角为为1°~5°,优选为2°。这样可以将液体进行汇集,并便于排液。而且供液缸11的底部为斜面,可以保证切割液向供液缸11的第二端汇聚,有利于抽取切割液。Referring to Figure 70, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is a slope, and the bottom of the first end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 (the right end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 in Figure 70) is higher than the second The angle between the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 and the horizontal direction is preferably 1° to 5°, preferably 2°. This collects the liquid and facilitates drainage. Moreover, the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is a slope, which can ensure that the cutting fluid converges to the second end of the liquid supply cylinder 11, which is beneficial to extracting the cutting fluid.
返回参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的第二端的缸壁顶部设置有第一溢流孔(图中未示出),溢流盒13设置在供液缸11的第二端的缸壁的外侧,第一溢流孔与溢流盒13连通。溢流盒13的底部为斜面,溢流盒13的第一端(图70中溢流盒13的后端)的底部高于溢流盒13的第二端的底部(图70中溢流盒13的前端)。此外,溢流盒13的前端的底部设置有出口(图中未示出),出口上设置有溢流管131。具体地,该出口朝向水平方向开设,溢流管131水平设置。优选地,溢流盒13上设置有溢流盒盖132,溢流盒盖132盖设在溢流盒13上。优选地,溢流盒盖132上设置有第一提拉件1321(例如把手、拉杆等)。这样,供液缸11中的液体较多时,可以通过供液缸11的缸壁顶部设置的第一溢流孔溢流至溢流盒13,并经溢流管131引流至合适的位置,避免液体浸泡设备,造成设备故障。此外,溢流盒13底部为斜面且第一端的高度高于第二端的底部,并在溢流盒13的第二端的底部设置出口,可以将溢流盒13中的液体更顺利地通过与出口连接的溢流管131排出,进一步避免液体浸泡造成设备故障,而且溢流管131水平设置可以节省布置空间。并且,溢流盒13上设置溢流盒盖132,可以避免杂物进入溢流盒13中。然后,可调通过溢流盒盖132上设置的把手可以方便地将溢流盒盖132取下或者放在溢流盒13上。Referring back to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the top of the cylinder wall at the second end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is provided with a first overflow hole (not shown in the figure), and the overflow box 13 is provided on the top of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11. The first overflow hole is connected to the overflow box 13 on the outside of the cylinder wall at the second end of the liquid cylinder 11 . The bottom of the overflow box 13 is a slope, and the bottom of the first end of the overflow box 13 (the rear end of the overflow box 13 in Figure 70) is higher than the bottom of the second end of the overflow box 13 (the rear end of the overflow box 13 in Figure 70). Front end). In addition, an outlet (not shown in the figure) is provided at the bottom of the front end of the overflow box 13, and an overflow pipe 131 is provided on the outlet. Specifically, the outlet is opened in the horizontal direction, and the overflow pipe 131 is arranged horizontally. Preferably, the overflow box 13 is provided with an overflow box cover 132 , and the overflow box cover 132 is provided on the overflow box 13 . Preferably, the overflow box cover 132 is provided with a first lifting member 1321 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.). In this way, when there is a large amount of liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11, it can overflow to the overflow box 13 through the first overflow hole provided on the top of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and be directed to a suitable location through the overflow pipe 131 to avoid Liquid soaks equipment, causing equipment failure. In addition, the bottom of the overflow box 13 is a slope and the height of the first end is higher than the bottom of the second end. An outlet is provided at the bottom of the second end of the overflow box 13 so that the liquid in the overflow box 13 can pass through the overflow box 13 more smoothly. The overflow pipe 131 connected to the outlet is discharged to further avoid equipment failure caused by liquid immersion, and the horizontal arrangement of the overflow pipe 131 can save layout space. In addition, an overflow box cover 132 is provided on the overflow box 13 to prevent debris from entering the overflow box 13 . Then, the overflow box cover 132 can be easily removed or placed on the overflow box 13 by adjusting the handle provided on the overflow box cover 132 .
当然,本领域技术人员能够理解的是,可以根据具体应用场景的需要,也可以将溢流盒13设置在供液缸11的其他合适的位置。溢流盒1313的底部也可以水平设置。并且,将溢流盒13区别为第一端和第二端仅是为了描述方便,显然二者可以互换。此外,溢流盒13的出口也可以根据具体应用场景的需要设置在溢流盒13上其他合适的位置,或者也可以不设置出口,出口上也可以不设置溢流管131。然后,出口也可以朝向其他方向设置,溢流管131也可以倾斜设置。再者,也可以不设置溢流盒盖132,溢流盒盖132也可以不设置第一提拉件1321。Of course, those skilled in the art can understand that the overflow box 13 can also be arranged at other suitable positions of the liquid supply cylinder 11 according to the needs of specific application scenarios. The bottom of the overflow box 1313 can also be set horizontally. Moreover, distinguishing the overflow box 13 into a first end and a second end is only for convenience of description, and obviously the two can be interchanged. In addition, the outlet of the overflow box 13 can also be set at other suitable positions on the overflow box 13 according to the needs of specific application scenarios, or the outlet may not be set, and the overflow pipe 131 may not be set on the outlet. Then, the outlet can also be arranged in other directions, and the overflow pipe 131 can also be arranged at an angle. Furthermore, the overflow box cover 132 may not be provided, and the overflow box cover 132 may not be provided with the first lifting member 1321 .
继续参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的缸壁外侧设置有安装部,安装部上设置有踩踏部14。具体地,安装部为安装孔111,踩踏部14可拆卸地插设在安装孔111中。优选地,踩踏部14包括踩踏板141和连接杆件142,踩踏板141设置在连接杆件142上,连接杆件142弯折设置,且连接杆件142可拆卸地插设在安装孔111中。这样,在需要进行设备检修保养时,可以通过拆卸连接杆件142并将踩踏板141旋转至供液缸11外侧,然后再将连接杆件142插设在供液缸11上的安装孔111中方便地进行操作。而且,在不需要使用踩踏部14时,可以将其拆卸下来,将踏板141旋转至供液缸11内侧,然后将连接杆件142插设在安装孔111中,避免与其他设备发生干涉,同时节省设备的布置空间。Continuing to refer to FIG. 69 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1 , a mounting portion is provided on the outside of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and a stepping portion 14 is provided on the mounting portion. Specifically, the mounting part is a mounting hole 111, and the stepping part 14 is detachably inserted in the mounting hole 111. Preferably, the pedal part 14 includes a pedal 141 and a connecting rod 142. The pedal 141 is provided on the connecting rod 142. The connecting rod 142 is bent and detachably inserted into the mounting hole 111. . In this way, when equipment maintenance is required, the connecting rod 142 can be disassembled and the pedal 141 rotated to the outside of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and then the connecting rod 142 can be inserted into the mounting hole 111 on the liquid supply cylinder 11 Convenient to operate. Moreover, when the pedal part 14 is not needed, it can be disassembled, the pedal 141 is rotated to the inside of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and then the connecting rod 142 is inserted into the installation hole 111 to avoid interference with other equipment. Save equipment layout space.
继续参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的顶面上设置有观察口(图中设置观察盖板15的位置),该观察口设置在供液缸11的第二端。此外,观察口上设置有观察盖板15,观察盖板15盖设在观察口上。优选地,观察盖板15上设置有第二提拉件151(例如把手、拉杆等)。这样,可以通过观察口观察供液缸11内的情况。而且可以在不需要观察供液缸11内情况时将观察盖板15盖上,以免杂物进入供液缸11内污染液体,造成设备故障。然后,可以通过第二提拉件151方便地进行观察盖板15的摘取和放置。Continuing to refer to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, an observation port is provided on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder 11 (the position where the observation cover 15 is provided in the figure), and the observation port is provided on the liquid supply cylinder 11 the second end. In addition, an observation cover 15 is provided on the observation opening, and the observation cover 15 covers the observation opening. Preferably, the observation cover 15 is provided with a second lifting member 151 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.). In this way, the situation inside the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be observed through the observation port. Moreover, the observation cover 15 can be covered when there is no need to observe the situation in the liquid supply cylinder 11 to prevent debris from entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 and contaminating the liquid, causing equipment failure. Then, the observation cover 15 can be easily removed and placed through the second lifting member 151 .
继续参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液装置1还包括过滤部,过滤部设置在供液缸11的顶面且至少部分位于供液缸11内,用于过滤回收的切割液。具体地,供液缸11的第二端(图中供液缸11的右侧)的顶面设有缸盖112,缸盖112上设置有安装口(图中未示出),过滤部设置在安装口上。过滤装置包括过滤盒16,过滤盒16内设置有过滤网(图中未示出),过滤盒16至少部分位于供液缸11内。优选地,过滤盒16的两个相对的盒壁上部上均设置有第二溢流孔162。过滤盒16上盖设有过滤盒盖161,过滤盒盖161上设置有通孔,回收的切割液通过通孔进入过滤盒16。优选地,过滤盒盖161上设置有第三提拉件1611(例如把手、拉杆等)。优选地,缸盖112上设置有第四提拉件1121(例如把手、拉杆等)。这样,回收的切割液可以经过滤盒16中的滤网过滤后再进入供液缸11中,以免杂质进入供液缸11污染供液缸11内的液体,造成设备故障。并且过滤盒16可以起到缓冲切割液冲击的作用,以减少进入供液缸11中的液体产生的泡沫。而且,过滤盒的16盒壁上设置有第二溢流孔162,在过滤盒16内液位较高时,可以方便地将液体溢流至供液缸11中,避免过滤盒内流体溢出。再者,第二溢流孔162设置在过滤盒16的盒壁的上部,在溢流的同时,可以避免沉淀性杂质进入供液缸11。然后,过滤盒盖161在使回收的切割液进入的同时,可以避免杂物进入过滤盒16内影响过滤效果或者污染供液缸11内的液体。此外,可以通过过第三提拉件1611方便地进行过滤盒盖161的摘取和放置,进而便于观察过滤盒16内的情况或者更换滤网。再者,供液缸11的右侧设置有缸盖112,可以避免杂物从右侧进入供液缸11中的液体,导致液体污染。Continuing to refer to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the liquid supply device 1 also includes a filter part, which is disposed on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder 11 and is at least partially located inside the liquid supply cylinder 11 for filtering. Recycled cutting fluid. Specifically, a cylinder cover 112 is provided on the top surface of the second end of the liquid supply cylinder 11 (the right side of the liquid supply cylinder 11 in the figure). The cylinder cover 112 is provided with an installation port (not shown in the figure), and the filter part is provided on the installation port. The filtering device includes a filter box 16 , a filter screen (not shown in the figure) is provided in the filter box 16 , and the filter box 16 is at least partially located in the liquid supply cylinder 11 . Preferably, second overflow holes 162 are provided on the upper portions of two opposite box walls of the filter box 16 . The upper cover of the filter box 16 is provided with a filter box cover 161, and the filter box cover 161 is provided with a through hole through which the recovered cutting fluid enters the filter box 16. Preferably, the filter box cover 161 is provided with a third lifting member 1611 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.). Preferably, the cylinder head 112 is provided with a fourth lifting member 1121 (such as a handle, a pull rod, etc.). In this way, the recovered cutting fluid can be filtered by the filter in the filter box 16 and then enter the liquid supply cylinder 11 to prevent impurities from entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 and contaminating the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 and causing equipment failure. And the filter box 16 can play a role in buffering the impact of the cutting fluid to reduce foam generated by the liquid entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 . Moreover, a second overflow hole 162 is provided on the wall of the filter box 16. When the liquid level in the filter box 16 is high, the liquid can easily overflow into the liquid supply cylinder 11 to avoid overflow of the fluid in the filter box. Furthermore, the second overflow hole 162 is provided at the upper part of the box wall of the filter box 16 to prevent precipitated impurities from entering the liquid supply cylinder 11 while overflowing. Then, while allowing the recovered cutting fluid to enter, the filter box cover 161 can prevent debris from entering the filter box 16 and affecting the filtering effect or contaminating the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 . In addition, the filter box cover 161 can be easily removed and placed through the third lifting member 1611, thereby making it easy to observe the conditions inside the filter box 16 or replace the filter screen. Furthermore, a cylinder cover 112 is provided on the right side of the liquid supply cylinder 11 to prevent debris from entering the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 from the right side and causing liquid contamination.
继续参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液装置还包括出液泵12,出液泵12设置在供液缸的左侧的顶面,出液泵12的进口与供液缸11连通,出液泵12的出口与待供液部位(例如喷淋装置)连通。出液泵12上设置有出液管122,出液管121的出液口1211与待供液部位连通。优选地,出液泵12为砂浆泵。这样,可以通过出液泵12将集中在供液缸11的左侧的液体泵吸出来,并通过出液管121将液体引流至待供液部位。Continuing to refer to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the liquid supply device also includes a liquid outlet pump 12. The liquid outlet pump 12 is disposed on the top surface of the left side of the liquid supply cylinder. The inlet of the liquid outlet pump 12 is connected to the top surface of the left side of the liquid supply cylinder. The liquid supply cylinder 11 is connected, and the outlet of the liquid outlet pump 12 is connected with the part to be supplied with liquid (such as a spray device). The liquid outlet pump 12 is provided with a liquid outlet pipe 122, and the liquid outlet 1211 of the liquid outlet pipe 121 is connected with the site to be supplied with liquid. Preferably, the liquid outlet pump 12 is a mortar pump. In this way, the liquid concentrated on the left side of the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be sucked out by the liquid outlet pump 12, and the liquid can be guided to the site to be supplied through the liquid outlet pipe 121.
继续参见图69在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液装置1还包括接液盒17,接液盒17设置在供液缸11的缸壁外侧且与出液管121的出液口1211对应。这样,可以在停止供液时,将出液管121和出液泵12中残留的液体收集至接液盒17中。Continuing to refer to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the liquid supply device 1 also includes a liquid receiving box 17. The liquid receiving box 17 is disposed outside the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 and connected with the liquid outlet of the liquid outlet pipe 121. Port 1211 corresponds. In this way, when the liquid supply is stopped, the liquid remaining in the liquid outlet pipe 121 and the liquid outlet pump 12 can be collected into the liquid receiving box 17 .
继续参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液装置1还包括液位报警机构18,液位报警机构18设置在供液缸的顶面且部分位于供液缸11内,液位报警机构18用于监控供液缸11中的液位。液位报警机构18的具体设置方式可以参见专利文献CN210464604U,在此不再赘述。这样,可以通过液位报警机构18监控供液缸11中的液位,以免供液缸11中的液体过少影响使用,或者液位过高发生外溢浸泡设备,造成设备故障。Continuing to refer to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the liquid supply device 1 also includes a liquid level alarm mechanism 18. The liquid level alarm mechanism 18 is disposed on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder and is partially located in the liquid supply cylinder 11. , the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 is used to monitor the liquid level in the liquid supply cylinder 11 . The specific arrangement method of the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 can be found in the patent document CN210464604U, which will not be described again here. In this way, the liquid level in the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be monitored through the liquid level alarm mechanism 18 to prevent the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 from being too little and affecting use, or the liquid level being too high and causing overflow and immersion of the equipment, causing equipment failure.
继续参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的缸壁外侧上设置有定位部19。定位部19能够与预设定位位置抵接,用于确定供液缸11的位置。具体地,定位部19包括定位支架191和定位件192,定位支架191固定在供液缸11的缸壁外侧上,定位支架191上开设有定位孔(例如螺孔,图中未示出),定位件192可移动穿设在定位孔中,定位件192能够与待定位位置抵接。优选地,定位件192包括定位螺栓和定位螺母,定位螺栓螺接在在螺孔中,定位螺母螺接在定位螺母穿过定位孔的部分上,定位螺栓能够与预设定位位置(例如线切割机的底座)抵接。这样,可以通过定位螺栓相对于定位支架191的伸出长度变化,使螺栓与底座抵接,以确认供液缸11的位置,进而将供液缸11设置在合适的位置,如过滤盒盖161上的通孔与线切割机的切割液排出口对齐的位置。而且定位螺栓上设置有定位螺母,可以在将供液缸11设置在合适的位置后,用定位螺母将定位螺栓进行进一部的固定,以免螺栓松动导致供液缸11的定位偏差。Continuing to refer to FIG. 69 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1 , a positioning portion 19 is provided on the outside of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . The positioning portion 19 can contact the preset positioning position and is used to determine the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . Specifically, the positioning part 19 includes a positioning bracket 191 and a positioning piece 192. The positioning bracket 191 is fixed on the outside of the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11. The positioning bracket 191 is provided with positioning holes (such as screw holes, not shown in the figure). The positioning member 192 is movably inserted into the positioning hole, and the positioning member 192 can contact the position to be positioned. Preferably, the positioning member 192 includes a positioning bolt and a positioning nut. The positioning bolt is screwed in the screw hole. The positioning nut is screwed on the part of the positioning nut that passes through the positioning hole. The positioning bolt can be connected with the preset positioning position (such as wire cutting). the base of the machine). In this way, the extension length of the positioning bolt relative to the positioning bracket 191 can be changed to make the bolt contact the base to confirm the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and then set the liquid supply cylinder 11 at a suitable position, such as the filter box cover 161 The through hole on the wire cutting machine is aligned with the cutting fluid discharge port of the wire cutting machine. Moreover, the positioning bolt is provided with a positioning nut. After the liquid supply cylinder 11 is set at a suitable position, the positioning nut can be used to further fix the positioning bolt to prevent the positioning deviation of the liquid supply cylinder 11 from loosening of the bolt.
返回参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的底部设置有移动轮101,移动轮101与供液缸11的底部可转动连接。优选地,移动轮101为万向轮,且移动轮101能够相对于供液缸11固定(例如移动轮上设置有自锁结构)。这样,可以通过定位轮方便地移动供液缸11的位置。而且,移动轮101设置为万向轮,可以从多个角度推动供液缸11,进一步方便地移动供液缸11的位置。此外,可以在不需要移动时,将移动轮101锁定,以免供液缸11移位影响供液。Referring back to FIG. 69 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1 , a moving wheel 101 is provided at the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and the moving wheel 101 is rotatably connected to the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . Preferably, the moving wheel 101 is a universal wheel, and the moving wheel 101 can be fixed relative to the liquid supply cylinder 11 (for example, the moving wheel is provided with a self-locking structure). In this way, the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be easily moved through the positioning wheel. Moreover, the moving wheel 101 is set as a universal wheel, which can push the liquid supply cylinder 11 from multiple angles, further conveniently moving the position of the liquid supply cylinder 11 . In addition, when movement is not required, the moving wheel 101 can be locked to prevent the liquid supply cylinder 11 from being displaced and affecting liquid supply.
继续返回参见图69,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的底部设置有可启闭的排液口(例如排液口上设置可拆卸的堵头或挡片,图中未示出),优选地,排液口上连接有排液管102,排液管102上设置有控制阀103。这样,可以在出现设备故障或者检修维护以及换液、清洗等情况时,通过设置在供液缸11缸底的通孔将供液缸11中的液体排出,并通过排液管102将液体引流至合适的位置。此外,可以通过控制阀103控制排液量和是否排液。Continuing to refer back to Figure 69, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1, the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11 is provided with an openable and closable liquid drain port (for example, a removable plug or baffle is provided on the liquid drain port, in the figure (not shown), preferably, a drain pipe 102 is connected to the drain port, and a control valve 103 is provided on the drain pipe 102 . In this way, when equipment failure or maintenance, fluid replacement, cleaning, etc. occur, the liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 11 can be discharged through the through hole provided at the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 11, and the liquid can be drained through the drain pipe 102 to the appropriate location. In addition, the amount of liquid discharged and whether to discharge liquid can be controlled through the control valve 103.
继续返回参见图69和图70,在上述供液装置1的优选实施方式中,供液缸11的外壁上设置有推拉部,推拉部用于推拉供液缸11。优选地,推拉部为U型的推拉杆104,推拉杆104的两端固定在供液缸11的外壁上。这样,可以通过推拉杆104方便地将供液杆推至合适的位置。Continuing to refer back to FIGS. 69 and 70 , in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned liquid supply device 1 , a push-pull part is provided on the outer wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11 , and the push-pull part is used to push and pull the liquid supply cylinder 11 . Preferably, the push-pull part is a U-shaped push-pull rod 104, and both ends of the push-pull rod 104 are fixed on the outer wall of the liquid supply cylinder 11. In this way, the liquid supply rod can be easily pushed to the appropriate position through the push-pull rod 104.
如图71和图72所示,第一方面,本申请提供一种清洗装置11,该清洗装置11包括驱动部112和转动清洗部。驱动部112与转动清洗部连接以驱动转动清洗部转动,转动清洗部与清洗液源连通,用于向待清洗部位喷射清洗液。如此,在待清洗部位例如供液缸1需要清洗时,可以通过驱动部112驱动转动清洗部转动,同时转动清洗部向待清洗部位喷射清洗液对供液缸1进行自动清洗,无需移动供液缸1,清洗效率高,而且清洗效果较好。As shown in Figures 71 and 72, in the first aspect, the present application provides a cleaning device 11. The cleaning device 11 includes a driving part 112 and a rotating cleaning part. The driving part 112 is connected to the rotating cleaning part to drive the rotating cleaning part to rotate. The rotating cleaning part is connected with the cleaning liquid source and is used to spray cleaning liquid to the parts to be cleaned. In this way, when the parts to be cleaned, such as the liquid supply cylinder 1, need to be cleaned, the driving part 112 can be used to drive the rotating cleaning part to rotate, and at the same time, the rotating cleaning part sprays cleaning liquid to the parts to be cleaned to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1 without moving the liquid supply. Cylinder 1 has high cleaning efficiency and good cleaning effect.
继续参见图71和图72,在上述清洗装置11的优选实施方式中,驱动部112包括电机1122和减速器1121,电机1122与减速器1121传动连接,转动清洗部与减速器1121传动连接。优选地,减速器1121为蜗轮蜗杆减速器。Continuing to refer to Figures 71 and 72, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 11, the driving part 112 includes a motor 1122 and a reducer 1121. The motor 1122 is drive-connected to the reducer 1121, and the rotating cleaning part is drive-connected to the reducer 1121. Preferably, the reducer 1121 is a worm gear reducer.
进一步地,清洗装置11还包括第一安装法兰113和第二安装法兰116。第一安装法兰113固定连接于减速器1121。第一安装法兰113的内圈延伸形成卡环1131,卡环1131插设于第二安装法兰116的安装孔内,第一安装法兰113固定连接于第二安装法兰116。优选地,第二安装法兰116的安装面为斜面。Further, the cleaning device 11 also includes a first mounting flange 113 and a second mounting flange 116 . The first mounting flange 113 is fixedly connected to the reducer 1121. The inner ring of the first mounting flange 113 extends to form a snap ring 1131. The snap ring 1131 is inserted into the mounting hole of the second mounting flange 116. The first mounting flange 113 is fixedly connected to the second mounting flange 116. Preferably, the mounting surface of the second mounting flange 116 is an inclined surface.
进一步地,进液部为旋转接头111,清洗装置11还包括密封压板115,转动清洗部的上部穿过减速器1121并通过密封压板115与旋转接头111可转动密封连通。更进一步地,清洗装置11还包括密封圈114,密封圈114套设于转动清洗部的上部且压接于密封压板115与旋转接头111之间。优选地,密封圈114为唇形密封圈。如此,电机1122可以经减速器1121调速并改变传动方向后,驱动转动清洗部转动,对供液缸1进行自动清洗,清洗效率高且清洗效果好。而且,可以通过第二安装法兰116与第一安装法兰113的配合可以增加减速器1121固定的牢固性,提高传动的稳定性。此外,第二安装法兰116的安装面设置为斜面,可以使转动清洗部安装后与具体应用场景例如供液缸1底部的斜面相匹配,以免发生结构干涉,影响转动。而且,转动清洗部可以通过密封压板115及密封圈114与旋转接头111密封连通,在满足转动需求的同时,避免漏液。Furthermore, the liquid inlet part is a rotary joint 111, and the cleaning device 11 also includes a sealing pressure plate 115. The upper part of the rotating cleaning part passes through the reducer 1121 and is in rotatable and sealing communication with the rotary joint 111 through the sealing pressure plate 115. Furthermore, the cleaning device 11 further includes a sealing ring 114 , which is sleeved on the upper part of the rotating cleaning part and press-fitted between the sealing pressure plate 115 and the rotating joint 111 . Preferably, the sealing ring 114 is a lip sealing ring. In this way, the motor 1122 can adjust the speed and change the transmission direction through the reducer 1121, and then drive the rotating cleaning part to rotate to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1, with high cleaning efficiency and good cleaning effect. Moreover, the cooperation between the second mounting flange 116 and the first mounting flange 113 can increase the firmness of fixing the reducer 1121 and improve the stability of the transmission. In addition, the mounting surface of the second mounting flange 116 is set as an inclined surface, so that the rotating cleaning part can match the specific application scenario after installation, such as the inclined surface at the bottom of the liquid supply cylinder 1, so as to avoid structural interference and affecting the rotation. Moreover, the rotating cleaning part can be sealed and communicated with the rotating joint 111 through the sealing pressure plate 115 and the sealing ring 114, so as to avoid liquid leakage while meeting the rotation requirements.
继续参见图71和图72,在上述清洗装置11的优选实施方式中,转动清洗部包括旋转接头111和冲洗组件。旋转接头111与清洗液源连通,冲洗组件的一端与旋转接头111可转动连通,驱动部112与冲洗组件连接以驱动冲洗组件转动。Continuing to refer to Figures 71 and 72, in the preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 11, the rotating cleaning part includes a rotating joint 111 and a flushing assembly. The rotary joint 111 is in communication with the cleaning liquid source, one end of the flushing component is in rotatable communication with the rotary joint 111, and the driving part 112 is connected with the flushing component to drive the flushing component to rotate.
进一步地,冲洗组件包括旋转杆119和冲洗管路117。具体地,旋转杆119至少上部中空且顶部与旋转接头111可转动连通,旋转杆119的中空部分上开设有出液口,驱动部112与旋转杆119连接以驱动旋转杆119转动。冲洗管路117连接于旋转杆119且冲洗管路117的一端与出液口连通,冲洗管路117上设置有喷嘴1173。更进一步地,冲洗管路117包括多个清洗主管1171和多个清洗支管1172。清洗主管1171连接于旋转杆119且一端与出液口连通,清洗支管1172与清洗主管1171的另一端连通,喷嘴1173设置于清洗支管1172的末端。优选地,清洗主管1171的数量为四个,每个清洗主管1171连通一个或两个清洗支管1172。更优选地,四个清洗主管1171沿旋转杆119的周向均布,每个清洗主管1171连通两个清洗支管1172。Further, the flushing assembly includes a rotating rod 119 and a flushing pipeline 117 . Specifically, at least the upper part of the rotating rod 119 is hollow and the top part is rotatably communicated with the rotating joint 111. The hollow part of the rotating rod 119 is provided with a liquid outlet, and the driving part 112 is connected with the rotating rod 119 to drive the rotating rod 119 to rotate. The flushing pipeline 117 is connected to the rotating rod 119 and one end of the flushing pipeline 117 is connected to the liquid outlet. The flushing pipeline 117 is provided with a nozzle 1173 . Furthermore, the flushing pipeline 117 includes a plurality of cleaning main pipes 1171 and a plurality of cleaning branch pipes 1172 . The cleaning main pipe 1171 is connected to the rotating rod 119 and one end is connected to the liquid outlet. The cleaning branch pipe 1172 is connected to the other end of the cleaning main pipe 1171 . The nozzle 1173 is provided at the end of the cleaning branch pipe 1172 . Preferably, the number of cleaning main pipes 1171 is four, and each cleaning main pipe 1171 is connected to one or two cleaning branch pipes 1172 . More preferably, four cleaning main pipes 1171 are evenly distributed along the circumferential direction of the rotating rod 119, and each cleaning main pipe 1171 is connected to two cleaning branch pipes 1172.
如此,清洗液可以通过与旋转接头111可转动连通的旋转杆119上的出液口进入连接于旋转杆119上的四个清洗主管1171,然后进入与每个清洗主管1171连通的两个清洗支管1172,并通过设置于清洗支管1172末端的喷嘴1173喷出,对供液缸1进行自动清洗,清洗效率高且清洗效果好。而且,喷嘴1173可以进一步增大清洗液对供液缸1的冲洗能力,进一步提高清洗效果和效率。此外,四个清洗主管1171沿旋转杆119的轴向均布,清洗时可以从每个清洗主管1171连通的一个或两个清洗支管1172对待清洗部位例如供液缸1的各个部位进行清洗,不留死角,而且有助于旋转的平衡,进而提高清洗效率和清洗效果。In this way, the cleaning liquid can enter the four cleaning main pipes 1171 connected to the rotating rod 119 through the liquid outlet on the rotating rod 119 that is rotatably connected to the rotating joint 111, and then enter the two cleaning branch pipes connected to each cleaning main pipe 1171. 1172, and is sprayed through the nozzle 1173 provided at the end of the cleaning branch pipe 1172 to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1, with high cleaning efficiency and good cleaning effect. Moreover, the nozzle 1173 can further increase the flushing ability of the cleaning liquid to the liquid supply cylinder 1 and further improve the cleaning effect and efficiency. In addition, four cleaning main pipes 1171 are evenly distributed along the axial direction of the rotating rod 119. During cleaning, the parts to be cleaned, such as various parts of the liquid supply cylinder 1, can be cleaned from one or two cleaning branch pipes 1172 connected to each cleaning main pipe 1171. It leaves no dead space and helps balance the rotation, thus improving cleaning efficiency and effect.
继续参见图71和图72,在上述清洗装置11的优选实施方式中,转动清洗部还包括搅拌组件118,搅拌组件118连接于旋转杆119。具体地,搅拌组件118包括搅拌座1181和搅拌扇叶1182。搅拌座1181连接于旋转杆119,搅拌扇叶1182连接于搅拌座1181。优选地,搅拌组件118连接在旋转杆119的末端,搅拌扇叶1182的数量为四个,四个搅拌扇叶1182均匀连接于搅拌座1181。具体地,搅拌座1181通过压板110固定于旋转杆119的末端。如此,可以通过连接于旋转杆119的搅拌座1181带动四个搅拌扇叶1182对供液缸1中的清洗液进行搅拌,加速清洗液的流动,尤其是加速液流相对较差的待清洗部位例如供液缸1的底部的液体流动,更进一步提高清洗效率和清洗效果。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 71 and 72 , in a preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned cleaning device 11 , the rotating cleaning part further includes a stirring component 118 , and the stirring component 118 is connected to the rotating rod 119 . Specifically, the stirring assembly 118 includes a stirring base 1181 and a stirring fan blade 1182. The stirring base 1181 is connected to the rotating rod 119, and the stirring fan blade 1182 is connected to the stirring base 1181. Preferably, the stirring assembly 118 is connected to the end of the rotating rod 119, the number of the stirring fan blades 1182 is four, and the four stirring fan blades 1182 are evenly connected to the stirring base 1181. Specifically, the stirring base 1181 is fixed to the end of the rotating rod 119 through the pressing plate 110 . In this way, the four stirring blades 1182 can be driven by the stirring base 1181 connected to the rotating rod 119 to stir the cleaning liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 1 to accelerate the flow of the cleaning liquid, especially the parts to be cleaned where the liquid flow is relatively poor. For example, the liquid at the bottom of the liquid cylinder 1 is supplied to flow, further improving the cleaning efficiency and cleaning effect.
如图73所示,本申请提供一种供液缸1,该供液缸1包括上述第一方面的清洗装置11,清洗装置11安装在供液缸1的顶部。本申请的供液缸1设置的清洗装置11可以通过电机1122驱动对供液缸1进行自动清洗,不必移动供液缸1,清洗效率高,而且清洗效果较好。As shown in Figure 73, this application provides a liquid supply cylinder 1. The liquid supply cylinder 1 includes the cleaning device 11 of the first aspect mentioned above. The cleaning device 11 is installed on the top of the liquid supply cylinder 1. The cleaning device 11 provided for the liquid supply cylinder 1 of the present application can be driven by the motor 1122 to automatically clean the liquid supply cylinder 1 without moving the liquid supply cylinder 1. The cleaning efficiency is high and the cleaning effect is good.
下面,结合图71和图73,对清洗装置11的一种可能的运行方式进行描述。在线切割机待机对供液缸1进行清洗时,电机1122经蜗轮蜗杆减速器1121调速和转向后,带动旋转杆119转动,清洗液经旋转接头111进入搅拌杆的中空部分并通过出液口进入清洗支管1172,然后经清洗支管1172末端的喷嘴1173进入供液缸1对供液缸1进行清洗。清洗过程中,清洗支管1172随旋转杆119转动,以冲洗供液缸1的各个部位,而且,旋转杆119末端的搅拌扇叶1182可以对供液缸1中的清洗液进行搅拌,加速液体流动,可以实现供液缸1的自动清洗,清洗效率和清洗效果较好,且无需移动供液缸1。Next, a possible operating mode of the cleaning device 11 is described with reference to FIG. 71 and FIG. 73 . When the wire cutting machine is on standby to clean the liquid supply cylinder 1, the motor 1122 drives the rotating rod 119 to rotate after being adjusted and turned by the worm gear reducer 1121. The cleaning liquid enters the hollow part of the stirring rod through the rotating joint 111 and passes through the liquid outlet. Enter the cleaning branch pipe 1172, and then enter the liquid supply cylinder 1 through the nozzle 1173 at the end of the cleaning branch pipe 1172 to clean the liquid supply cylinder 1. During the cleaning process, the cleaning branch pipe 1172 rotates with the rotating rod 119 to flush various parts of the liquid supply cylinder 1. Moreover, the stirring fan blade 1182 at the end of the rotating rod 119 can stir the cleaning liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 1 and accelerate the liquid flow. , automatic cleaning of the liquid supply cylinder 1 can be realized, the cleaning efficiency and cleaning effect are good, and there is no need to move the liquid supply cylinder 1.
本申请还提供一种线切割机,该线切割机包括上述实施例的切割总成、进刀总成、清洗装置、收放线总成、液路总成中的至少一种。优选地,线切割机为切片机。当然,除了切片机外,线切割机还可以为其他类型的线切割设备,如砂浆机。This application also provides a wire cutting machine, which includes at least one of the cutting assembly, the knife feed assembly, the cleaning device, the retracting and unwinding wire assembly, and the liquid circuit assembly of the above embodiments. Preferably, the wire cutter is a slicer. Of course, in addition to slicers, wire cutting machines can also be other types of wire cutting equipment, such as mortar machines.
如图74所示,本申请提供一种线切割机的同轴度调整方法,该调整方法包括以下步骤:S101,测量第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4之间的第一同轴度偏差;S102,判断第一同轴度偏差是否大于第一偏差阈值;S103,当第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,调节调整组件8,以调整第一轴承箱3和/或第二轴承箱4的位置。如此,在主辊2调整后,当测量的第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4的第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,可以通过调整组件8调整第一轴承箱3和/或第二轴承箱4的位置,使第一轴承箱3和第二轴承箱4的第一同轴度偏差处于合理范围内,进而保证切割质量。通过线切割机上安装有上述的护罩14或上述的进刀总成1,可以避免护罩14上的粉尘和液体掉落在线网区,进而提高切割质量。As shown in Figure 74, this application provides a coaxiality adjustment method for a wire cutting machine. The adjustment method includes the following steps: S101, measure the first coaxiality between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 Deviation; S102, determine whether the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold; S103, when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, adjust the adjustment component 8 to adjust the first bearing box 3 and/or the first deviation threshold. The position of the second bearing box 4. In this way, after the main roller 2 is adjusted, when the measured first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 is greater than the first deviation threshold, the first bearing box 3 and/or the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted through the adjustment assembly 8 Or the position of the second bearing box 4 is such that the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 is within a reasonable range, thereby ensuring the cutting quality. By installing the above-mentioned shield 14 or the above-mentioned knife feed assembly 1 on the wire cutting machine, dust and liquid on the shield 14 can be prevented from falling into the wire mesh area, thereby improving the cutting quality.
如上所述本申请中的同轴度偏差同时包括平行偏差和角度偏差,因此上述第一同轴度偏差与第一偏差阈值的比较包括两方面的比较,即第一平行偏差与第一平行偏差阈值的比较,以及第一角度偏差与第一角度偏差阈值的比较,当二者均小于各自阈值时,才算第一同轴度偏差小于第一偏差阈值,否则只要二者有一个大于其阈值,则算作第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值。当然,在一些应用场景中,同轴度偏差也可以只包括上述平行偏差和角度偏差中的一种,相应地,判断标准只需作适应性调整即可。同理,下述实施例中涉及到的第二同轴度偏差与第二偏差阈值的比较与此相似,不再赘述。As mentioned above, the coaxiality deviation in this application includes both parallel deviation and angular deviation. Therefore, the comparison between the first coaxiality deviation and the first deviation threshold includes a comparison in two aspects, that is, the first parallel deviation and the first parallel deviation. Comparison of thresholds, and comparison of the first angle deviation and the first angle deviation threshold. When both are smaller than their respective thresholds, the first coaxiality deviation is considered smaller than the first deviation threshold. Otherwise, as long as one of the two is larger than its threshold , then it is calculated that the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold. Of course, in some application scenarios, the coaxiality deviation may also include only one of the above-mentioned parallel deviation and angular deviation. Accordingly, the judgment standard only needs to be adaptively adjusted. Similarly, the comparison between the second coaxiality deviation and the second deviation threshold involved in the following embodiments is similar to this and will not be described again.
进一步地,采用调整组件8来调整第一轴承箱3和/或第二轴承箱4的位置包括:当第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,通过第一调整部81来调整第一轴承箱3的位置,直至第一同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值。进一步地,通过第一调整部81来调整第一轴承箱3的位置包括:通过调节第一调节件相对于所述第一固定件的位置来调整第一轴承箱3的位置。如此,在第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,可以通过第一调整部81调整第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4的第一同轴度偏差,使第一同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值,以保证切割质量。例如,通过调节第一螺栓812来调整第一偏心套6的位置,进而调节第一偏心套6内第一轴承箱3的上下位置和左右位置,调整第一轴承箱3的轴线与第二轴承箱4的轴线的第一同轴度偏差,使第一同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值。Further, using the adjustment assembly 8 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3 and/or the second bearing box 4 includes: when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, adjusting the first coaxiality through the first adjustment part 81 The position of the bearing box 3 is until the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold. Further, adjusting the position of the first bearing box 3 through the first adjusting part 81 includes: adjusting the position of the first adjusting member relative to the first fixing member to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3 . In this way, when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted through the first adjustment part 81 to adjust the first coaxiality deviation. Less than or equal to the first deviation threshold to ensure cutting quality. For example, the position of the first eccentric sleeve 6 is adjusted by adjusting the first bolt 812, and then the up and down and left and right positions of the first bearing box 3 in the first eccentric sleeve 6 are adjusted, and the axis of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing are adjusted. The first coaxiality deviation of the axis of the box 4 is such that the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold.
在上述同轴度调整方法的优选实施方式中,采用调整组件8来调整第一轴承箱3和/或第二轴承箱4的位置还包括:当第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,通过第二调整部82来调整第二轴承箱4的位置,直至第一同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值。进一步地,通过第二调整部82来调整第二轴承箱4的位置包括:通过调节第三调节件相对于第二固定件的位置来调整第二轴承箱4的位置。如此,在第一同轴度偏差大于第一偏差阈值时,可以通过第二调整部82调整第二轴承箱4与第一轴承箱3的第一同轴度偏差,使第一同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值,以保证切割质量。例如,通过调节第三螺栓来调整第二偏心套7的位置,进而调节第二偏心套7内第二轴承箱4的上下位置和左右位置,调整第二轴承箱4的轴线与第一轴承箱3的轴线的第一同轴度偏差,使第一同轴度偏差小于等于第一偏差阈值。In a preferred embodiment of the above coaxiality adjustment method, using the adjustment assembly 8 to adjust the position of the first bearing box 3 and/or the second bearing box 4 also includes: when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold , the position of the second bearing box 4 is adjusted through the second adjustment part 82 until the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold. Further, adjusting the position of the second bearing box 4 through the second adjusting part 82 includes: adjusting the position of the second bearing box 4 by adjusting the position of the third adjusting member relative to the second fixing member. In this way, when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, the first coaxiality deviation between the second bearing box 4 and the first bearing box 3 can be adjusted through the second adjustment part 82 to adjust the first coaxiality deviation. Less than or equal to the first deviation threshold to ensure cutting quality. For example, the position of the second eccentric sleeve 7 is adjusted by adjusting the third bolt, and then the up and down and left and right positions of the second bearing box 4 in the second eccentric sleeve 7 are adjusted, and the axis of the second bearing box 4 and the first bearing box are adjusted. The first coaxiality deviation of the axis of 3 is such that the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold.
在上述同轴度调整方法的优选实施方式中,线切割机还包括电机座和安装在电机座上的电机9,电机的输出轴与第二轴承箱传动连接,调整组件还包括第三调整部,上述调整方法还包括:S104,测量第二轴承箱与输出轴之间的第二同轴度偏差;S105,判断第二同轴度偏差与第二偏差阈值的大小;S106,当第二同轴度偏差大于第二偏差阈值时,采用第三调整部来调整电机座的位置,直至第二同轴度偏差小于等于第二偏差阈值。进一步地,通过第三调整部83来调整电机座5的位置包括:通过调节第五调节件相对于第三固定件的位置来调整第二轴承箱4的位置。如此,在第二同轴度偏差大于第二偏差阈值时,可以通过第三调整部83调整电机座5与第二轴承箱4的第二同轴度偏差,使第二同轴度偏差小于等于第二偏差阈值,以保证切割质量。例如,通过调节第五螺栓832调整电机座5的位置,进而调整电机座5的轴线与第二轴承箱4的轴线的第二同轴度偏差,使第二同轴度偏差小于等于第二偏差阈值。In the preferred embodiment of the above coaxiality adjustment method, the wire cutting machine also includes a motor base and a motor 9 installed on the motor base. The output shaft of the motor is drivingly connected to the second bearing box, and the adjustment assembly also includes a third adjustment part. , the above adjustment method also includes: S104, measuring the second coaxiality deviation between the second bearing box and the output shaft; S105, judging the size of the second coaxiality deviation and the second deviation threshold; S106, when the second coaxiality deviation is When the axiality deviation is greater than the second deviation threshold, the third adjustment part is used to adjust the position of the motor base until the second coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the second deviation threshold. Further, adjusting the position of the motor base 5 through the third adjusting part 83 includes adjusting the position of the second bearing box 4 by adjusting the position of the fifth adjusting member relative to the third fixing member. In this way, when the second coaxiality deviation is greater than the second deviation threshold, the second coaxiality deviation between the motor base 5 and the second bearing box 4 can be adjusted through the third adjustment part 83 to make the second coaxiality deviation less than or equal to Second deviation threshold to ensure cutting quality. For example, adjust the position of the motor base 5 by adjusting the fifth bolt 832, and then adjust the second coaxiality deviation between the axis of the motor base 5 and the axis of the second bearing box 4, so that the second coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the second deviation. threshold.
在上述同轴度调整方法的优选实施方式中,测量第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4之间的第一同轴度偏差,包括以下步骤:S1011,获取第一轴承箱3的位置数据和第二轴承箱4的位置数据;S1012,根据第一轴承箱3的位置数据与第二轴承箱4的位置数据,计算第一同轴度偏差。进一步地,获取第一轴承箱3的位置数据和第二轴承箱4的位置数据,包括以下步骤:S10111,确定检测基准点;S10112,旋转第一轴承箱3和第二轴承箱4,分别确定第一轴承箱3的位置检测点和第二轴承箱4的位置检测点,第一轴承箱3的位置检测点与第二轴承箱4的位置检测点相对设置;S10113,检测每个第一轴承箱3的位置检测点的数据和每个第二轴承箱4的位置检测点的数据,作为第一轴承箱3的位置数据和第二轴承箱4的位置数据。In a preferred embodiment of the above coaxiality adjustment method, measuring the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 includes the following steps: S1011, obtaining the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the position data of the second bearing box 4; S1012, calculate the first coaxiality deviation based on the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the position data of the second bearing box 4. Further, obtaining the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 includes the following steps: S10111, determine the detection reference point; S10112, rotate the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4, respectively determine The position detection point of the first bearing box 3 and the position detection point of the second bearing box 4 are set opposite to the position detection point of the second bearing box 4; S10113, detect each first bearing The data of the position detection point of the box 3 and the data of the position detection point of each second bearing box 4 are used as the position data of the first bearing box 3 and the position data of the second bearing box 4 .
进一步地,第一轴承箱3的位置检测点包括第一检测点、第二检测点和第三检测点,第二轴承箱4的位置检测点包括第四检测点、第五检测点和第六检测点,第一检测点与所第四检测点相对设置,第二检测点与第五检测点相对设置,第三检测点与第六检测点相对设置。第一检测点和第四检测点分别为第一轴承箱3的检测基准点和第二轴承箱4的检测基准点。如此,可以通过激光对中仪方便地检测第一轴承箱3与第二轴承箱4的第一同轴度偏差,并依据检测的第一同轴度偏差调整第一同轴度至小于等于第一偏差阈值。而且,采用3点检测法检测,在第一轴承箱3和第二轴承箱4上均匀设置3个对应的检测点,将检测基准点作为其中一个检测点,可以方便的进行检测操作,均匀分布的检测点使检测结果更加可靠。采用激光对中仪检测位置数据的具体操作方法为本领域常规方法,在此不再赘述。当然,3个检测点也可以非均匀设置。另外,也可以采用2点检测法、4点检测法、6点检测法等,本领域技术人员可以根据具体需要选择设置。Further, the position detection points of the first bearing box 3 include the first detection point, the second detection point and the third detection point, and the position detection points of the second bearing box 4 include the fourth detection point, the fifth detection point and the sixth detection point. As for the detection points, the first detection point is arranged opposite to the fourth detection point, the second detection point is arranged opposite to the fifth detection point, and the third detection point is arranged opposite to the sixth detection point. The first detection point and the fourth detection point are the detection reference point of the first bearing box 3 and the detection reference point of the second bearing box 4 respectively. In this way, the first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4 can be conveniently detected by the laser alignment instrument, and the first coaxiality can be adjusted to be less than or equal to the third coaxiality according to the detected first coaxiality deviation. a deviation threshold. Moreover, the 3-point detection method is adopted for detection, and 3 corresponding detection points are evenly arranged on the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4, and the detection reference point is used as one of the detection points, which can facilitate the detection operation and evenly distribute The detection points make the detection results more reliable. The specific operation method of using a laser alignment instrument to detect position data is a conventional method in this field and will not be described again here. Of course, the three detection points can also be set non-uniformly. In addition, 2-point detection method, 4-point detection method, 6-point detection method, etc. can also be used, and those skilled in the art can select settings according to specific needs.
本申请提供的线切割机,可以进行轴承箱的位置调整,以适应不同的待切割件的尺寸。该线切割机可以用于不同规格的硅棒、陶瓷、蓝宝石、光伏电池衬底超薄片、砷化镓、磷化铟、碳化硅、铌酸锂、钽酸锂、光学玻璃等多种硬脆材料的切割。The wire cutting machine provided by this application can adjust the position of the bearing box to adapt to different sizes of parts to be cut. This wire cutting machine can be used for various specifications of silicon rods, ceramics, sapphire, photovoltaic cell substrate ultra-thin sheets, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, silicon carbide, lithium niobate, lithium tantalate, optical glass and other hard materials. Cutting of brittle materials.
本领域的技术人员能够理解,尽管在此所述的一些实施例包括其它实施例中所包括的某些特征而不是其它特征,但是不同实施例的特征的组合意味着处于本申请的范围之内并且形成不同的实施例。例如,在本申请的权利要求书中,所要求保护的实施例的任意之一都可以以任意的组合方式来使用。 Those skilled in the art will understand that, although some embodiments described herein include certain features included in other embodiments but not others, combinations of features of different embodiments are meant to be within the scope of the present application. and form different embodiments. For example, in the claims of this application, any of the claimed embodiments may be used in any combination.

Claims (18)

  1. 一种线切割机,其特征在于,包括切割总成,所述切割总成包括:A wire cutting machine is characterized in that it includes a cutting assembly, and the cutting assembly includes:
    切割框架;第一轴承箱,所述第一轴承箱设置在所述切割框架的一侧上;第二轴承箱,所述第二轴承箱设置在所述切割框架的另一侧上;主辊,所述主辊的一端设置在所述第一轴承箱上,所述主辊的另一端设置在所述第二轴承箱上;调整组件,所述调整组件安装在所述切割框架上,用以调整所述第一轴承箱与所述第二轴承箱之间的同轴度偏差。Cutting frame; first bearing box, the first bearing box is arranged on one side of the cutting frame; second bearing box, the second bearing box is arranged on the other side of the cutting frame; main roller , one end of the main roller is set on the first bearing box, and the other end of the main roller is set on the second bearing box; an adjustment assembly, the adjustment assembly is installed on the cutting frame, and is used to To adjust the coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述调整组件包括第一调整部,所述第一调整部安装在所述切割框架上,且所述第一调整部直接或间接地连接在所述第一轴承箱上,以调整所述第一轴承箱的轴线相对于所述第二轴承箱的轴线的同轴度偏差;和/或所述调整组件还包括第二调整部,所述第二调整部安装在所述切割框架上,且所述第二调整部直接或间接地连接在所述第二轴承箱上,以调整所述第二轴承箱的轴线相对于所述第一轴承箱的轴线的同轴度偏差。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, wherein the adjustment component includes a first adjustment part, the first adjustment part is installed on the cutting frame, and the first adjustment part directly or indirectly Connected to the first bearing box to adjust the coaxiality deviation of the axis of the first bearing box relative to the axis of the second bearing box; and/or the adjustment assembly further includes a second adjustment part, The second adjustment part is installed on the cutting frame, and the second adjustment part is directly or indirectly connected to the second bearing box to adjust the axis of the second bearing box relative to the first bearing box. The coaxiality deviation of the axis of a bearing box.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述切割总成还包括电机座和电机,所述电机座设置在所述切割框架上,所述电机安装在所述电机座上并且所述电机的输出轴与所述第二轴承箱连接,所述调整组件还包括第三调整部,所述第三调整部安装在所述切割框架上,用以调整所述输出轴的轴线与所述第二轴承箱的轴线之间的同轴度偏差。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, wherein the cutting assembly further includes a motor base and a motor, the motor base is provided on the cutting frame, the motor is installed on the motor base and The output shaft of the motor is connected to the second bearing box, and the adjustment assembly also includes a third adjustment part installed on the cutting frame to adjust the axis of the output shaft and the second bearing box. Coaxiality deviation between the axes of the second bearing housing.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述切割总成还包括:第一偏心套,所述第一偏心套套设于所述第一轴承箱的外周;第二偏心套,所述第二偏心套套设于所述第二轴承箱的第一端的外周;电机座,所述电机座为偏心结构,并且所述电机座部分套设于所述第二轴承箱的第二端的外周;驱动电机,所述驱动电机安装在所述电机座上并且所述驱动电机的输出轴与所述第二轴承箱连接。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that the cutting assembly further includes: a first eccentric sleeve, the first eccentric sleeve is sleeved on the outer periphery of the first bearing box; a second eccentric sleeve, The second eccentric sleeve is sleeved on the outer periphery of the first end of the second bearing box; the motor base is an eccentric structure, and the motor base is partially sleeved on the second end of the second bearing box. the outer circumference of the end; a driving motor, the driving motor is installed on the motor base and the output shaft of the driving motor is connected to the second bearing box.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述第一轴承箱和/或所述第二轴承箱包括:轴承箱本体和轴承箱外壳,所述轴承箱外壳可转动地设置于所述切割框架且所述轴承箱外壳偏心设置,所述轴承箱本体连接于所述轴承箱外壳内,并且所述轴承箱本体与所述轴承箱外壳之间无相对移动。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, wherein the first bearing box and/or the second bearing box includes: a bearing box body and a bearing box shell, and the bearing box shell is rotatably disposed on The cutting frame and the bearing box shell are arranged eccentrically, the bearing box body is connected to the bearing box shell, and there is no relative movement between the bearing box body and the bearing box shell.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述切割总成还包括喷淋装置,所述喷淋装置包括:喷淋组件,用于向待喷淋件提供喷淋液;位置调整组件,所述位置调整组件连接于所述喷淋组件上,所述位置调整组件用于调整所述喷淋组件相对于所述待喷淋件的位置;优选地,所述位置调整组件包括第一固定座,所述第一固定座连接于所述喷淋组件与待连接结构之间,所述第一固定座用于调整所述喷淋组件相对于所述待喷淋件在X方向和/或Y方向的位置;并且/或者所述位置调整组件还包括第二固定座,所述第二固定座用于调整所述喷淋组件相对于所述待喷淋件在所述X方向和/或Z方向的位置;并且/或者所述位置调整组件还包括横向调节块,所述横向调节块用于调整所述喷淋组件相对于所述待喷淋件在Y方向的位置。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that the cutting assembly further includes a spray device, the spray device includes: a spray component for providing spray liquid to the parts to be sprayed; position Adjustment component, the position adjustment component is connected to the spray component, and the position adjustment component is used to adjust the position of the spray component relative to the part to be sprayed; preferably, the position adjustment component includes The first fixed seat is connected between the spray component and the structure to be connected. The first fixed seat is used to adjust the X direction of the spray component relative to the component to be sprayed. and/or the position in the Y direction; and/or the position adjustment component also includes a second fixed seat, the second fixed seat is used to adjust the spray component relative to the to-be-sprayed part in the X direction and/or the position in the Z direction; and/or the position adjustment assembly further includes a transverse adjustment block, which is used to adjust the position of the spray assembly in the Y direction relative to the component to be sprayed.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述切割总成还包括碎片盒,所述碎片盒包括:主体,所述主体设置有出液口;导流部,与所述出液口连接,用于将所述出液口排出的液体引流至预设位置;所述导流部设置有彼此连通的引液口和排液口,所述引液口与所述出液口连通,所述排液口能够延伸至所述预设位置。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that the cutting assembly further includes a fragment box, the fragment box includes: a main body, the main body is provided with a liquid outlet; a flow guide part connected with the outlet The liquid port connection is used to guide the liquid discharged from the liquid outlet to a preset position; the flow guide part is provided with a liquid introduction port and a liquid discharge port that communicate with each other, and the liquid introduction port and the liquid outlet Communicated, the drain port can extend to the preset position.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述切割总成还包括漏斗装置,所述漏斗装置包括:漏斗本体;第一过滤部,设置在所述漏斗本体中,用于对进入所述漏斗本体的液体进行初次过滤;第二过滤部,所述第一过滤部与所述第二过滤部依次设置在所述漏斗本体中,所述第二过滤部用于对经过所述第一过滤部过滤后的液体进行二次过滤;以及所述第二过滤部的过滤精度大于所述第一过滤部的过滤精度;优选地,漏斗装置还包括溢流部,溢流部设置在漏斗本体,溢流部包括溢流管,溢流管竖直设置在漏斗本体上,且位于第一过滤部的外侧。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that the cutting assembly further includes a funnel device, and the funnel device includes: a funnel body; a first filter part disposed in the funnel body for filtering The liquid entering the funnel body is initially filtered; a second filter part, the first filter part and the second filter part are arranged in the funnel body in sequence, and the second filter part is used to filter the liquid that passes through the funnel body. The liquid filtered by the first filtering part is subjected to secondary filtration; and the filtration accuracy of the second filtering part is greater than the filtration accuracy of the first filtering part; preferably, the funnel device further includes an overflow part, and the overflow part is arranged on The funnel body and the overflow part include an overflow pipe. The overflow pipe is vertically arranged on the funnel body and located outside the first filter part.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括进刀总成,所述进刀总成包括:箱体安装部;滑板箱,所述滑板箱可移动地连接于所述箱体安装部;护罩,所述护罩包括护罩本体和护罩安装部,所述护罩本体安装在所述护罩安装部上,所述护罩安装部与所述护罩本体之间形成能够收集粉尘和/或液体的容纳部;或者,所述进刀总成包括:滑板箱,所述滑板箱用于安装待切割件并带动所述待切割件进给运动;护罩,所述护罩包括具有多个侧平面的罩体,所述罩体围设于所述滑板箱的外周侧,并且与所述滑板箱无相对运动。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that, the wire cutting machine further includes a knife feed assembly, the knife feed assembly includes: a box mounting part; a skateboard box, and the skateboard box is movably Connected to the box installation part; a shield, the shield includes a shield body and a shield installation part, the shield body is installed on the shield installation part, the shield installation part is connected to the shield installation part A receiving portion capable of collecting dust and/or liquid is formed between the guard bodies; alternatively, the feed assembly includes: a skateboard box, which is used to install the parts to be cut and drive the feed movement of the parts to be cut. ; Guard, the guard includes a cover body with multiple side planes, the cover body is located around the outer peripheral side of the skateboard box and has no relative movement with the skateboard box.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括导轮和辅助辊,所述切割框架上设置有穿线部,切割线穿过所述穿线部并经所述导轮换向后,绕设在所述主辊和所述辅助辊之间形成线网,所述线切割机还包括清洗装置,所述清洗装置包括:进液组件,所述进液组件与清洗液源连接;主清洗组件,所述主清洗组件与所述进液组件连通,所述主清洗组件用于对切割框架、和/或线网、和/或主辊、和/或所述护罩进行清洗;辅助清洗组件,所述辅助清洗组件与所述进液组件连通,所述辅助清洗组件用于对导轮、辅助辊和穿线部中的至少一个进行清洗。The wire cutting machine according to claim 9, characterized in that the wire cutting machine further includes a guide wheel and an auxiliary roller, a threading part is provided on the cutting frame, and the cutting wire passes through the threading part and passes through the The guide rotates backward and is wound around the main roller and the auxiliary roller to form a wire network. The wire cutting machine also includes a cleaning device. The cleaning device includes: a liquid inlet assembly, and the liquid inlet assembly is connected with the cleaning device. Liquid source connection; main cleaning component, the main cleaning component is connected with the liquid inlet component, and the main cleaning component is used to clean the cutting frame, and/or wire mesh, and/or main roller, and/or the guard. The cover is cleaned; an auxiliary cleaning component is connected with the liquid inlet component, and the auxiliary cleaning component is used to clean at least one of the guide wheel, the auxiliary roller and the threading part.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述辅助清洗组件包括:导轮清洗组件,所述导轮清洗组件与所述进液组件连通,所述导轮清洗组件用于对所述导轮进行清洗;或者所述辅助清洗组件包括:辅助辊清洗组件,所述辅助辊清洗组件与所述进液组件连通,所述辅助辊清洗组件用于对所述辅助辊进行清洗,所述辅助辊位于所述主辊的下方;或者所述辅助清洗组件包括:穿线部清洗组件,所述穿线部清洗组件与所述进液组件连通,所述穿线部清洗组件用于对所述穿线部进行清洗。The wire cutting machine according to claim 10, characterized in that the auxiliary cleaning component includes: a guide wheel cleaning component, the guide wheel cleaning component is connected with the liquid inlet component, and the guide wheel cleaning component is used to The guide wheel is cleaned; or the auxiliary cleaning component includes: an auxiliary roller cleaning component, the auxiliary roller cleaning component is connected with the liquid inlet component, and the auxiliary roller cleaning component is used to clean the auxiliary roller, The auxiliary roller is located below the main roller; or the auxiliary cleaning component includes: a threading part cleaning component, the threading part cleaning component is connected with the liquid inlet component, and the threading part cleaning component is used to clean the Clean the threading part.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述主清洗组件包括:主清洗管路,所述主清洗管路与所述进液组件连通,所述主清洗管路用于对所述主辊、和/或所述切割框架、和/或所述线网进行清洗;多个第四出液口,多个所述第四出液口设置在所述主清洗管路上。The wire cutting machine according to claim 10, characterized in that the main cleaning assembly includes: a main cleaning pipeline, the main cleaning pipeline is connected with the liquid inlet assembly, and the main cleaning pipeline is used for cleaning The main roller, and/or the cutting frame, and/or the wire mesh are cleaned; a plurality of fourth liquid outlets are provided on the main cleaning pipeline.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括收放线总成,所述收放线总成包括排线装置,所述排线装置包括:驱动部;滑移部,所述滑移部与所述驱动部连接;导轮组件,所述导轮组件可转动地设置在所述滑移部上;The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that the wire cutting machine further includes a retracting and unwinding wire assembly, the retracting and unwinding wire assembly includes a wire arrangement device, and the wire arrangement device includes: a driving part; A sliding part, the sliding part is connected to the driving part; a guide wheel assembly, the guide wheel assembly is rotatably disposed on the sliding part;
    第一配重件,所述第一配重件可调节地设置在所述导轮组件的第一位置上,用于调节所述导轮组件的重心在第一方向上的位置;第二配重件,所述第二配重件可调节地设置在所述导轮组件的第二位置上,用于调节所述导轮组件的重心在第二方向上的位置;优选地,所述收放线总成还包括收放线装置,所述收放线装置包括:支座;驱动部,所述驱动部安装于所述支座上;支撑部,所述支撑部安装在所述支座上,且所述支撑部的一端与所述驱动部传动连接;线辊,所述线辊与所述支撑部的另一端传动连接,用于进行收线或放线;基准件,所述基准件设置于所述支撑部或所述支座上,用于辅助测量所述线辊的安装位置并据此确定所述排线装置的初始位置和/或行程。The first counterweight is adjustably disposed at the first position of the guide wheel assembly and is used to adjust the position of the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly in the first direction; the second counterweight is A weight piece, the second counterweight piece is adjustably disposed at the second position of the guide wheel assembly for adjusting the position of the center of gravity of the guide wheel assembly in the second direction; preferably, the retraction The pay-off assembly also includes a pay-off and retract device, which includes: a support; a driving part, which is installed on the support; and a support part, which is installed on the support. on the support part, and one end of the support part is drivingly connected to the driving part; a line roller, the line roller is drivingly connected to the other end of the support part, and is used for taking up or paying off the line; the reference piece, the reference A component is provided on the support part or the holder for assisting in measuring the installation position of the wire roller and determining the initial position and/or stroke of the wire arrangement device accordingly.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括液路总成,所述液路总成包括液路循环系统,所述液路循环系统包括:喷淋装置,所述喷淋装置用于向待喷淋件进行喷淋;供液装置,所述供液装置包括循环进口和循环出口,所述循环进口用于收集使用后的喷淋液;第一管路,所述第一管路的第一端与所述循环出口连通,所述第一管路的第二端与所述喷淋装置连通,所述第一管路上设置有第一控制阀;第二管路,所述第二管路的第一端与所述第一控制阀的进口连通,所述第二管路的第二端与所述循环进口连通。The wire cutting machine according to claim 1, characterized in that the wire cutting machine further includes a liquid circuit assembly, the liquid circuit assembly includes a liquid circuit circulation system, the liquid circuit circulation system includes: a spray device , the spray device is used to spray the parts to be sprayed; a liquid supply device, the liquid supply device includes a circulation inlet and a circulation outlet, the circulation inlet is used to collect the spray liquid after use; the first pipe pipeline, the first end of the first pipeline is connected to the circulation outlet, the second end of the first pipeline is connected to the spray device, and a first control valve is provided on the first pipeline; A second pipeline, the first end of the second pipeline is connected to the inlet of the first control valve, and the second end of the second pipeline is connected to the circulation inlet.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述供液装置包括:供液缸,用于盛放切割液;溢流盒,所述溢流盒设置在所述供液缸的缸壁的外侧,所述溢流盒的上部与所述供液缸的上部连通;The wire cutting machine according to claim 14, characterized in that the liquid supply device includes: a liquid supply cylinder for holding cutting fluid; an overflow box, the overflow box is arranged on the liquid supply cylinder. Outside the cylinder wall, the upper part of the overflow box is connected with the upper part of the liquid supply cylinder;
    优选地,所述供液装置还包括出液泵,所述出液泵设置在所述供液缸的顶面,所述出液泵的进口与所述供液缸连通,所述出液泵的出口与待供液部位连通,所述出液泵上设置有出液管,所述出液管的出液口与所述待供液部位连通,所述供液装置还包括接液盒,所述接液盒设置在所述供液缸的缸壁外侧且与所述出液管的出液口对应。Preferably, the liquid supply device further includes a liquid outlet pump, the liquid outlet pump is arranged on the top surface of the liquid supply cylinder, the inlet of the liquid outlet pump is connected to the liquid supply cylinder, and the liquid outlet pump The outlet of the liquid outlet is connected with the part to be supplied with liquid, the liquid outlet pump is provided with a liquid outlet pipe, the liquid outlet of the liquid outlet pipe is connected with the part to be supplied with liquid, the liquid supply device also includes a liquid receiving box, The liquid receiving box is arranged outside the cylinder wall of the liquid supply cylinder and corresponds to the liquid outlet of the liquid outlet pipe.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述供液缸包括清洗装置,所述清洗装置包括:驱动部;转动清洗部,所述驱动部与所述转动清洗部连接以驱动所述转动清洗部转动,所述转动清洗部与清洗液源连通,用于向待清洗部位喷射清洗液,优选地,所述转动清洗部包括:进液部,所述进液部与所述清洗液源连通;冲洗组件,所述冲洗组件的一端与所述进液部可转动连通,所述驱动部与所述冲洗组件连接以驱动所述冲洗组件转动。The wire cutting machine according to claim 15, characterized in that the liquid supply cylinder includes a cleaning device, the cleaning device includes: a driving part; a rotating cleaning part, the driving part is connected to the rotating cleaning part to drive The rotating cleaning part rotates, and the rotating cleaning part is connected with the cleaning liquid source for spraying cleaning liquid to the parts to be cleaned. Preferably, the rotating cleaning part includes a liquid inlet part, and the liquid inlet part is connected to the cleaning liquid source. The cleaning liquid source is connected; a flushing component, one end of the flushing component is in rotatable communication with the liquid inlet part, and the driving part is connected with the flushing component to drive the flushing component to rotate.
  17. 一种线切割机的同轴度调整方法,其特征在于,所述线切割机包括与同一主辊连接的第一轴承箱和第二轴承箱,所述线切割机还包括调整组件,所述调整方法包括以下步骤:测量所述第一轴承箱与所述第二轴承箱之间的第一同轴度偏差;判断所述第一同轴度偏差是否大于第一偏差阈值;当所述第一同轴度偏差大于所述第一偏差阈值时,调节所述调整组件,以调整所述第一轴承箱和/或所述第二轴承箱的位置。A coaxiality adjustment method for a wire cutting machine, characterized in that the wire cutting machine includes a first bearing box and a second bearing box connected to the same main roller, the wire cutting machine also includes an adjustment component, the The adjustment method includes the following steps: measuring a first coaxiality deviation between the first bearing box and the second bearing box; determining whether the first coaxiality deviation is greater than a first deviation threshold; when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than a first deviation threshold; When the coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, the adjustment component is adjusted to adjust the position of the first bearing box and/or the second bearing box.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的同轴度调整方法,其特征在于,所述调整组件包括第一调整部,所述调节所述调整组件,以调整所述第一轴承箱和/或所述第二轴承箱的位置包括:当所述第一同轴度偏差大于所述第一偏差阈值时,通过所述第一调整部来调整所述第一轴承箱的位置,直至所述第一同轴度偏差小于等于所述第一偏差阈值;或者所述调整组件还包括第二调整部,所述调节所述调整组件,以调整所述第一轴承箱和/或所述第二轴承箱的位置还包括:当所述第一同轴度偏差大于所述第一偏差阈值时,通过所述第二调整部来调整所述第二轴承箱的位置,直至所述第一同轴度偏差小于等于所述第一偏差阈值。 The coaxiality adjustment method according to claim 17, characterized in that the adjustment component includes a first adjustment part, and the adjustment component is adjusted to adjust the first bearing box and/or the second The position of the bearing box includes: when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, adjusting the position of the first bearing box through the first adjustment part until the first coaxiality The deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold; or the adjustment component further includes a second adjustment part, and the adjustment component is adjusted to adjust the position of the first bearing box and/or the second bearing box. The method includes: when the first coaxiality deviation is greater than the first deviation threshold, adjusting the position of the second bearing box through the second adjustment part until the first coaxiality deviation is less than or equal to the first deviation threshold. The first deviation threshold.
PCT/CN2023/116281 2022-08-31 2023-08-31 Wire cutting machine and coaxiality adjusting method therefor WO2024046437A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (28)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202222325895.9U CN218855814U (en) 2022-08-31 2022-08-31 Fragment box, cutting assembly and cutting machine
CN202222309989.7U CN218285016U (en) 2022-08-31 2022-08-31 Spraying device, cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202222312350 2022-08-31
CN202222325895.9 2022-08-31
CN202222312350.4 2022-08-31
CN202222309989.7 2022-08-31
CN202223221894.6 2022-11-30
CN202223207228.7U CN219076155U (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Protective cover, feed assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202223207228.7 2022-11-30
CN202223207218.3 2022-11-30
CN202223221893.1U CN219076157U (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Liquid supply device, liquid path assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202223208552.0 2022-11-30
CN202223221894.6U CN219442629U (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Wire cutting machine
CN202223208552.0U CN219076156U (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Feeding assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202223215816.5U CN218875931U (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Liquid path circulating system, liquid path assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202223221893.1 2022-11-30
CN202223207218.3U CN218873974U (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Wire saw unit, take-up and pay-off assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202223215816.5 2022-11-30
CN202320175941.3 2023-01-31
CN202320162622.9U CN219445688U (en) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 Cleaning device, liquid supply cylinder and wire cutting machine
CN202320162622.9 2023-01-31
CN202320175941.3U CN219440825U (en) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 Funnel device, cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202320174588.7U CN219445655U (en) 2022-08-31 2023-02-03 Cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN202320174588.7 2023-02-03
CN202320200555.5U CN219768747U (en) 2023-02-09 2023-02-09 Wire arrangement device, wire arrangement unit and wire cutting machine
CN202320200555.5 2023-02-09
CN202322037730.6 2023-07-28
CN202322037730.6U CN220482186U (en) 2023-07-28 2023-07-28 Wire cutting machine

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024046437A1 true WO2024046437A1 (en) 2024-03-07

Family

ID=90100433

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/116281 WO2024046437A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2023-08-31 Wire cutting machine and coaxiality adjusting method therefor

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024046437A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117901284A (en) * 2024-03-20 2024-04-19 苏州晨晖智能设备有限公司 Slicing machine

Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2664402A1 (en) * 2012-05-18 2013-11-20 Meyer Burger AG Wire saw and process for cutting work pieces, in particular work pieces of hard and brittle material
CN204640570U (en) * 2014-11-20 2015-09-16 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 A kind of diamond cutting line slicing machine
CN107825607A (en) * 2017-09-27 2018-03-23 平凉中电科新能源技术有限公司 A kind of Buddha's warrior attendant wire cutting line wheel frock
CN115489039A (en) * 2022-08-31 2022-12-20 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Cutting assembly, wire cutting machine, coaxiality adjusting method, medium and control device
CN218285016U (en) * 2022-08-31 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Spraying device, cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN218286225U (en) * 2022-08-31 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN218855814U (en) * 2022-08-31 2023-04-14 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Fragment box, cutting assembly and cutting machine
CN218875931U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-04-18 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Liquid path circulating system, liquid path assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219076155U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-05-26 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Protective cover, feed assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219076156U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-05-26 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Feeding assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219076157U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-05-26 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Liquid supply device, liquid path assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219445688U (en) * 2023-01-31 2023-08-01 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Cleaning device, liquid supply cylinder and wire cutting machine
CN219440825U (en) * 2023-01-31 2023-08-01 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Funnel device, cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219442629U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-08-01 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Wire cutting machine

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2664402A1 (en) * 2012-05-18 2013-11-20 Meyer Burger AG Wire saw and process for cutting work pieces, in particular work pieces of hard and brittle material
CN204640570U (en) * 2014-11-20 2015-09-16 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 A kind of diamond cutting line slicing machine
CN107825607A (en) * 2017-09-27 2018-03-23 平凉中电科新能源技术有限公司 A kind of Buddha's warrior attendant wire cutting line wheel frock
CN218855814U (en) * 2022-08-31 2023-04-14 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Fragment box, cutting assembly and cutting machine
CN218285016U (en) * 2022-08-31 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Spraying device, cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN218286225U (en) * 2022-08-31 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Cutting assembly and wire cutting machine
CN115489039A (en) * 2022-08-31 2022-12-20 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Cutting assembly, wire cutting machine, coaxiality adjusting method, medium and control device
CN218875931U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-04-18 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Liquid path circulating system, liquid path assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219076155U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-05-26 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Protective cover, feed assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219076156U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-05-26 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Feeding assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219076157U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-05-26 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Liquid supply device, liquid path assembly and wire cutting machine
CN219442629U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-08-01 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Wire cutting machine
CN219445688U (en) * 2023-01-31 2023-08-01 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Cleaning device, liquid supply cylinder and wire cutting machine
CN219440825U (en) * 2023-01-31 2023-08-01 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 Funnel device, cutting assembly and wire cutting machine

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117901284A (en) * 2024-03-20 2024-04-19 苏州晨晖智能设备有限公司 Slicing machine
CN117901284B (en) * 2024-03-20 2024-05-10 苏州晨晖智能设备有限公司 Slicing machine

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2024046437A1 (en) Wire cutting machine and coaxiality adjusting method therefor
CN112207131A (en) Batch hot rolling device based on steelmaking continuous casting plan
CN212147055U (en) Stone material processing cutting device that prevents dust
CN114917639A (en) Full-automatic solid-liquid separation device and working method thereof
CN212169248U (en) Processing device of screw tap
CN217954422U (en) Sewage on-line monitoring device
CN114992172B (en) A prevent stifled water pump for paddy field water-saving irrigation
CN115178383A (en) Centrifuge with inside slag charge circulation clearance scraper structure
CN208340239U (en) A kind of lubrication oil filtration recyclable device
CN219434814U (en) Pipeline type water quality monitoring device
CN217666145U (en) Full-automatic screw processing machine
WO2024067755A1 (en) Wire cutting machine and control method therefor
CN217371572U (en) Vertical machining center is used in production of medical instrument part
CN217596604U (en) Circulating cooling device for vertical lathe
CN219684786U (en) Cutting fluid recovery mechanism
CN212398956U (en) Forming device for processing bucket ears
CN216299780U (en) Integrated spraying and collecting mechanism of open silica gel rubber mixing machine
CN212859776U (en) Water jet cutting machine tool with assembly structure
CN219290745U (en) Filter convenient to dismantle abluent
CN217174791U (en) Building engineering slip casting machine
CN211366330U (en) Conveying equipment with quick cooling structure for nut processing
CN218672130U (en) Steam generator with good descaling effect
CN218688192U (en) Monitoring structure of milipore filter discharge
CN210524604U (en) Blade grooving machine
CN210677244U (en) Electric spark machining platform cleaning device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23859465

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1